From 2a0bd75e5e687a9c34921e942c18477ea7ec2d63 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arjan Opmeer Date: Thu, 16 Oct 2008 22:10:19 -0400 Subject: Input: psmouse - add support for Elantech touchpads This is version 5 of the driver. Relative mode support has been dropped (users wishing to use touchpad in relative mode can use standard PS/2 protocol emulation done in hardware). The driver supports both original version of Elantech protocol and the newer one used by touchpads installed in EeePC. Signed-off-by: Arjan Opmeer Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- Documentation/input/elantech.txt | 405 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 405 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/input/elantech.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/input/elantech.txt b/Documentation/input/elantech.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a10c3b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/elantech.txt @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +Elantech Touchpad Driver +======================== + + Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Arjan Opmeer + + Extra information for hardware version 1 found and + provided by Steve Havelka + + Version 2 (EeePC) hardware support based on patches + received from Woody at Xandros and forwarded to me + by user StewieGriffin at the eeeuser.com forum + + +Contents +~~~~~~~~ + + 1. Introduction + 2. Extra knobs + 3. Hardware version 1 + 3.1 Registers + 3.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format + 3.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format + 4. Hardware version 2 + 4.1 Registers + 4.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format + 4.2.1 One finger touch + 4.2.2 Two finger touch + + + +1. Introduction + ~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of two different +hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1 and version 2. Version 1 +is found in "older" laptops and uses 4 bytes per packet. Version 2 seems to +be introduced with the EeePC and uses 6 bytes per packet. + +The driver tries to support both hardware versions and should be compatible +with the Xorg Synaptics touchpad driver and its graphical configuration +utilities. + +Additionally the operation of the touchpad can be altered by adjusting the +contents of some of its internal registers. These registers are represented +by the driver as sysfs entries under /sys/bus/serio/drivers/psmouse/serio? +that can be read from and written to. + +Currently only the registers for hardware version 1 are somewhat understood. +Hardware version 2 seems to use some of the same registers but it is not +known whether the bits in the registers represent the same thing or might +have changed their meaning. + +On top of that, some register settings have effect only when the touchpad is +in relative mode and not in absolute mode. As the Linux Elantech touchpad +driver always puts the hardware into absolute mode not all information +mentioned below can be used immediately. But because there is no freely +available Elantech documentation the information is provided here anyway for +completeness sake. + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +2. Extra knobs + ~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver provides two extra knobs under +/sys/bus/serio/drivers/psmouse/serio? for the user. + +* debug + + Turn different levels of debugging ON or OFF. + + By echoing "0" to this file all debugging will be turned OFF. + + Currently a value of "1" will turn on some basic debugging and a value of + "2" will turn on packet debugging. For hardware version 1 the default is + OFF. For version 2 the default is "1". + + Turning packet debugging on will make the driver dump every packet + received to the syslog before processing it. Be warned that this can + generate quite a lot of data! + +* paritycheck + + Turns parity checking ON or OFF. + + By echoing "0" to this file parity checking will be turned OFF. Any + non-zero value will turn it ON. For hardware version 1 the default is ON. + For version 2 the default it is OFF. + + Hardware version 1 provides basic data integrity verification by + calculating a parity bit for the last 3 bytes of each packet. The driver + can check these bits and reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using + this knob you can bypass that check. + + It is not known yet whether hardware version 2 provides the same parity + bits. Hence checking is disabled by default. Currently even turning it on + will do nothing. + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +3. Hardware version 1 + ================== + +3.1 Registers + ~~~~~~~~~ + +By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. + +For example: + + echo -n 0x16 > reg_10 + +* reg_10 + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + B C T D L A S E + + E: 1 = enable smart edges unconditionally + S: 1 = enable smart edges only when dragging + A: 1 = absolute mode (needs 4 byte packets, see reg_11) + L: 1 = enable drag lock (see reg_22) + D: 1 = disable dynamic resolution + T: 1 = disable tapping + C: 1 = enable corner tap + B: 1 = swap left and right button + +* reg_11 + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 1 0 0 H V 1 F P + + P: 1 = enable parity checking for relative mode + F: 1 = enable native 4 byte packet mode + V: 1 = enable vertical scroll area + H: 1 = enable horizontal scroll area + +* reg_20 + + single finger width? + +* reg_21 + + scroll area width (small: 0x40 ... wide: 0xff) + +* reg_22 + + drag lock time out (short: 0x14 ... long: 0xfe; + 0xff = tap again to release) + +* reg_23 + + tap make timeout? + +* reg_24 + + tap release timeout? + +* reg_25 + + smart edge cursor speed (0x02 = slow, 0x03 = medium, 0x04 = fast) + +* reg_26 + + smart edge activation area width? + + +3.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +byte 0: + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + c c p2 p1 1 M R L + + L, R, M = 1 when Left, Right, Middle mouse button pressed + some models have M as byte 3 odd parity bit + when parity checking is enabled (reg_11, P = 1): + p1..p2 = byte 1 and 2 odd parity bit + c = 1 when corner tap detected + +byte 1: + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + dx7 dx6 dx5 dx4 dx3 dx2 dx1 dx0 + + dx7..dx0 = x movement; positive = right, negative = left + byte 1 = 0xf0 when corner tap detected + +byte 2: + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + dy7 dy6 dy5 dy4 dy3 dy2 dy1 dy0 + + dy7..dy0 = y movement; positive = up, negative = down + +byte 3: + parity checking enabled (reg_11, P = 1): + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + w h n1 n0 ds3 ds2 ds1 ds0 + + normally: + ds3..ds0 = scroll wheel amount and direction + positive = down or left + negative = up or right + when corner tap detected: + ds0 = 1 when top right corner tapped + ds1 = 1 when bottom right corner tapped + ds2 = 1 when bottom left corner tapped + ds3 = 1 when top left corner tapped + n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad + only models with firmware 2.x report this, models with + firmware 1.x seem to map one, two and three finger taps + directly to L, M and R mouse buttons + h = 1 when horizontal scroll action + w = 1 when wide finger touch? + + otherwise (reg_11, P = 0): + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ds7 ds6 ds5 ds4 ds3 ds2 ds1 ds0 + + ds7..ds0 = vertical scroll amount and direction + negative = up + positive = down + + +3.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +byte 0: + firmware version 1.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + D U p1 p2 1 p3 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + p1..p3 = byte 1..3 odd parity bit + D, U = 1 when rocker switch pressed Up, Down + + firmware version 2.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n1 n0 p2 p1 1 p3 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + p1..p3 = byte 1..3 odd parity bit + n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad + +byte 1: + firmware version 1.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + f 0 th tw x9 x8 y9 y8 + + tw = 1 when two finger touch + th = 1 when three finger touch + f = 1 when finger touch + + firmware version 2.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . . . x9 x8 y9 y8 + +byte 2: + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + + x9..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) + +byte 3: + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y9..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +4. Hardware version 2 + ================== + + +4.1 Registers + ~~~~~~~~~ + +By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. + +For example: + + echo -n 0x56 > reg_10 + +* reg_10 + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 0 1 0 1 0 1 D 0 + + D: 1 = enable drag and drop + +* reg_11 + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 1 0 0 0 S 0 1 0 + + S: 1 = enable vertical scroll + +* reg_21 + + unknown (0x00) + +* reg_22 + + drag and drop release time out (short: 0x70 ... long 0x7e; + 0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release) + + +4.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +4.2.1 One finger touch + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +byte 0: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n1 n0 . . . . R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + n1..n0 = numbers of fingers on touchpad + +byte 1: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x15 x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 x9 x8 + +byte 2: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x4 x2 x1 x0 + + x15..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) + +byte 3: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . . . . . . . + +byte 4: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y15 y14 y13 y12 y11 y10 y8 y8 + +byte 5: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y15..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) + + +4.2.2 Two finger touch + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +byte 0: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n1 n0 ay8 ax8 . . R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + n1..n0 = numbers of fingers on touchpad + +byte 1: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0 + + ax8..ax0 = first finger absolute x value + +byte 2: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0 + + ay8..ay0 = first finger absolute y value + +byte 3: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . by8 bx8 . . . . + +byte 4: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0 + + bx8..bx0 = second finger absolute x value + +byte 5: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0 + + by8..by0 = second finger absolute y value -- cgit v1.1 From a1a739c56ad031b8bf8b3804f568ac88899f8dd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Sat, 25 Oct 2008 17:24:36 -0700 Subject: docbooks: fix fatal filename errors Fix docbook fatal errors (file location changed): docproc: lin2628-rc1/include/asm-x86/io_32.h: No such file or directory make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.xml] Error 1 docproc: lin2628-rc1/include/asm-x86/atomic_32.h: No such file or directory make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.xml] Error 1 docproc: lin2628-rc1/include/asm-x86/mca_dma.h: No such file or directory make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.xml] Error 1 Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl | 2 +- Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl | 10 +++++----- Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl | 4 ++-- Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl | 2 +- 4 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl index 9ee6f3c..60d6e0b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags) Public Functions Provided -!Iinclude/asm-x86/io_32.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io_32.h !Elib/iomap.c diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl index 9d0058e..5818ff7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Atomic and pointer manipulation -!Iinclude/asm-x86/atomic_32.h -!Iinclude/asm-x86/unaligned.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic_32.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/unaligned.h Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ X!Ilib/string.c !Elib/string.c Bit Operations -!Iinclude/asm-x86/bitops.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/bitops.h @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ X!Ilib/string.c !Emm/slab.c User Space Memory Access -!Iinclude/asm-x86/uaccess_32.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h !Earch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c More Memory Management Functions @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c --> MCA Bus DMA -!Iinclude/asm-x86/mca_dma.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl index ae15d55..a50d6cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = { - include/asm-x86/delay_32.h: + arch/x86/include/asm/delay.h: #define ndelay(n) (__builtin_constant_p(n) ? \ @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = { - include/asm-x86/uaccess_32.h: + arch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h: diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl index 529a53d..499eddc 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ DMA Functions Provided -!Iinclude/asm-x86/mca_dma.h +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h -- cgit v1.1 From 4078e359c4688541a0093fde0dff35dc7190c4f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Kosina Date: Mon, 27 Oct 2008 17:41:58 +0100 Subject: sched: fix documentation reference for sched_min_granularity_ns Impact: documentation fix sched-design-CFS.txt wrongly references sched_granularity_ns sysctl, as its name in fact is sched_min_granularity_ns. Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt index 9d8eb55..eb471c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ other HZ detail. Thus the CFS scheduler has no notion of "timeslices" in the way the previous scheduler had, and has no heuristics whatsoever. There is only one central tunable (you have to switch on CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG): - /proc/sys/kernel/sched_granularity_ns + /proc/sys/kernel/sched_min_granularity_ns which can be used to tune the scheduler from "desktop" (i.e., low latencies) to "server" (i.e., good batching) workloads. It defaults to a setting suitable -- cgit v1.1 From ed206fac87d65917280b6c3edd3f01125d4095c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Zhang Rui Date: Mon, 27 Oct 2008 14:01:02 -0700 Subject: ACPI: bugfix reporting of event handler status Introduce a new flag showing whether the event has an event handler/method. For all the GPEs and Fixed Events, 1. ACPI_EVENT_FLAG_HANDLE is cleared, it's an "invalid" ACPI event. 2. Both ACPI_EVENT_FLAG_HANDLE and ACPI_EVENT_FLAG_DISABLE are set, it's "disabled". 3. Both ACPI_EVENT_FLAG_HANDLE and ACPI_EVENT_FLAG_ENABLE are set, it's "enabled". 4. Both ACPI_EVENT_FLAG_HANDLE and ACPI_EVENT_FLAG_WAKE_ENABLE are set, it's "wake_enabled". Among other things, this prevents incorrect reporting of ACPI events as being "invalid" when it's really just (temporarily) "disabled". Signed-off-by: Zhang Rui Signed-off-by: David Brownell Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index f27be7d..e8ffc70 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Description: error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. - invalid: it's either a wakeup GPE or a GPE/Fixed Event that + invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that doesn't have an event handler. disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. @@ -117,30 +117,30 @@ Description: and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown when pressing the power button. # cat ff_pwr_btn - 0 + 0 enabled # press the power button for 3 times; # cat ff_pwr_btn - 3 + 3 enabled # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn # cat ff_pwr_btn - disable + 3 disabled # press the power button for 3 times; # cat ff_pwr_btn - disable + 3 disabled # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn # cat ff_pwr_btn - 4 + 4 enabled /* * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared, * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again */ # press the power button for 3 times; # cat ff_pwr_btn - 7 + 7 enabled # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn # press the power button for 3 times; # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn # cat ff_pwr_btn - 7 + 7 enabled -- cgit v1.1 From 3eeebf17f31c583f83e081b17b3076477cb96886 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Mundt Date: Tue, 28 Oct 2008 20:07:44 +0900 Subject: sh: Kill off long-dead HD64465 cchip support. This code has been dead for many years. The last update it received was in 2003 in order to update it for the driver model changes, though it had already been in disarray and unused before that point. The only boards that ever used this chip have not had users in many years either, so it is finally safe to just kill it off and move on with life. Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt b/Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt index 5482bf5..f035416 100644 --- a/Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt +++ b/Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt @@ -47,9 +47,7 @@ Next, for companion chips: `-- sh `-- cchips `-- hd6446x - |-- hd64461 - | `-- cchip-specific files - `-- hd64465 + `-- hd64461 `-- cchip-specific files ... and so on. Headers for the companion chips are treated the same way as -- cgit v1.1 From 71cced6eb044f5b096d35755963f3a2035603b73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uwe Hermann Date: Mon, 20 Oct 2008 09:32:21 -0700 Subject: doc/x86: fix doc subdirs The Documentation/i386 and Documentation/x86_64 directories and their contents have been moved into Documentation/x86. Fix references to those files accordingly. Signed-off-by: Uwe Hermann Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/00-INDEX | 4 ++-- Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 12 ++++++------ Documentation/lguest/lguest.c | 2 +- Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt | 4 ++-- Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets | 2 +- 5 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 7286ad0..edef85c 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ i2c/ - directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed). i2o/ - directory with info about the Linux I2O subsystem. -i386/ +x86/i386/ - directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture. ia64/ - directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ w1/ - directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem. watchdog/ - how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-) -x86_64/ +x86/x86_64/ - directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines. zorro.txt - info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas. diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 343e0f0..1bbcaa8 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ parameter is applicable: X86-32 X86-32, aka i386 architecture is enabled. X86-64 X86-64 architecture is enabled. More X86-64 boot options can be found in - Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt . + Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt . X86 Either 32bit or 64bit x86 (same as X86-32+X86-64) In addition, the following text indicates that the option: @@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ In addition, the following text indicates that the option: Parameters denoted with BOOT are actually interpreted by the boot loader, and have no meaning to the kernel directly. Do not modify the syntax of boot loader parameters without extreme -need or coordination with . +need or coordination with . There are also arch-specific kernel-parameters not documented here. -See for example . +See for example . Note that ALL kernel parameters listed below are CASE SENSITIVE, and that a trailing = on the name of any parameter states that that parameter will @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file mce [X86-32] Machine Check Exception - mce=option [X86-64] See Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt + mce=option [X86-64] See Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt md= [HW] RAID subsystems devices and level See Documentation/md.txt. @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file See Documentation/paride.txt. pirq= [SMP,APIC] Manual mp-table setup - See Documentation/i386/IO-APIC.txt. + See Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.txt. plip= [PPT,NET] Parallel port network link Format: { parport | timid | 0 } @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file See Documentation/fb/modedb.txt. vga= [BOOT,X86-32] Select a particular video mode - See Documentation/i386/boot.txt and + See Documentation/x86/i386/boot.txt and Documentation/svga.txt. Use vga=ask for menu. This is actually a boot loader parameter; the value is diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c b/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c index 7228369..da86fd5 100644 --- a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c +++ b/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ static unsigned long load_bzimage(int fd) void *p = from_guest_phys(0x100000); /* Go back to the start of the file and read the header. It should be - * a Linux boot header (see Documentation/i386/boot.txt) */ + * a Linux boot header (see Documentation/x86/i386/boot.txt) */ lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET); read(fd, &boot, sizeof(boot)); diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt index 72ffb53..f6d561a 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ APICs nolapic Don't use the local APIC (alias for i386 compatibility) - pirq=... See Documentation/i386/IO-APIC.txt + pirq=... See Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.txt noapictimer Don't set up the APIC timer @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Non Executable Mappings SMP additional_cpus=NUM Allow NUM more CPUs for hotplug - (defaults are specified by the BIOS, see Documentation/x86_64/cpu-hotplug-spec) + (defaults are specified by the BIOS, see Documentation/x86/x86_64/cpu-hotplug-spec) NUMA diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets index d1a985c..33bb566 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ amount of system memory that are available to a certain class of tasks. For more information on the features of cpusets, see Documentation/cpusets.txt. There are a number of different configurations you can use for your needs. For more information on the numa=fake command line option and its various ways of -configuring fake nodes, see Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt. +configuring fake nodes, see Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt. For the purposes of this introduction, we'll assume a very primitive NUMA emulation setup of "numa=fake=4*512,". This will split our system memory into -- cgit v1.1 From 27f680adc65ca08bf72ed85d3a48d1ee70f77c7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Crowe Date: Mon, 27 Oct 2008 13:52:49 +0100 Subject: [ARM] 5323/1: Remove outdated empeg documentation. The documents aren't particularly useful anyway and the hardware in question has never run anything newer than a v2.2.14 kernel to my knowledge. Signed-off-by: Mike Crowe Signed-off-by: Russell King --- Documentation/arm/empeg/README | 13 ----------- Documentation/arm/empeg/ir.txt | 49 ------------------------------------------ Documentation/arm/empeg/mkdevs | 11 ---------- 3 files changed, 73 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/empeg/README delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/empeg/ir.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/arm/empeg/mkdevs (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/arm/empeg/README b/Documentation/arm/empeg/README deleted file mode 100644 index 09cc8d0..0000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/empeg/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -Empeg, Ltd's Empeg MP3 Car Audio Player - -The initial design is to go in your car, but you can use it at home, on a -boat... almost anywhere. The principle is to store CD-quality music using -MPEG technology onto a hard disk in the unit, and use the power of the -embedded computer to serve up the music you want. - -For more details, see: - - http://www.empeg.com - - - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/empeg/ir.txt b/Documentation/arm/empeg/ir.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 10a2974..0000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/empeg/ir.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -Infra-red driver documentation. - -Mike Crowe -(C) Empeg Ltd 1999 - -Not a lot here yet :-) - -The Kenwood KCA-R6A remote control generates a sequence like the following: - -Go low for approx 16T (Around 9000us) -Go high for approx 8T (Around 4000us) -Go low for less than 2T (Around 750us) - -For each of the 32 bits - Go high for more than 2T (Around 1500us) == 1 - Go high for less than T (Around 400us) == 0 - Go low for less than 2T (Around 750us) - -Rather than repeat a signal when the button is held down certain buttons -generate the following code to indicate repetition. - -Go low for approx 16T -Go high for approx 4T -Go low for less than 2T - -(By removing the <2T from the start of the sequence and placing at the end - it can be considered a stop bit but I found it easier to deal with it at - the start). - -The 32 bits are encoded as XxYy where x and y are the actual data values -while X and Y are the logical inverses of the associated data values. Using -LSB first yields sensible codes for the numbers. - -All codes are of the form b9xx - -The numeric keys generate the code 0x where x is the number pressed. - -Tuner 1c -Tape 1d -CD 1e -CD-MD-CH 1f -Track- 0a -Track+ 0b -Rewind 0c -FF 0d -DNPP 5e -Play/Pause 0e -Vol+ 14 -Vol- 15 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/empeg/mkdevs b/Documentation/arm/empeg/mkdevs deleted file mode 100644 index 7a85e28..0000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/empeg/mkdevs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -mknod /dev/display c 244 0 -mknod /dev/ir c 242 0 -mknod /dev/usb0 c 243 0 -mknod /dev/audio c 245 4 -mknod /dev/dsp c 245 3 -mknod /dev/mixer c 245 0 -mknod /dev/empeg_state c 246 0 -mknod /dev/radio0 c 81 64 -ln -sf radio0 radio -ln -sf usb0 usb -- cgit v1.1 From bb20698d46bac1b2b48cfe1fcb33e54ac885946a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Greg Kroah-Hartman Date: Fri, 17 Oct 2008 15:01:07 -0700 Subject: Document kernel taint flags properly This fills in the documentation for all of the current kernel taint flags, and fixes the number for TAINT_CRAP, which was incorrectly described. Cc: Michael Kerrisk Cc: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt | 24 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index bde799e..a4ccdd1 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -363,11 +363,21 @@ tainted: Non-zero if the kernel has been tainted. Numeric values, which can be ORed together: - 1 - A module with a non-GPL license has been loaded, this - includes modules with no license. - Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. - 2 - A module was force loaded by insmod -f. - Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. - 4 - Unsafe SMP processors: SMP with CPUs not designed for SMP. - 64 - A module from drivers/staging was loaded. + 1 - A module with a non-GPL license has been loaded, this + includes modules with no license. + Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. + 2 - A module was force loaded by insmod -f. + Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. + 4 - Unsafe SMP processors: SMP with CPUs not designed for SMP. + 8 - A module was forcibly unloaded from the system by rmmod -f. + 16 - A hardware machine check error occurred on the system. + 32 - A bad page was discovered on the system. + 64 - The user has asked that the system be marked "tainted". This + could be because they are running software that directly modifies + the hardware, or for other reasons. + 128 - The system has died. + 256 - The ACPI DSDT has been overridden with one supplied by the user + instead of using the one provided by the hardware. + 512 - A kernel warning has occurred. +1024 - A module from drivers/staging was loaded. -- cgit v1.1 From 79cd80a1d9a4e13c150ba43f140f18b202adce65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Josh Boyer Date: Fri, 24 Oct 2008 10:10:42 -0400 Subject: Update stable tree documentation Update the documentation for the stable tree rules to reflect that device IDs and quirks are also suitable for -stable kernels. Signed-off-by: Josh Boyer Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt index 4cfc788..a452227 100644 --- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Rules on what kind of patches are accepted, and which ones are not, into the marked CONFIG_BROKEN), an oops, a hang, data corruption, a real security issue, or some "oh, that's not good" issue. In short, something critical. + - New device IDs and quirks are also accepted. - No "theoretical race condition" issues, unless an explanation of how the race can be exploited is also provided. - It cannot contain any "trivial" fixes in it (spelling changes, -- cgit v1.1 From 555ac6482ea7d0f29ec524b816f2f547ec94e882 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tsugikazu Shibata Date: Mon, 27 Oct 2008 18:05:40 +0900 Subject: HOWTO: Sync patch for jp_JP/HOWTO Sync the jp_JP version of HOWTO to contain the latest updates From: Tsugikazu Shibata Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO index 0775cf4..5547698 100644 --- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ for non English (read: Japanese) speakers and is not intended as a fork. So if you have any comments or updates for this file, please try to update the original English file first. -Last Updated: 2008/08/21 +Last Updated: 2008/10/24 ================================== これは、 -linux-2.6.27/Documentation/HOWTO +linux-2.6.28/Documentation/HOWTO の和訳です。 翻訳団体： JF プロジェクト < http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/ > -翻訳日： 2008/8/5 +翻訳日： 2008/10/24 翻訳者： Tsugikazu Shibata 校正者： 松倉さん 小林 雅典さん (Masanori Kobayasi) @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ Linux カーネルソースツリーは幅広い範囲のドキュメントを 新しいドキュメントファイルも追加することを勧めます。 カーネルの変更が、カーネルがユーザ空間に公開しているインターフェイスの 変更を引き起こす場合、その変更を説明するマニュアルページのパッチや情報 -をマニュアルページのメンテナ mtk.manpages@gmail.com に送ることを勧めま -す。 +をマニュアルページのメンテナ mtk.manpages@gmail.com に送り、CC を +linux-api@ver.kernel.org に送ることを勧めます。 以下はカーネルソースツリーに含まれている読んでおくべきファイルの一覧で す- @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Linux カーネルソースツリーは幅広い範囲のドキュメントを この他にパッチを作る方法についてのよくできた記述は- "The Perfect Patch" - http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt + http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt "Linux kernel patch submission format" http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ Linux カーネルコミュニティは、一度に大量のコードの塊を これについて全てがどのようにあるべきかについての詳細は、以下のドキュメ ントの ChangeLog セクションを見てください- "The Perfect Patch" - http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt + http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt これらのどれもが、時にはとても困難です。これらの慣例を完璧に実施するに は数年かかるかもしれません。これは継続的な改善のプロセスであり、そのた -- cgit v1.1 From a0e5ebdc1d16871222f9815f5066e4ca47e368fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Li Zefan Date: Thu, 30 Oct 2008 15:23:39 +0800 Subject: sched: remove sched-design.txt from 00-INDEX Impact: remove stale documentation reference sched-design.txt has been removed. Signed-off-by: Li Zefan Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX b/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX index fc234d0..aabcc3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ sched-arch.txt - CPU Scheduler implementation hints for architecture specific code. sched-coding.txt - reference for various scheduler-related methods in the O(1) scheduler. -sched-design.txt - - goals, design and implementation of the Linux O(1) scheduler. sched-design-CFS.txt - goals, design and implementation of the Complete Fair Scheduler. sched-domains.txt -- cgit v1.1 From 846557d3ceb6c7493e090921db5d6158ec237228 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean Delvare Date: Thu, 30 Oct 2008 15:55:47 +0100 Subject: i2c: The i2c mailing list is moving Replace all references to the old i2c mailing list. Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare --- Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x index 266481f..70e6a0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ I suspect that this driver could be made to work for the following SiS chipsets as well: 635, and 635T. If anyone owns a board with those chips AND is willing to risk crashing & burning an otherwise well-behaved kernel in the name of progress... please contact me at or -via the project's mailing list: . Please send bug +via the linux-i2c mailing list: . Please send bug reports and/or success stories as well. -- cgit v1.1 From c17dad6905fc82d8f523399e5c3f014e81d61df6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Dobriyan Date: Wed, 29 Oct 2008 14:00:50 -0700 Subject: .gitignore updates Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/accounting/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/connector/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/ia64/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/networking/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/pcmcia/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/spi/.gitignore | 2 ++ Documentation/video4linux/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/vm/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/watchdog/src/.gitignore | 2 ++ 10 files changed, 12 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/connector/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/src/.gitignore (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/.gitignore b/Documentation/accounting/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8648520 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +getdelays diff --git a/Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore b/Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7af2228 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +cfag12864b-example diff --git a/Documentation/connector/.gitignore b/Documentation/connector/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2b9c32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/connector/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +ucon diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/.gitignore b/Documentation/ia64/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab806ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ia64/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +aliasing-test diff --git a/Documentation/networking/.gitignore b/Documentation/networking/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..286a568 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +ifenslave diff --git a/Documentation/pcmcia/.gitignore b/Documentation/pcmcia/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53d0813 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/pcmcia/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +crc32hash diff --git a/Documentation/spi/.gitignore b/Documentation/spi/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4280576 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/spi/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +spidev_fdx +spidev_test diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/.gitignore b/Documentation/video4linux/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9527039 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +v4lgrab diff --git a/Documentation/vm/.gitignore b/Documentation/vm/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33e8a02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/vm/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +slabinfo diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/src/.gitignore b/Documentation/watchdog/src/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac90997 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/src/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +watchdog-simple +watchdog-test -- cgit v1.1 From 4e02ed4b4a2fae34aae766a5bb93ae235f60adb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Wed, 29 Oct 2008 14:00:55 -0700 Subject: fs: remove prepare_write/commit_write Nothing uses prepare_write or commit_write. Remove them from the tree completely. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: schedule simple_prepare_write() for unexporting] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin Cc: Christoph Hellwig Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/filesystems/Locking | 12 +++++++----- Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt | 39 +++++---------------------------------- 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 39 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking index 8362860..23d2f44 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking @@ -161,8 +161,12 @@ prototypes: int (*set_page_dirty)(struct page *page); int (*readpages)(struct file *filp, struct address_space *mapping, struct list_head *pages, unsigned nr_pages); - int (*prepare_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned); - int (*commit_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned); + int (*write_begin)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping, + loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned flags, + struct page **pagep, void **fsdata); + int (*write_end)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping, + loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned copied, + struct page *page, void *fsdata); sector_t (*bmap)(struct address_space *, sector_t); int (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned long); int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int); @@ -180,8 +184,6 @@ sync_page: no maybe writepages: no set_page_dirty no no readpages: no -prepare_write: no yes yes -commit_write: no yes yes write_begin: no locks the page yes write_end: no yes, unlocks yes perform_write: no n/a yes @@ -191,7 +193,7 @@ releasepage: no yes direct_IO: no launder_page: no yes - ->prepare_write(), ->commit_write(), ->sync_page() and ->readpage() + ->write_begin(), ->write_end(), ->sync_page() and ->readpage() may be called from the request handler (/dev/loop). ->readpage() unlocks the page, either synchronously or via I/O diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index c4d348d..5579bda 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ written-back to storage typically in whole pages, however the address_space has finer control of write sizes. The read process essentially only requires 'readpage'. The write -process is more complicated and uses prepare_write/commit_write or +process is more complicated and uses write_begin/write_end or set_page_dirty to write data into the address_space, and writepage, sync_page, and writepages to writeback data to storage. @@ -521,8 +521,6 @@ struct address_space_operations { int (*set_page_dirty)(struct page *page); int (*readpages)(struct file *filp, struct address_space *mapping, struct list_head *pages, unsigned nr_pages); - int (*prepare_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned); - int (*commit_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned); int (*write_begin)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping, loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned flags, struct page **pagep, void **fsdata); @@ -598,37 +596,7 @@ struct address_space_operations { readpages is only used for read-ahead, so read errors are ignored. If anything goes wrong, feel free to give up. - prepare_write: called by the generic write path in VM to set up a write - request for a page. This indicates to the address space that - the given range of bytes is about to be written. The - address_space should check that the write will be able to - complete, by allocating space if necessary and doing any other - internal housekeeping. If the write will update parts of - any basic-blocks on storage, then those blocks should be - pre-read (if they haven't been read already) so that the - updated blocks can be written out properly. - The page will be locked. - - Note: the page _must not_ be marked uptodate in this function - (or anywhere else) unless it actually is uptodate right now. As - soon as a page is marked uptodate, it is possible for a concurrent - read(2) to copy it to userspace. - - commit_write: If prepare_write succeeds, new data will be copied - into the page and then commit_write will be called. It will - typically update the size of the file (if appropriate) and - mark the inode as dirty, and do any other related housekeeping - operations. It should avoid returning an error if possible - - errors should have been handled by prepare_write. - - write_begin: This is intended as a replacement for prepare_write. The - key differences being that: - - it returns a locked page (in *pagep) rather than being - given a pre locked page; - - it must be able to cope with short writes (where the - length passed to write_begin is greater than the number - of bytes copied into the page). - + write_begin: Called by the generic buffered write code to ask the filesystem to prepare to write len bytes at the given offset in the file. The address_space should check that the write will be able to complete, @@ -640,6 +608,9 @@ struct address_space_operations { The filesystem must return the locked pagecache page for the specified offset, in *pagep, for the caller to write into. + It must be able to cope with short writes (where the length passed to + write_begin is greater than the number of bytes copied into the page). + flags is a field for AOP_FLAG_xxx flags, described in include/linux/fs.h. -- cgit v1.1 From a34645f56a5dae70233701275fb8b2d979a664fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Ulrich Niedermann Date: Wed, 29 Oct 2008 14:00:57 -0700 Subject: docbook: fix command spacing The total width of the command name plus spaces should be 8 characters, but were 7 and 9, respectively. With 8 chars, all commands are now lining up nicely. The mandocs, psdocs, xmldocs commands are OK. Before: HOSTCC scripts/basic/docproc DOCPROC Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.xml HTML Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.html DOCPROC Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.xml PDF Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.pdf After: HOSTCC scripts/basic/docproc DOCPROC Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.xml HTML Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.html DOCPROC Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.xml PDF Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.pdf Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/DocBook/Makefile | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index fabc064..9b1f6ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ quiet_cmd_db2ps = PS $@ %.ps : %.xml $(call cmd,db2ps) -quiet_cmd_db2pdf = PDF $@ +quiet_cmd_db2pdf = PDF $@ cmd_db2pdf = $(subst TYPE,pdf, $($(PDF_METHOD)template)) %.pdf : %.xml $(call cmd,db2pdf) @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx) && \ echo '

Kernel Version: $(KERNELVERSION)

' >> $(main_idx) && \ cat $(HTML) >> $(main_idx) -quiet_cmd_db2html = HTML $@ +quiet_cmd_db2html = HTML $@ cmd_db2html = xmlto xhtml $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) $< && \ echo ' \ $(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))

' > $@ -- cgit v1.1 From e11e3643f300f2e3a3ea21658e9f80b412c2c8a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Pirko Date: Wed, 29 Oct 2008 14:00:58 -0700 Subject: docs: fix ManagementStyle book name Just corrected the book name. I'm probably the only one who ever read this file :-) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/ManagementStyle | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ManagementStyle b/Documentation/ManagementStyle index 49a8efa..a5f0ea5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ManagementStyle +++ b/Documentation/ManagementStyle @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ companies. If you sign purchase orders or you have any clue about the budget of your group, you're almost certainly not a kernel manager. These suggestions may or may not apply to you. -First off, I'd suggest buying "Seven Habits of Highly Successful +First off, I'd suggest buying "Seven Habits of Highly Effective People", and NOT read it. Burn it, it's a great symbolic gesture. (*) This document does so not so much by answering the question, but by -- cgit v1.1 From 89a056df78b113fcab21d71cd24aa1893c09225b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Cox Date: Wed, 29 Oct 2008 14:01:14 -0700 Subject: Rationalise Randy's address a bit Acked-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl | 2 +- Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl | 2 +- Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.tmpl | 2 +- Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl | 2 +- Documentation/isdn/CREDITS | 2 +- Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt | 2 +- Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt | 2 +- Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS | 2 +- 8 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl index 60d6e0b..3ed8812 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Cox

- alan@redhat.com + alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl index 499eddc..467ccac 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Cox
- alan@redhat.com + alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.tmpl index 9eebcc3..8c93db1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/wanbook.tmpl @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Cox
- alan@redhat.com + alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl index a42a8a4..6f3883b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Cox
- alan@redhat.com + alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/CREDITS b/Documentation/isdn/CREDITS index 8cac6c2..c1679e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/isdn/CREDITS +++ b/Documentation/isdn/CREDITS @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ I want to thank all who contributed to this project and especially to: Thomas Bogendörfer (tsbogend@bigbug.franken.de) Tester, lots of bugfixes and hints. -Alan Cox (alan@redhat.com) +Alan Cox (alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk) For help getting into standard-kernel. Henner Eisen (eis@baty.hanse.de) diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt b/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt index b1b7499..8006c22 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt @@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ Tobias Ringstrom : Current Maintainer Contributors: Marcelo Tosatti -Alan Cox +Alan Cox Jeff Garzik Vojtech Pavlik diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt index 709ca99..ddace3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Supported Cards/Chipsets People ------------------------- -Alan Cox +Alan Cox Christoph Hellwig (updates for new-style PCI probing and SCSI host registration, small cleanups/fixes) Matt Domsch (revision ioctl, adapter messages) diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS index 8aad6dd..eb41b26 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Contributors to bttv: Michael Chu AverMedia fix and more flexible card recognition -Alan Cox +Alan Cox Video4Linux interface and 2.1.x kernel adaptation Chris Kleitsch -- cgit v1.1 From 9244489a7b69fe0746dc7cb3957f02e05bd1ceb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Fri, 24 Oct 2008 09:42:59 -0400 Subject: ftrace: handle archs that do not support irqs_disabled_flags Impact: build fix on non-lockdep architectures Some architectures do not support a way to read the irq flags that is set from "local_irq_save(flags)" to determine if interrupts were disabled or enabled. Ftrace uses this information to display to the user if the trace occurred with interrupts enabled or disabled. Besides the fact that those archs that do not support this will fail to compile, unless they fix it, we do not want to have the trace simply say interrupts were not disabled or they were enabled, without knowing the real answer. This patch adds a 'X' in the output to let the user know that the architecture they are running on does not support a way for the tracer to determine if interrupts were enabled or disabled. It also lets those same archs compile with tracing enabled. Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/ftrace.txt | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/ftrace.txt index d330fe3..ea5a827 100644 --- a/Documentation/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/ftrace.txt @@ -291,6 +291,9 @@ explains which is which. CPU#: The CPU which the process was running on. irqs-off: 'd' interrupts are disabled. '.' otherwise. + Note: If the architecture does not support a way to + read the irq flags variable, an 'X' will always + be printed here. need-resched: 'N' task need_resched is set, '.' otherwise. -- cgit v1.1 From d5d02d6dd394b295abcadd6b0ce4932c07916fdf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rusty Russell Date: Fri, 31 Oct 2008 11:24:25 -0500 Subject: lguest: fix example launcher compile after moved asm-x86 dir. Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell --- Documentation/lguest/Makefile | 2 +- Documentation/lguest/lguest.c | 2 +- 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/Makefile b/Documentation/lguest/Makefile index bac037e..725eef8 100644 --- a/Documentation/lguest/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/lguest/Makefile @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # This creates the demonstration utility "lguest" which runs a Linux guest. -CFLAGS:=-Wall -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes -O3 -I../../include +CFLAGS:=-Wall -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes -O3 -I../../include -I../../arch/x86/include LDLIBS:=-lz all: lguest diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c b/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c index da86fd5..8045206 100644 --- a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c +++ b/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #include "linux/virtio_console.h" #include "linux/virtio_rng.h" #include "linux/virtio_ring.h" -#include "asm-x86/bootparam.h" +#include "asm/bootparam.h" /*L:110 We can ignore the 39 include files we need for this program, but I do * want to draw attention to the use of kernel-style types. * -- cgit v1.1 From 9663f2e6a6cf3f82b06d8fb699b11b80f92553ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Keith Packard Date: Thu, 30 Oct 2008 19:38:18 -0700 Subject: resources: add io-mapping functions to dynamically map large device apertures Impact: add new generic io_map_*() APIs Graphics devices have large PCI apertures which would consume a significant fraction of a 32-bit address space if mapped during driver initialization. Using ioremap at runtime is impractical as it is too slow. This new set of interfaces uses atomic mappings on 32-bit processors and a large static mapping on 64-bit processors to provide reasonable 32-bit performance and optimal 64-bit performance. The current implementation sits atop the io_map_atomic fixmap-based mechanism for 32-bit processors. This includes some editorial suggestions from Randy Dunlap for Documentation/io-mapping.txt Signed-off-by: Keith Packard Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/io-mapping.txt | 76 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 76 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/io-mapping.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/io-mapping.txt b/Documentation/io-mapping.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd2f726 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/io-mapping.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +The io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h provide an abstraction for +efficiently mapping small regions of an I/O device to the CPU. The initial +usage is to support the large graphics aperture on 32-bit processors where +ioremap_wc cannot be used to statically map the entire aperture to the CPU +as it would consume too much of the kernel address space. + +A mapping object is created during driver initialization using + + struct io_mapping *io_mapping_create_wc(unsigned long base, + unsigned long size) + + 'base' is the bus address of the region to be made + mappable, while 'size' indicates how large a mapping region to + enable. Both are in bytes. + + This _wc variant provides a mapping which may only be used + with the io_mapping_map_atomic_wc or io_mapping_map_wc. + +With this mapping object, individual pages can be mapped either atomically +or not, depending on the necessary scheduling environment. Of course, atomic +maps are more efficient: + + void *io_mapping_map_atomic_wc(struct io_mapping *mapping, + unsigned long offset) + + 'offset' is the offset within the defined mapping region. + Accessing addresses beyond the region specified in the + creation function yields undefined results. Using an offset + which is not page aligned yields an undefined result. The + return value points to a single page in CPU address space. + + This _wc variant returns a write-combining map to the + page and may only be used with mappings created by + io_mapping_create_wc + + Note that the task may not sleep while holding this page + mapped. + + void io_mapping_unmap_atomic(void *vaddr) + + 'vaddr' must be the the value returned by the last + io_mapping_map_atomic_wc call. This unmaps the specified + page and allows the task to sleep once again. + +If you need to sleep while holding the lock, you can use the non-atomic +variant, although they may be significantly slower. + + void *io_mapping_map_wc(struct io_mapping *mapping, + unsigned long offset) + + This works like io_mapping_map_atomic_wc except it allows + the task to sleep while holding the page mapped. + + void io_mapping_unmap(void *vaddr) + + This works like io_mapping_unmap_atomic, except it is used + for pages mapped with io_mapping_map_wc. + +At driver close time, the io_mapping object must be freed: + + void io_mapping_free(struct io_mapping *mapping) + +Current Implementation: + +The initial implementation of these functions uses existing mapping +mechanisms and so provides only an abstraction layer and no new +functionality. + +On 64-bit processors, io_mapping_create_wc calls ioremap_wc for the whole +range, creating a permanent kernel-visible mapping to the resource. The +map_atomic and map functions add the requested offset to the base of the +virtual address returned by ioremap_wc. + +On 32-bit processors, io_mapping_map_atomic_wc uses io_map_atomic_prot_pfn, +which uses the fixmaps to get us a mapping to a page using an atomic fashion. +For io_mapping_map_wc, ioremap_wc() is used to get a mapping of the region. -- cgit v1.1 From 8d5c6603c408d91ecf543f244f10ccb8b500ad95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Keith Packard Date: Mon, 3 Nov 2008 18:21:44 +0100 Subject: io mapping: improve documentation Impact: add documentation Signed-off-by: Keith Packard Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/io-mapping.txt | 12 +++++++++--- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/io-mapping.txt b/Documentation/io-mapping.txt index cd2f726..473e43b 100644 --- a/Documentation/io-mapping.txt +++ b/Documentation/io-mapping.txt @@ -71,6 +71,12 @@ range, creating a permanent kernel-visible mapping to the resource. The map_atomic and map functions add the requested offset to the base of the virtual address returned by ioremap_wc. -On 32-bit processors, io_mapping_map_atomic_wc uses io_map_atomic_prot_pfn, -which uses the fixmaps to get us a mapping to a page using an atomic fashion. -For io_mapping_map_wc, ioremap_wc() is used to get a mapping of the region. +On 32-bit processors with HIGHMEM defined, io_mapping_map_atomic_wc uses +kmap_atomic_pfn to map the specified page in an atomic fashion; +kmap_atomic_pfn isn't really supposed to be used with device pages, but it +provides an efficient mapping for this usage. + +On 32-bit processors without HIGHMEM defined, io_mapping_map_atomic_wc and +io_mapping_map_wc both use ioremap_wc, a terribly inefficient function which +performs an IPI to inform all processors about the new mapping. This results +in a significant performance penalty. -- cgit v1.1 From 9b803c0fc37dc49d06d99d63741e78274801c644 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Mon, 3 Nov 2008 15:15:08 -0500 Subject: ftrace: update txt document Impact: Documentation update only A lot of changes have gone into ftrace. This patch updates the ftrace.txt document. Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt Acked-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/ftrace.txt | 169 ++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 97 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/ftrace.txt index ea5a827..0cb989cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/ftrace.txt @@ -50,26 +50,26 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: Note: all time values are in microseconds. - current_tracer : This is used to set or display the current tracer + current_tracer: This is used to set or display the current tracer that is configured. - available_tracers : This holds the different types of tracers that + available_tracers: This holds the different types of tracers that have been compiled into the kernel. The tracers listed here can be configured by echoing their name into current_tracer. - tracing_enabled : This sets or displays whether the current_tracer + tracing_enabled: This sets or displays whether the current_tracer is activated and tracing or not. Echo 0 into this file to disable the tracer or 1 to enable it. - trace : This file holds the output of the trace in a human readable + trace: This file holds the output of the trace in a human readable format (described below). - latency_trace : This file shows the same trace but the information + latency_trace: This file shows the same trace but the information is organized more to display possible latencies in the system (described below). - trace_pipe : The output is the same as the "trace" file but this + trace_pipe: The output is the same as the "trace" file but this file is meant to be streamed with live tracing. Reads from this file will block until new data is retrieved. Unlike the "trace" and "latency_trace" @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: tracer is not adding more data, they will display the same information every time they are read. - iter_ctrl : This file lets the user control the amount of data + iter_ctrl: This file lets the user control the amount of data that is displayed in one of the above output files. - trace_max_latency : Some of the tracers record the max latency. + trace_max_latency: Some of the tracers record the max latency. For example, the time interrupts are disabled. This time is saved in this file. The max trace will also be stored, and displayed by either @@ -94,29 +94,26 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: only be recorded if the latency is greater than the value in this file. (in microseconds) - trace_entries : This sets or displays the number of trace - entries each CPU buffer can hold. The tracer buffers - are the same size for each CPU. The displayed number - is the size of the CPU buffer and not total size. The + trace_entries: This sets or displays the number of bytes each CPU + buffer can hold. The tracer buffers are the same size + for each CPU. The displayed number is the size of the + CPU buffer and not total size of all buffers. The trace buffers are allocated in pages (blocks of memory that the kernel uses for allocation, usually 4 KB in size). - Since each entry is smaller than a page, if the last - allocated page has room for more entries than were - requested, the rest of the page is used to allocate - entries. + If the last page allocated has room for more bytes + than requested, the rest of the page will be used, + making the actual allocation bigger than requested. + (Note, the size may not be a multiple of the page size due + to buffer managment overhead.) This can only be updated when the current_tracer - is set to "none". + is set to "nop". - NOTE: It is planned on changing the allocated buffers - from being the number of possible CPUS to - the number of online CPUS. - - tracing_cpumask : This is a mask that lets the user only trace + tracing_cpumask: This is a mask that lets the user only trace on specified CPUS. The format is a hex string representing the CPUS. - set_ftrace_filter : When dynamic ftrace is configured in (see the + set_ftrace_filter: When dynamic ftrace is configured in (see the section below "dynamic ftrace"), the code is dynamically modified (code text rewrite) to disable calling of the function profiler (mcount). This lets tracing be configured @@ -130,14 +127,11 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: be traced. If a function exists in both set_ftrace_filter and set_ftrace_notrace, the function will _not_ be traced. - available_filter_functions : When a function is encountered the first - time by the dynamic tracer, it is recorded and - later the call is converted into a nop. This file - lists the functions that have been recorded - by the dynamic tracer and these functions can - be used to set the ftrace filter by the above - "set_ftrace_filter" file. (See the section "dynamic ftrace" - below for more details). + available_filter_functions: This lists the functions that ftrace + has processed and can trace. These are the function + names that you can pass to "set_ftrace_filter" or + "set_ftrace_notrace". (See the section "dynamic ftrace" + below for more details.) The Tracers @@ -145,7 +139,7 @@ The Tracers Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured. - ftrace - function tracer that uses mcount to trace all functions. + function - function tracer that uses mcount to trace all functions. sched_switch - traces the context switches between tasks. @@ -166,8 +160,8 @@ Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured. the highest priority task to get scheduled after it has been woken up. - none - This is not a tracer. To remove all tracers from tracing - simply echo "none" into current_tracer. + nop - This is not a tracer. To remove all tracers from tracing + simply echo "nop" into current_tracer. Examples of using the tracer @@ -182,7 +176,7 @@ Output format: Here is an example of the output format of the file "trace" -------- -# tracer: ftrace +# tracer: function # # TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION # | | | | | @@ -192,7 +186,7 @@ Here is an example of the output format of the file "trace" -------- A header is printed with the tracer name that is represented by the trace. -In this case the tracer is "ftrace". Then a header showing the format. Task +In this case the tracer is "function". Then a header showing the format. Task name "bash", the task PID "4251", the CPU that it was running on "01", the timestamp in . format, the function name that was traced "path_put" and the parent function that called this function @@ -1003,22 +997,20 @@ is the stack for the hard interrupt. This hides the fact that NEED_RESCHED has been set. We do not see the 'N' until we switch back to the task's assigned stack. -ftrace ------- +function +-------- -ftrace is not only the name of the tracing infrastructure, but it -is also a name of one of the tracers. The tracer is the function -tracer. Enabling the function tracer can be done from the -debug file system. Make sure the ftrace_enabled is set otherwise -this tracer is a nop. +This tracer is the function tracer. Enabling the function tracer +can be done from the debug file system. Make sure the ftrace_enabled is +set; otherwise this tracer is a nop. # sysctl kernel.ftrace_enabled=1 - # echo ftrace > /debug/tracing/current_tracer + # echo function > /debug/tracing/current_tracer # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled # usleep 1 # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled # cat /debug/tracing/trace -# tracer: ftrace +# tracer: function # # TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION # | | | | | @@ -1040,10 +1032,10 @@ this tracer is a nop. [...] -Note: ftrace uses ring buffers to store the above entries. The newest data -may overwrite the oldest data. Sometimes using echo to stop the trace -is not sufficient because the tracing could have overwritten the data -that you wanted to record. For this reason, it is sometimes better to +Note: function tracer uses ring buffers to store the above entries. +The newest data may overwrite the oldest data. Sometimes using echo to +stop the trace is not sufficient because the tracing could have overwritten +the data that you wanted to record. For this reason, it is sometimes better to disable tracing directly from a program. This allows you to stop the tracing at the point that you hit the part that you are interested in. To disable the tracing directly from a C program, something like following @@ -1077,18 +1069,31 @@ every kernel function, produced by the -pg switch in gcc), starts of pointing to a simple return. (Enabling FTRACE will include the -pg switch in the compiling of the kernel.) -When dynamic ftrace is initialized, it calls kstop_machine to make -the machine act like a uniprocessor so that it can freely modify code -without worrying about other processors executing that same code. At -initialization, the mcount calls are changed to call a "record_ip" -function. After this, the first time a kernel function is called, -it has the calling address saved in a hash table. - -Later on the ftraced kernel thread is awoken and will again call -kstop_machine if new functions have been recorded. The ftraced thread -will change all calls to mcount to "nop". Just calling mcount -and having mcount return has shown a 10% overhead. By converting -it to a nop, there is no measurable overhead to the system. +At compile time every C file object is run through the +recordmcount.pl script (located in the scripts directory). This +script will process the C object using objdump to find all the +locations in the .text section that call mcount. (Note, only +the .text section is processed, since processing other sections +like .init.text may cause races due to those sections being freed). + +A new section called "__mcount_loc" is created that holds references +to all the mcount call sites in the .text section. This section is +compiled back into the original object. The final linker will add +all these references into a single table. + +On boot up, before SMP is initialized, the dynamic ftrace code +scans this table and updates all the locations into nops. It also +records the locations, which are added to the available_filter_functions +list. Modules are processed as they are loaded and before they are +executed. When a module is unloaded, it also removes its functions from +the ftrace function list. This is automatic in the module unload +code, and the module author does not need to worry about it. + +When tracing is enabled, kstop_machine is called to prevent races +with the CPUS executing code being modified (which can cause the +CPU to do undesireable things), and the nops are patched back +to calls. But this time, they do not call mcount (which is just +a function stub). They now call into the ftrace infrastructure. One special side-effect to the recording of the functions being traced is that we can now selectively choose which functions we @@ -1251,36 +1256,6 @@ Produces: We can see that there's no more lock or preempt tracing. -ftraced -------- - -As mentioned above, when dynamic ftrace is configured in, a kernel -thread wakes up once a second and checks to see if there are mcount -calls that need to be converted into nops. If there are not any, then -it simply goes back to sleep. But if there are some, it will call -kstop_machine to convert the calls to nops. - -There may be a case in which you do not want this added latency. -Perhaps you are doing some audio recording and this activity might -cause skips in the playback. There is an interface to disable -and enable the "ftraced" kernel thread. - - # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/ftraced_enabled - -This will disable the calling of kstop_machine to update the -mcount calls to nops. Remember that there is a large overhead -to calling mcount. Without this kernel thread, that overhead will -exist. - -If there are recorded calls to mcount, any write to the ftraced_enabled -file will cause the kstop_machine to run. This means that a -user can manually perform the updates when they want to by simply -echoing a '0' into the ftraced_enabled file. - -The updates are also done at the beginning of enabling a tracer -that uses ftrace function recording. - - trace_pipe ---------- @@ -1289,14 +1264,14 @@ on the tracing is different. Every read from trace_pipe is consumed. This means that subsequent reads will be different. The trace is live. - # echo ftrace > /debug/tracing/current_tracer + # echo function > /debug/tracing/current_tracer # cat /debug/tracing/trace_pipe > /tmp/trace.out & [1] 4153 # echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled # usleep 1 # echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled # cat /debug/tracing/trace -# tracer: ftrace +# tracer: function # # TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION # | | | | | @@ -1317,7 +1292,7 @@ is live. Note, reading the trace_pipe file will block until more input is added. By changing the tracer, trace_pipe will issue an EOF. We needed -to set the ftrace tracer _before_ cating the trace_pipe file. +to set the function tracer _before_ we "cat" the trace_pipe file. trace entries @@ -1334,10 +1309,10 @@ number of entries. 65620 Note, to modify this, you must have tracing completely disabled. To do that, -echo "none" into the current_tracer. If the current_tracer is not set -to "none", an EINVAL error will be returned. +echo "nop" into the current_tracer. If the current_tracer is not set +to "nop", an EINVAL error will be returned. - # echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer + # echo nop > /debug/tracing/current_tracer # echo 100000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries # cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries 100045 -- cgit v1.1 From 42ec632e7b0185d3776aa5d23380cbdc963151f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Mon, 3 Nov 2008 15:18:56 -0500 Subject: ftrace: ftrace.txt version update Impact: Documentation update only Update the version that the ftrace document was written for. Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/ftrace.txt | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/ftrace.txt index 0cb989cd..9cc4d68 100644 --- a/Documentation/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/ftrace.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Copyright 2008 Red Hat Inc. Reviewers: Elias Oltmanns, Randy Dunlap, Andrew Morton, John Kacur, and David Teigland. -Written for: 2.6.27-rc1 +Written for: 2.6.28-rc2 Introduction ------------ -- cgit v1.1 From e4ab1b3cbb8042f1653471c6333931134105d455 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mark McLoughlin Date: Tue, 4 Nov 2008 12:46:03 +0000 Subject: x86/docs: remove noirqbalance param docs Impact: documentation fix irqbalance was removed by: commit 8b8e8c1bf7275eca859fe551dfa484134eaf013b Author: Yinghai Lu Date: Tue Aug 19 20:50:23 2008 -0700 Remove the associated documentation for noirqbalance. Signed-off-by: Mark McLoughlin Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 1bbcaa8..de4de3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -1470,8 +1470,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file Valid arguments: on, off Default: on - noirqbalance [X86-32,SMP,KNL] Disable kernel irq balancing - noirqdebug [X86-32] Disables the code which attempts to detect and disable unhandled interrupt sources. -- cgit v1.1 From 77ca7286d10b798e4907af941f29672bf484db77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Miller Date: Thu, 6 Nov 2008 12:53:14 -0800 Subject: cciss: new hardware support Add support for 2 new SAS/SATA controllers. Signed-off-by: Mike Miller Cc: Jens Axboe Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/cciss.txt | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/cciss.txt b/Documentation/cciss.txt index 8244c64..48d80d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/cciss.txt +++ b/Documentation/cciss.txt @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ This driver is known to work with the following cards: * SA P410i * SA P411 * SA P812 + * SA P712m + * SA P711m Detecting drive failures: ------------------------- -- cgit v1.1 From 1b6bcdbe7eaacde19b5d633b33c8d056e4818de0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tim Hockin Date: Thu, 6 Nov 2008 12:53:33 -0800 Subject: Documentation/email-clients.txt: add some info about gmail Signed-off-by: Tim Hockin Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/email-clients.txt | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/email-clients.txt b/Documentation/email-clients.txt index 2ebb94d..a618efa 100644 --- a/Documentation/email-clients.txt +++ b/Documentation/email-clients.txt @@ -213,4 +213,29 @@ TkRat (GUI) Works. Use "Insert file..." or external editor. +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Gmail (Web GUI) + +If you just have to use Gmail to send patches, it CAN be made to work. It +requires a bit of external help, though. + +The first problem is that Gmail converts tabs to spaces. This will +totally break your patches. To prevent this, you have to use a different +editor. There is a firefox extension called "ViewSourceWith" +(https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/394) which allows you to +edit any text box in the editor of your choice. Configure it to launch +your favorite editor. When you want to send a patch, use this technique. +Once you have crafted your messsage + patch, save and exit the editor, +which should reload the Gmail edit box. GMAIL WILL PRESERVE THE TABS. +Hoorah. Apparently you can cut-n-paste literal tabs, but Gmail will +convert those to spaces upon sending! + +The second problem is that Gmail converts tabs to spaces on replies. If +you reply to a patch, don't expect to be able to apply it as a patch. + +The last problem is that Gmail will base64-encode any message that has a +non-ASCII character. That includes things like European names. Be aware. + +Gmail is not convenient for lkml patches, but CAN be made to work. + ### -- cgit v1.1 From fd96feb2583688ad13d8467ded442f9c8d73cc4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dann frazier Date: Thu, 6 Nov 2008 12:53:34 -0800 Subject: cciss: add P700m to list of supported controllers P700m support was added in: 9cff3b383dad193b0762c27278a16237e10b53dc Update cciss.txt to match. Signed-off-by: dann frazier Acked-by: Mike Miller Cc: Jens Axboe Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/cciss.txt | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/cciss.txt b/Documentation/cciss.txt index 48d80d9..89698e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/cciss.txt +++ b/Documentation/cciss.txt @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ This driver is known to work with the following cards: * SA E200 * SA E200i * SA E500 + * SA P700m * SA P212 * SA P410 * SA P410i -- cgit v1.1 From b225d44e27521290faca2e0f9b1a4a8c74dc510a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Li Zefan Date: Thu, 6 Nov 2008 12:53:39 -0800 Subject: Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt: update 'isolcpus' kernel option cpuset can be used to move a process onto or off an isolated CPU. Signed-off-by: Li Zefan Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 1bbcaa8..8a8cb0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -995,13 +995,15 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file Format: ,..., or - - (must be a positive range in ascending order) + - + (must be a positive range in ascending order) or a mixture ,...,- + This option can be used to specify one or more CPUs to isolate from the general SMP balancing and scheduling - algorithms. The only way to move a process onto or off - an "isolated" CPU is via the CPU affinity syscalls. + algorithms. You can move a process onto or off an + "isolated" CPU via the CPU affinity syscalls or cpuset. begins at 0 and the maximum value is "number of CPUs in system - 1". -- cgit v1.1 From 8986ab59631b1f2e82ac820c8fd76a34462915ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bart Trojanowski Date: Thu, 6 Nov 2008 12:53:44 -0800 Subject: fat: document additional vfat mount options While debugging a sync mount regression on vfat I noticed that there were mount options parsed by the driver that were not documented. [hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp: fix some parts] Signed-off-by: Bart Trojanowski Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt | 24 ++++++++++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 22 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt index bbac4f1..dc9dc73 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt @@ -8,6 +8,12 @@ if you want to format from within Linux. VFAT MOUNT OPTIONS ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +uid=### -- Set the owner of all files on this filesystem. + The default is the uid of current process. + +gid=### -- Set the group of all files on this filesystem. + The default is the gid of current process. + umask=### -- The permission mask (for files and directories, see umask(1)). The default is the umask of current process. @@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ codepage=### -- Sets the codepage number for converting to shortname characters on FAT filesystem. By default, FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE setting is used. -iocharset=name -- Character set to use for converting between the +iocharset= -- Character set to use for converting between the encoding is used for user visible filename and 16 bit Unicode characters. Long filenames are stored on disk in Unicode format, but Unix for the most part doesn't @@ -86,6 +92,8 @@ check=s|r|n -- Case sensitivity checking setting. r: relaxed, case insensitive n: normal, default setting, currently case insensitive +nocase -- This was deprecated for vfat. Use shortname=win95 instead. + shortname=lower|win95|winnt|mixed -- Shortname display/create setting. lower: convert to lowercase for display, @@ -99,11 +107,23 @@ shortname=lower|win95|winnt|mixed tz=UTC -- Interpret timestamps as UTC rather than local time. This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as used by Windows on FAT) and UTC - (which Linux uses internally). This is particuluarly + (which Linux uses internally). This is particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time. +showexec -- If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be + allowed only if the extension part of the name is .EXE, + .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default. + +debug -- Can be set, but unused by the current implementation. + +sys_immutable -- If set, ATTR_SYS attribute on FAT is handled as + IMMUTABLE flag on Linux. Not set by default. + +flush -- If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more + early than normal. Not set by default. + : 0,1,yes,no,true,false TODO -- cgit v1.1 From dfc209c0064efef5590f608056a48b61a5cac09c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: OGAWA Hirofumi Date: Thu, 6 Nov 2008 12:53:55 -0800 Subject: fat: Fix ATTR_RO for directory FAT has the ATTR_RO (read-only) attribute. But on Windows, the ATTR_RO of the directory will be just ignored actually, and is used by only applications as flag. E.g. it's setted for the customized folder by Explorer. http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa969337.aspx This adds "rodir" option. If user specified it, ATTR_RO is used as read-only flag even if it's the directory. Otherwise, inode->i_mode is not used to hold ATTR_RO (i.e. fat_mode_can_save_ro() returns 0). Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt index dc9dc73..3a5ddc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt @@ -124,6 +124,14 @@ sys_immutable -- If set, ATTR_SYS attribute on FAT is handled as flush -- If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not set by default. +rodir -- FAT has the ATTR_RO (read-only) attribute. But on Windows, + the ATTR_RO of the directory will be just ignored actually, + and is used by only applications as flag. E.g. it's setted + for the customized folder. + + If you want to use ATTR_RO as read-only flag even for + the directory, set this option. + : 0,1,yes,no,true,false TODO -- cgit v1.1 From a0d84a92df43b7206b9c1330a2cccf109cf0a41a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Fri, 7 Nov 2008 16:58:05 -0700 Subject: ACPI: update debug parameter documentation Reformat acpi.debug_layer and acpi.debug_level documentation so it's more readable, add some clues about how to figure out the mask bits that enable a specific ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT statement, and include some useful examples. Move the list of masks to Documentation/acpi/debug.txt (these are copies of the authoritative values in acoutput.h and acpi_drivers.h). Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- Documentation/acpi/debug.txt | 148 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 75 ++++++------------ 2 files changed, 171 insertions(+), 52 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/debug.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt b/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65bf47c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + ACPI Debug Output + + +The ACPI CA, the Linux ACPI core, and some ACPI drivers can generate debug +output. This document describes how to use this facility. + +Compile-time configuration +-------------------------- + +ACPI debug output is globally enabled by CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG. If this config +option is turned off, the debug messages are not even built into the +kernel. + +Boot- and run-time configuration +-------------------------------- + +When CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG=y, you can select the component and level of messages +you're interested in. At boot-time, use the acpi.debug_layer and +acpi.debug_level kernel command line options. After boot, you can use the +debug_layer and debug_level files in /sys/module/acpi/parameters/ to control +the debug messages. + +debug_layer (component) +----------------------- + +The "debug_layer" is a mask that selects components of interest, e.g., a +specific driver or part of the ACPI interpreter. To build the debug_layer +bitmask, look for the "#define _COMPONENT" in an ACPI source file. + +You can set the debug_layer mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_layer +command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values +to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer. + +The possible components are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h and +include/acpi/acpi_drivers.h. Reading /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer +shows the supported mask values, currently these: + + ACPI_UTILITIES 0x00000001 + ACPI_HARDWARE 0x00000002 + ACPI_EVENTS 0x00000004 + ACPI_TABLES 0x00000008 + ACPI_NAMESPACE 0x00000010 + ACPI_PARSER 0x00000020 + ACPI_DISPATCHER 0x00000040 + ACPI_EXECUTER 0x00000080 + ACPI_RESOURCES 0x00000100 + ACPI_CA_DEBUGGER 0x00000200 + ACPI_OS_SERVICES 0x00000400 + ACPI_CA_DISASSEMBLER 0x00000800 + ACPI_COMPILER 0x00001000 + ACPI_TOOLS 0x00002000 + ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT 0x00010000 + ACPI_AC_COMPONENT 0x00020000 + ACPI_BATTERY_COMPONENT 0x00040000 + ACPI_BUTTON_COMPONENT 0x00080000 + ACPI_SBS_COMPONENT 0x00100000 + ACPI_FAN_COMPONENT 0x00200000 + ACPI_PCI_COMPONENT 0x00400000 + ACPI_POWER_COMPONENT 0x00800000 + ACPI_CONTAINER_COMPONENT 0x01000000 + ACPI_SYSTEM_COMPONENT 0x02000000 + ACPI_THERMAL_COMPONENT 0x04000000 + ACPI_MEMORY_DEVICE_COMPONENT 0x08000000 + ACPI_VIDEO_COMPONENT 0x10000000 + ACPI_PROCESSOR_COMPONENT 0x20000000 + +debug_level +----------- + +The "debug_level" is a mask that selects different types of messages, e.g., +those related to initialization, method execution, informational messages, etc. +To build debug_level, look at the level specified in an ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT() +statement. + +The ACPI interpreter uses several different levels, but the Linux +ACPI core and ACPI drivers generally only use ACPI_LV_INFO. + +You can set the debug_level mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_level +command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values +to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level. + +The possible levels are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h. Reading +/sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level shows the supported mask values, +currently these: + + ACPI_LV_INIT 0x00000001 + ACPI_LV_DEBUG_OBJECT 0x00000002 + ACPI_LV_INFO 0x00000004 + ACPI_LV_INIT_NAMES 0x00000020 + ACPI_LV_PARSE 0x00000040 + ACPI_LV_LOAD 0x00000080 + ACPI_LV_DISPATCH 0x00000100 + ACPI_LV_EXEC 0x00000200 + ACPI_LV_NAMES 0x00000400 + ACPI_LV_OPREGION 0x00000800 + ACPI_LV_BFIELD 0x00001000 + ACPI_LV_TABLES 0x00002000 + ACPI_LV_VALUES 0x00004000 + ACPI_LV_OBJECTS 0x00008000 + ACPI_LV_RESOURCES 0x00010000 + ACPI_LV_USER_REQUESTS 0x00020000 + ACPI_LV_PACKAGE 0x00040000 + ACPI_LV_ALLOCATIONS 0x00100000 + ACPI_LV_FUNCTIONS 0x00200000 + ACPI_LV_OPTIMIZATIONS 0x00400000 + ACPI_LV_MUTEX 0x01000000 + ACPI_LV_THREADS 0x02000000 + ACPI_LV_IO 0x04000000 + ACPI_LV_INTERRUPTS 0x08000000 + ACPI_LV_AML_DISASSEMBLE 0x10000000 + ACPI_LV_VERBOSE_INFO 0x20000000 + ACPI_LV_FULL_TABLES 0x40000000 + ACPI_LV_EVENTS 0x80000000 + +Examples +-------- + +For example, drivers/acpi/bus.c contains this: + + #define _COMPONENT ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT + ... + ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, "Device insertion detected\n")); + +To turn on this message, set the ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT bit in acpi.debug_layer +and the ACPI_LV_INFO bit in acpi.debug_level. (The ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT +statement uses ACPI_DB_INFO, which is macro based on the ACPI_LV_INFO +definition.) + +Enable all AML "Debug" output (stores to the Debug object while interpreting +AML) during boot: + + acpi.debug_layer=0xffffffff acpi.debug_level=0x2 + +Enable PCI and PCI interrupt routing debug messages: + + acpi.debug_layer=0x400000 acpi.debug_level=0x4 + +Enable all ACPI hardware-related messages: + + acpi.debug_layer=0x2 acpi.debug_level=0xffffffff + +Enable all ACPI_DB_INFO messages after boot: + + # echo 0x4 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level + +Show all valid component values: + + # cat /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 343e0f0..e895111 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -198,59 +198,30 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file that require a timer override, but don't have HPET - acpi.debug_layer= [HW,ACPI] + acpi.debug_layer= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG] + acpi.debug_level= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG] Format: - Each bit of the indicates an ACPI debug layer, - 1: enable, 0: disable. It is useful for boot time - debugging. After system has booted up, it can be set - via /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer. - CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG must be enabled for this to produce any output. - Available bits (add the numbers together) to enable debug output - for specific parts of the ACPI subsystem: - 0x01 utilities 0x02 hardware 0x04 events 0x08 tables - 0x10 namespace 0x20 parser 0x40 dispatcher - 0x80 executer 0x100 resources 0x200 acpica debugger - 0x400 os services 0x800 acpica disassembler. - The number can be in decimal or prefixed with 0x in hex. - Warning: Many of these options can produce a lot of - output and make your system unusable. Be very careful. - - acpi.debug_level= [HW,ACPI] - Format: - Each bit of the indicates an ACPI debug level, - which corresponds to the level in an ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT - statement. After system has booted up, this mask - can be set via /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level. - - CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG must be enabled for this to produce - any output. The number can be in decimal or prefixed - with 0x in hex. Some of these options produce so much - output that the system is unusable. - - The following global components are defined by the - ACPI CA: - 0x01 error - 0x02 warn - 0x04 init - 0x08 debug object - 0x10 info - 0x20 init names - 0x40 parse - 0x80 load - 0x100 dispatch - 0x200 execute - 0x400 names - 0x800 operation region - 0x1000 bfield - 0x2000 tables - 0x4000 values - 0x8000 objects - 0x10000 resources - 0x20000 user requests - 0x40000 package - The number can be in decimal or prefixed with 0x in hex. - Warning: Many of these options can produce a lot of - output and make your system unusable. Be very careful. + CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG must be enabled to produce any ACPI + debug output. Bits in debug_layer correspond to a + _COMPONENT in an ACPI source file, e.g., + #define _COMPONENT ACPI_PCI_COMPONENT + Bits in debug_level correspond to a level in + ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT statements, e.g., + ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, ... + See Documentation/acpi/debug.txt for more information + about debug layers and levels. + + Enable AML "Debug" output, i.e., stores to the Debug + object while interpreting AML: + acpi.debug_layer=0xffffffff acpi.debug_level=0x2 + Enable PCI/PCI interrupt routing info messages: + acpi.debug_layer=0x400000 acpi.debug_level=0x4 + Enable all messages related to ACPI hardware: + acpi.debug_layer=0x2 acpi.debug_level=0xffffffff + + Some values produce so much output that the system is + unusable. The "log_buf_len" parameter may be useful + if you need to capture more output. acpi.power_nocheck= [HW,ACPI] Format: 1/0 enable/disable the check of power state. -- cgit v1.1 From c3d6de698c84efdbdd3781b7058bcc339ab43da8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Renninger Date: Fri, 1 Aug 2008 17:37:55 +0200 Subject: ACPI video: if no ACPI backlight support, use vendor drivers If an ACPI graphics device supports backlight brightness functions (cmp. with latest ACPI spec Appendix B), let the ACPI video driver control backlight and switch backlight control off in vendor specific ACPI drivers (asus_acpi, thinkpad_acpi, eeepc, fujitsu_laptop, msi_laptop, sony_laptop, acer-wmi). Currently it is possible to load above drivers and let both poke on the brightness HW registers, the video and vendor specific ACPI drivers -> bad. This patch provides the basic support to check for BIOS capabilities before driver loading time. Driver specific modifications are in separate follow up patches. "acpi_backlight=vendor" Prever vendor driver over ACPI driver for backlight. "acpi_backlight=video" (default) Prever ACPI driver over vendor driver for backlight. Signed-off-by: Thomas Renninger Acked-by: Zhang Rui Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index c86c074..dd5013f 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -198,6 +198,18 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file that require a timer override, but don't have HPET + acpi_backlight= [HW,ACPI] + acpi_backlight=vendor + acpi_backlight=video + If set to vendor, prefer vendor specific driver + (e.g. thinkpad_acpi, sony_acpi, etc.) instead + of the ACPI video.ko driver. + + acpi_display_output= [HW,ACPI] + acpi_display_output=vendor + acpi_display_output=video + See above. + acpi.debug_layer= [HW,ACPI] Format: Each bit of the indicates an ACPI debug layer, -- cgit v1.1 From ec5d7657f746c46b5fbb3dbec6d0f7d8b6b82961 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Trent Piepho Date: Mon, 10 Nov 2008 13:09:21 -0800 Subject: powerpc: Repair device bindings documentation Commit d0fc2eaaf4c56a95f5ed29b6bfb609e19714fc16 "powerpc/fsl: Refactor device bindings" split out a number of device bindings from booting-without-of.txt into separate files. Having them all in one file was a frequent source of merge conflicts. However, in the next merge, 49997d75152b3d23c53b0fa730599f2f74c92c65, there was another conflict. Some of the bindings removed from booting-without-of.txt were mistakenly added back in and the copies in dts-bindings were kept as well. This patch re-removes "Freescale Display Interface" and "Freescale on board FPGA" and fixes the table of contents. Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala --- Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt | 65 +++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt index 02ea9a9..0ab0230 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt @@ -41,25 +41,14 @@ Table of Contents VI - System-on-a-chip devices and nodes 1) Defining child nodes of an SOC 2) Representing devices without a current OF specification - a) MDIO IO device - b) Gianfar-compatible ethernet nodes - c) PHY nodes - d) Interrupt controllers - e) I2C - f) Freescale SOC USB controllers - g) Freescale SOC SEC Security Engines - h) Board Control and Status (BCSR) - i) Freescale QUICC Engine module (QE) - j) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash - k) Global Utilities Block - l) Freescale Communications Processor Module - m) Chipselect/Local Bus - n) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes - o) Xilinx IP cores - p) Freescale Synchronous Serial Interface - q) USB EHCI controllers - r) MDIO on GPIOs - s) SPI busses + a) PHY nodes + b) Interrupt controllers + c) CFI or JEDEC memory-mapped NOR flash + d) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes + e) Xilinx IP cores + f) USB EHCI controllers + g) MDIO on GPIOs + h) SPI busses VII - Marvell Discovery mv64[345]6x System Controller chips 1) The /system-controller node @@ -1830,41 +1819,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. big-endian; }; - r) Freescale Display Interface Unit - - The Freescale DIU is a LCD controller, with proper hardware, it can also - drive DVI monitors. - - Required properties: - - compatible : should be "fsl-diu". - - reg : should contain at least address and length of the DIU register - set. - - Interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be describe here. - - Example (MPC8610HPCD) - display@2c000 { - compatible = "fsl,diu"; - reg = <0x2c000 100>; - interrupts = <72 2>; - interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; - }; - - s) Freescale on board FPGA - - This is the memory-mapped registers for on board FPGA. - - Required properities: - - compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis". - - reg : should contain the address and the lenght of the FPPGA register - set. - - Example (MPC8610HPCD) - board-control@e8000000 { - compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis"; - reg = <0xe8000000 32>; - }; - - r) MDIO on GPIOs + g) MDIO on GPIOs Currently defined compatibles: - virtual,gpio-mdio @@ -1884,7 +1839,7 @@ platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. &qe_pio_c 6>; }; - s) SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) busses + h) SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) busses SPI busses can be described with a node for the SPI master device and a set of child nodes for each SPI slave on the bus. For this -- cgit v1.1 From f7378995951a2c5e4e836df84e5669bc72c8dda8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean Delvare Date: Sat, 18 Oct 2008 11:05:58 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (9337b): remove tuner-3036 and dpc7146 drivers from feature-removal-schedule.txt The tuner-3036 and dpc7146 drivers have been deleted now so we can remove the corresponding entries from feature-removal-schedule.txt. (Thanks for doing this, BTW.) Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt | 24 ------------------------ 1 file changed, 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt index 05d71b4b..c28a2ac8 100644 --- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt +++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt @@ -56,30 +56,6 @@ Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --------------------------- -What: old tuner-3036 i2c driver -When: 2.6.28 -Why: This driver is for VERY old i2c-over-parallel port teletext receiver - boxes. Rather then spending effort on converting this driver to V4L2, - and since it is extremely unlikely that anyone still uses one of these - devices, it was decided to drop it. -Who: Hans Verkuil - Mauro Carvalho Chehab - - --------------------------- - -What: V4L2 dpc7146 driver -When: 2.6.28 -Why: Old driver for the dpc7146 demonstration board that is no longer - relevant. The last time this was tested on actual hardware was - probably around 2002. Since this is a driver for a demonstration - board the decision was made to remove it rather than spending a - lot of effort continually updating this driver to stay in sync - with the latest internal V4L2 or I2C API. -Who: Hans Verkuil - Mauro Carvalho Chehab - ---------------------------- - What: PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl]) When: November 2005 Files: drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c -- cgit v1.1 From 0d0f1e0a1d6ef2d0ea249930c5ea71d990fc0b6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rafael Diniz Date: Wed, 22 Oct 2008 18:02:09 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (9369): Documentation update for cx88 Attached is a patch that updates the cx88 documentation to add the fact the closed caption works for at least NTSC capture. ps: I also updated the wiki at: http://www.linuxtv.org/v4lwiki/index.php/Text_capture#cx88_devices Signed-off-by: Rafael Diniz Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 index 06a33a4..166d596 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ audio sound card) should be possible, but there is no code yet ... vbi - - some code present. Doesn't crash any more, but also doesn't - work yet ... + - Code present. Works for NTSC closed caption. PAL and other + TV norms may or may not work. how to add support for new cards -- cgit v1.1 From 6aadf82eb830cf2622f8803fd7f0414299e246d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tobias Lorenz Date: Tue, 28 Oct 2008 08:48:27 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (9482): Documentation, especially regarding audio and informational links This patch adds a recommendation to select SND_USB_AUDIO for listing and adds a documentation file for si470x. Signed-off-by: Tobias Lorenz Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt | 118 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..11c5fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +Driver for USB radios for the Silicon Labs Si470x FM Radio Receivers + +Copyright (c) 2008 Tobias Lorenz + + +Information from Silicon Labs +============================= +Silicon Laboratories is the manufacturer of the radio ICs, that nowadays are the +most often used radio receivers in cell phones. Usually they are connected with +I2C. But SiLabs also provides a reference design, which integrates this IC, +together with a small microcontroller C8051F321, to form a USB radio. +Part of this reference design is also a radio application in binary and source +code. The software also contains an automatic firmware upgrade to the most +current version. Information on these can be downloaded here: +http://www.silabs.com/usbradio + + +Supported ICs +============= +The following ICs have a very similar register set, so that they are or will be +supported somewhen by the driver: +- Si4700: FM radio receiver +- Si4701: FM radio receiver, RDS Support +- Si4702: FM radio receiver +- Si4703: FM radio receiver, RDS Support +- Si4704: FM radio receiver, no external antenna required +- Si4705: FM radio receiver, no external antenna required, RDS support, Dig I/O +- Si4706: Enhanced FM RDS/TMC radio receiver, no external antenna required, RDS + Support +- Si4707: Dedicated weather band radio receiver with SAME decoder, RDS Support +- Si4708: Smallest FM receivers +- Si4709: Smallest FM receivers, RDS Support +More information on these can be downloaded here: +http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBFMRadioRD.aspx + + +Supported USB devices +===================== +Currently the following USB radios (vendor:product) with the Silicon Labs si470x +chips are known to work: +- 10c4:818a: Silicon Labs USB FM Radio Reference Design +- 06e1:a155: ADS/Tech FM Radio Receiver (formerly Instant FM Music) (RDX-155-EF) +- 1b80:d700: KWorld USB FM Radio SnapMusic Mobile 700 (FM700) + + +Software +======== +Testing is usually done with most application under Debian/testing: +- fmtools - Utility for managing FM tuner cards +- gnomeradio - FM-radio tuner for the GNOME desktop +- gradio - GTK FM radio tuner +- kradio - Comfortable Radio Application for KDE +- radio - ncurses-based radio application + +There is also a library libv4l, which can be used. It's going to have a function +for frequency seeking, either by using hardware functionality as in radio-si470x +or by implementing a function as we currently have in every of the mentioned +programs. Somewhen the radio programs should make use of libv4l. + +For processing RDS information, there is a project ongoing at: +http://rdsd.berlios.de/ + +There is currently no project for making TMC sentences human readable. + + +Audio Listing +============= +USB Audio is provided by the ALSA snd_usb_audio module. It is recommended to +also select SND_USB_AUDIO, as this is required to get sound from the radio. For +listing you have to redirect the sound, for example using one of the following +commands. + +If you just want to test audio (very poor quality): +cat /dev/dsp1 > /dev/dsp + +If you use OSS try: +sox -2 --endian little -r 96000 -t oss /dev/dsp1 -t oss /dev/dsp + +If you use arts try: +arecord -D hw:1,0 -r96000 -c2 -f S16_LE | artsdsp aplay -B - + + +Module Parameters +================= +After loading the module, you still have access to some of them in the sysfs +mount under /sys/module/radio_si470x/parameters. The contents of read-only files +(0444) are not updated, even if space, band and de are changed using private +video controls. The others are runtime changeable. + + +Errors +====== +Increase tune_timeout, if you often get -EIO errors. + +When timed out or band limit is reached, hw_freq_seek returns -EAGAIN. + +If you get any errors from snd_usb_audio, please report them to the ALSA people. + + +Open Issues +=========== +V4L minor device allocation and parameter setting is not perfect. A solution is +currently under discussion. + +There is an USB interface for downloading/uploading new firmware images. Support +for it can be implemented using the request_firmware interface. + +There is a RDS interrupt mode. The driver is already using the same interface +for polling RDS information, but is currently not using the interrupt mode. + +There is a LED interface, which can be used to override the LED control +programmed in the firmware. This can be made available using the LED support +functions in the kernel. + + +Other useful information and links +================================== +http://www.silabs.com/usbradio -- cgit v1.1 From 4f485447973284f73e4e7cac3ab1d1e5fcd8aece Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dmitri Vorobiev Date: Tue, 11 Nov 2008 11:40:23 -0500 Subject: Input: fix the example of an input device driver This patch fixes a wrong interrupt handler example given in the "Hello, world!"-like input driver in Documentation/input/input-programming.txt. Signed-off-by: Dmitri Vorobiev Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- Documentation/input/input-programming.txt | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt b/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt index 81905e8..7f8b9d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt @@ -20,10 +20,11 @@ pressed or released a BUTTON_IRQ happens. The driver could look like: static struct input_dev *button_dev; -static void button_interrupt(int irq, void *dummy, struct pt_regs *fp) +static irqreturn_t button_interrupt(int irq, void *dummy) { input_report_key(button_dev, BTN_0, inb(BUTTON_PORT) & 1); input_sync(button_dev); + return IRQ_HANDLED; } static int __init button_init(void) -- cgit v1.1 From 3b1b3f6e57064aa8f91c290fe51cda4c74642902 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Li Zefan Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:26:50 -0800 Subject: freezer_cg: disable writing freezer.state of root cgroup With this change, control file 'freezer.state' doesn't exist in root cgroup, making root cgroup unfreezable. I think it's reasonable to disallow freeze tasks in the root cgroup. And then we can avoid fork overhead when freezer subsystem is compiled but not used. Also make writing invalid value to freezer.state returns EINVAL rather than EIO. This is more consistent with other cgroup subsystem. Signed-off-by: Li Zefan Acked-by: Paul Menage Cc: Cedric Le Goater Cc: Paul Menage Cc: Matt Helsley Cc: "Serge E. Hallyn" Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt | 21 ++++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt index c50ab58..41f37fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ - The cgroup freezer is useful to batch job management system which start +The cgroup freezer is useful to batch job management system which start and stop sets of tasks in order to schedule the resources of a machine according to the desires of a system administrator. This sort of program is often used on HPC clusters to schedule access to the cluster as a @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ whole. The cgroup freezer uses cgroups to describe the set of tasks to be started/stopped by the batch job management system. It also provides a means to start and stop the tasks composing the job. - The cgroup freezer will also be useful for checkpointing running groups +The cgroup freezer will also be useful for checkpointing running groups of tasks. The freezer allows the checkpoint code to obtain a consistent image of the tasks by attempting to force the tasks in a cgroup into a quiescent state. Once the tasks are quiescent another task can @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ recoverable error occur. This also allows the checkpointed tasks to be migrated between nodes in a cluster by copying the gathered information to another node and restarting the tasks there. - Sequences of SIGSTOP and SIGCONT are not always sufficient for stopping +Sequences of SIGSTOP and SIGCONT are not always sufficient for stopping and resuming tasks in userspace. Both of these signals are observable from within the tasks we wish to freeze. While SIGSTOP cannot be caught, blocked, or ignored it can be seen by waiting or ptracing parent tasks. @@ -37,26 +37,29 @@ demonstrate this problem using nested bash shells: - This happens because bash can observe both signals and choose how it +This happens because bash can observe both signals and choose how it responds to them. - Another example of a program which catches and responds to these +Another example of a program which catches and responds to these signals is gdb. In fact any program designed to use ptrace is likely to have a problem with this method of stopping and resuming tasks. - In contrast, the cgroup freezer uses the kernel freezer code to +In contrast, the cgroup freezer uses the kernel freezer code to prevent the freeze/unfreeze cycle from becoming visible to the tasks being frozen. This allows the bash example above and gdb to run as expected. - The freezer subsystem in the container filesystem defines a file named +The freezer subsystem in the container filesystem defines a file named freezer.state. Writing "FROZEN" to the state file will freeze all tasks in the cgroup. Subsequently writing "THAWED" will unfreeze the tasks in the cgroup. Reading will return the current state. +Note freezer.state doesn't exist in root cgroup, which means root cgroup +is non-freezable. + * Examples of usage : - # mkdir /containers/freezer + # mkdir /containers # mount -t cgroup -ofreezer freezer /containers # mkdir /containers/0 # echo $some_pid > /containers/0/tasks @@ -94,6 +97,6 @@ things happens: the freezer.state file 2) Userspace retries the freezing operation by writing "FROZEN" to the freezer.state file (writing "FREEZING" is not legal - and returns EIO) + and returns EINVAL) 3) The tasks that blocked the cgroup from entering the "FROZEN" state disappear from the cgroup's set of tasks. -- cgit v1.1 From b67ad18b06701b77ca8bfe9bb760c5c9e765e3cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:26:55 -0800 Subject: DOC: add printk-formats.txt Add printk-formats.txt so that we don't have to keep fixing the same things over and over again. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Cc: Alexey Dobriyan Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/00-INDEX | 2 ++ Documentation/printk-formats.txt | 35 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 37 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/printk-formats.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index edef85c..50f99ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -290,6 +290,8 @@ powerpc/ - directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC. preempt-locking.txt - info on locking under a preemptive kernel. +printk-formats.txt + - how to get printk format specifiers right prio_tree.txt - info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas. ramdisk.txt diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b5a5dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +If variable is of Type, use printk format specifier: +--------------------------------------------------------- + int %d or %x + unsigned int %u or %x + long %ld or %lx + unsigned long %lu or %lx + long long %lld or %llx + unsigned long long %llu or %llx + size_t %zu or %zx + ssize_t %zd or %zx + +Raw pointer value SHOULD be printed with %p. + +u64 SHOULD be printed with %llu/%llx, (unsigned long long): + + printk("%llu", (unsigned long long)u64_var); + +s64 SHOULD be printed with %lld/%llx, (long long): + + printk("%lld", (long long)s64_var); + +If is dependent on a config option for its size (e.g., sector_t, +blkcnt_t, phys_addr_t, resource_size_t) or is architecture-dependent +for its size (e.g., tcflag_t), use a format specifier of its largest +possible type and explicitly cast to it. Example: + + printk("test: sector number/total blocks: %llu/%llu\n", + (unsigned long long)sector, (unsigned long long)blockcount); + +Reminder: sizeof() result is of type size_t. + +Thank you for your cooperation and attention. + + +By Randy Dunlap -- cgit v1.1 From 084c304980f05833bc8a91b856af7dc7a7bb7d60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marco Stornelli Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:26:56 -0800 Subject: DOC: update xip method info xip documentation updated: - change "get_xip_page" to "get_xip_mem"; - explain changed function parameters Signed-off-by: Marco Stornelli Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Cc: Carsten Otte Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt index 3cc4010..0466ee5 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt @@ -39,10 +39,11 @@ The block device operation is optional, these block devices support it as of today: - dcssblk: s390 dcss block device driver -An address space operation named get_xip_page is used to retrieve reference -to a struct page. To address the target page, a reference to an address_space, -and a sector number is provided. A 3rd argument indicates whether the -function should allocate blocks if needed. +An address space operation named get_xip_mem is used to retrieve references +to a page frame number and a kernel address. To obtain these values a reference +to an address_space is provided. This function assigns values to the kmem and +pfn parameters. The third argument indicates whether the function should allocate +blocks if needed. This address space operation is mutually exclusive with readpage&writepage that do page cache read/write operations. -- cgit v1.1 From 455fbdd376c3ed3a5be8c039348896fdd87e9930 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pavel Machek Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:27:02 -0800 Subject: LIS3LV02Dx Accelerometer driver This adds a driver to the accelerometer sensor found in several HP laptops (under the commercial names of "HP Mobile Data Protection System 3D" and "HP 3D driveguard"). It tries to have more or less the same interfaces as the hdaps and other accelerometer drivers: in sysfs and as a joystick. This driver was first written by Yan Burman. Eric Piel has updated it and slimed it up (including the removal of an interface to access to the free-fall feature of the sensor because it is not reliable enough for now). Pavel Machek removed few more features and switched locking from semaphore to mutex. Several people have contributed to the database of the axes. [eric.piel@tremplin-utc.net: LIS3LV02D: Conform to the new ACPI API] Signed-off-by: Eric Piel Signed-off-by: Yan Burman Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek Cc: "Mark M. Hoffman" Signed-off-by: Eric Piel Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d | 49 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 49 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d b/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65dfb0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Kernel driver lis3lv02d +================== + +Supported chips: + + * STMicroelectronics LIS3LV02DL and LIS3LV02DQ + +Author: + Yan Burman + Eric Piel + + +Description +----------- + +This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP laptops +sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data Protection System 3D" or +"HP 3D DriveGuard". It detect automatically laptops with this sensor. Known models +(for now the HP 2133, nc6420, nc2510, nc8510, nc84x0, nw9440 and nx9420) will +have their axis automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly +play neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via +/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d. + +Sysfs attributes under /sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/: +position - 3D position that the accelerometer reports. Format: "(x,y,z)" +calibrate - read: values (x, y, z) that are used as the base for input class device operation. + write: forces the base to be recalibrated with the current position. +rate - reports the sampling rate of the accelerometer device in HZ + +This driver also provides an absolute input class device, allowing +the laptop to act as a pinball machine-esque joystick. + +Axes orientation +---------------- + +For better compatibility between the various laptops. The values reported by +the accelerometer are converted into a "standard" organisation of the axes +(aka "can play neverball out of the box"): + * When the laptop is horizontal the position reported is about 0 for X and Y +and a positive value for Z + * If the left side is elevated, X increases (becomes positive) + * If the front side (where the touchpad is) is elevated, Y decreases (becomes negative) + * If the laptop is put upside-down, Z becomes negative + +If your laptop model is not recognized (cf "dmesg"), you can send an email to the +authors to add it to the database. When reporting a new laptop, please include +the output of "dmidecode" plus the value of /sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/position +in these four cases. + -- cgit v1.1 From c0b4e3ab0c769913438aeb078535ff117eeba5fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Darrick J. Wong" Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:27:03 -0800 Subject: adt7462: new hwmon driver New driver to play with. As Jean mentioned a couple of years ago, this chip is a beast with odd combinations of 8 fans, 4 temperatures, and 13 voltage sensors. This driver has been tested on an IntelliStation Z30. Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong Cc: Jean Delvare Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 | 67 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 67 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec660b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +Kernel driver adt7462 +====================== + +Supported chips: + * Analog Devices ADT7462 + Prefix: 'adt7462' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x58, 0x5C + Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website + +Author: Darrick J. Wong + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7462 chip family. + +This chip is a bit of a beast. It has 8 counters for measuring fan speed. It +can also measure 13 voltages or 4 temperatures, or various combinations of the +two. See the chip documentation for more details about the exact set of +configurations. This driver does not allow one to configure the chip; that is +left to the system designer. + +A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the ADT7462 +that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the three +temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and +programmable. Once configured, the ADT7462 will adjust the PWM outputs in +response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention. This +feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's. + +Each of the measured inputs (voltage, temperature, fan speed) has +corresponding high/low limit values. The ADT7462 will signal an ALARM if +any measured value exceeds either limit. + +The ADT7462 samples all inputs continuously. The driver will not read +the registers more often than once every other second. Further, +configuration data is only read once per minute. + +Special Features +---------------- + +The ADT7462 have a 10-bit ADC and can therefore measure temperatures +with 0.25 degC resolution. + +The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for +determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control. + +The driver will report sensor labels when it is able to determine that +information from the configuration registers. + +Configuration Notes +------------------- + +Besides standard interfaces driver adds the following: + +* PWM Control + +* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and temp#_auto_point1_temp and +* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and temp#_auto_point2_temp - + +point1: Set the pwm speed at a lower temperature bound. +point2: Set the pwm speed at a higher temperature bound. + +The ADT7462 will scale the pwm between the lower and higher pwm speed when +the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries. PWM values range +from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed). Fan speed will be set to maximum when the +temperature sensor associated with the PWM control exceeds temp#_max. + -- cgit v1.1 From a412ae3fb90ab49072b82c8cfa1e3e60d2b27005 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Darrick J. Wong" Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:27:04 -0800 Subject: ics932s401: new clock generator chip driver The ics932s401 is a clock generator chip. This driver allows users to read the current clock outputs. Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/ics932s401 | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/ics932s401 (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ics932s401 b/Documentation/ics932s401 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07a739f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ics932s401 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +Kernel driver ics932s401 +====================== + +Supported chips: + * IDT ICS932S401 + Prefix: 'ics932s401' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x69 + Datasheet: Publically available at the IDT website + +Author: Darrick J. Wong + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for the IDT ICS932S401 chip family. + +This chip has 4 clock outputs--a base clock for the CPU (which is likely +multiplied to get the real CPU clock), a system clock, a PCI clock, a USB +clock, and a reference clock. The driver reports selected and actual +frequency. If spread spectrum mode is enabled, the driver also reports by what +percent the clock signal is being spread, which should be between 0 and -0.5%. +All frequencies are reported in KHz. + +The ICS932S401 monitors all inputs continuously. The driver will not read +the registers more often than once every other second. + +Special Features +---------------- + +The clocks could be reprogrammed to increase system speed. I will not help you +do this, as you risk damaging your system! -- cgit v1.1 From e0a29382c6f51c278a7e9a788917ff9182f3dba6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Madhusudhan Chikkature Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:27:12 -0800 Subject: hdq: documentation for OMAP HDQ Add a brief document about omap2430/3430 HDQ/1-wire driver. Signed-off-by: Madhusudhan Chikkature Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq | 46 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 46 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca722e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +Kernel driver for omap HDQ/1-wire module. +======================================== + +Supported chips: +================ + HDQ/1-wire controller on the TI OMAP 2430/3430 platforms. + +A useful link about HDQ basics: +=============================== +http://focus.ti.com/lit/an/slua408/slua408.pdf + +Description: +============ +The HDQ/1-Wire module of TI OMAP2430/3430 platforms implement the hardware +protocol of the master functions of the Benchmark HDQ and the Dallas +Semiconductor 1-Wire protocols. These protocols use a single wire for +communication between the master (HDQ/1-Wire controller) and the slave +(HDQ/1-Wire external compliant device). + +A typical application of the HDQ/1-Wire module is the communication with battery +monitor (gas gauge) integrated circuits. + +The controller supports operation in both HDQ and 1-wire mode. The essential +difference between the HDQ and 1-wire mode is how the slave device responds to +initialization pulse.In HDQ mode, the firmware does not require the host to +create an initialization pulse to the slave.However, the slave can be reset by +using an initialization pulse (also referred to as a break pulse).The slave +does not respond with a presence pulse as it does in the 1-Wire protocol. + +Remarks: +======== +The driver (drivers/w1/masters/omap_hdq.c) supports the HDQ mode of the +controller. In this mode, as we can not read the ID which obeys the W1 +spec(family:id:crc), a module parameter can be passed to the driver which will +be used to calculate the CRC and pass back an appropriate slave ID to the W1 +core. + +By default the master driver and the BQ slave i/f +driver(drivers/w1/slaves/w1_bq27000.c) sets the ID to 1. +Please note to load both the modules with a different ID if required, but note +that the ID used should be same for both master and slave driver loading. + +e.g: +insmod omap_hdq.ko W1_ID=2 +inamod w1_bq27000.ko F_ID=2 + -- cgit v1.1 From 4e17e1db96474af5620e3259754df4cb1c46521c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rodolfo Giometti Date: Wed, 12 Nov 2008 13:27:12 -0800 Subject: Add c2 port support C2port implements a two wire serial communication protocol (bit banging) designed to enable in-system programming, debugging, and boundary-scan testing on low pin-count Silicon Labs devices. Currently this code supports only flash programming through sysfs interface but extensions shoud be easy to add. Signed-off-by: Rodolfo Giometti Cc: Greg KH Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port | 88 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/c2port.txt | 90 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 178 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port create mode 100644 Documentation/c2port.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port new file mode 100644 index 0000000..716cffc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +What: /sys/class/c2port/ +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the C2 port interface. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th + C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to + manage and control its C2 port. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access + to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent + till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID + of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the + access to the on-board flash of the connected micro. + No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show + the on-board flash block size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show + the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export + the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute + the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected + micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the + on-board flash size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset" + command on the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID + of the connected micro. diff --git a/Documentation/c2port.txt b/Documentation/c2port.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9bf93e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/c2port.txt @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + C2 port support + --------------- + +(C) Copyright 2007 Rodolfo Giometti + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + + + +Overview +-------- + +This driver implements the support for Linux of Silicon Labs (Silabs) +C2 Interface used for in-system programming of micro controllers. + +By using this driver you can reprogram the in-system flash without EC2 +or EC3 debug adapter. This solution is also useful in those systems +where the micro controller is connected via special GPIOs pins. + +References +---------- + +The C2 Interface main references are at (http://www.silabs.com) +Silicon Laboratories site], see: + +- AN127: FLASH Programming via the C2 Interface at +http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/anote/Microcontrollers/Small_Form_Factor/en/an127.pdf, and + +- C2 Specification at +http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/spec/Microcontrollers/en/C2spec.pdf, + +however it implements a two wire serial communication protocol (bit +banging) designed to enable in-system programming, debugging, and +boundary-scan testing on low pin-count Silicon Labs devices. Currently +this code supports only flash programming but extensions are easy to +add. + +Using the driver +---------------- + +Once the driver is loaded you can use sysfs support to get C2port's +info or read/write in-system flash. + +# ls /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/ +access flash_block_size flash_erase rev_id +dev_id flash_blocks_num flash_size subsystem/ +flash_access flash_data reset uevent + +Initially the C2port access is disabled since you hardware may have +such lines multiplexed with other devices so, to get access to the +C2port, you need the command: + +# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/access + +after that you should read the device ID and revision ID of the +connected micro controller: + +# cat /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/dev_id +8 +# cat /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/rev_id +1 + +However, for security reasons, the in-system flash access in not +enabled yet, to do so you need the command: + +# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_access + +After that you can read the whole flash: + +# cat /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_data > image + +erase it: + +# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_erase + +and write it: + +# cat image > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_data + +after writing you have to reset the device to execute the new code: + +# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/reset -- cgit v1.1 From 31c00fc15ebd35c1647775dbfc167a15d46657fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Thu, 13 Nov 2008 21:33:24 +0000 Subject: Create/use more directory structure in the Documentation/ tree. Create Documentation/blockdev/ sub-directory and populate it. Populate the Documentation/serial/ sub-directory. Move MSI-HOWTO.txt to Documentation/PCI/. Move ioctl-number.txt to Documentation/ioctl/. Update all relevant 00-INDEX files. Update all relevant Kconfig files and source files. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap --- Documentation/00-INDEX | 42 +- Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt | 509 ----------------------- Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX | 2 + Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt | 509 +++++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/README.DAC960 | 756 ---------------------------------- Documentation/README.cycladesZ | 8 - Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX | 16 + Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 | 756 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt | 171 ++++++++ Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt | 93 +++++ Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt | 245 +++++++++++ Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt | 47 +++ Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt | 417 +++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt | 165 ++++++++ Documentation/cciss.txt | 171 -------- Documentation/computone.txt | 522 ----------------------- Documentation/cpqarray.txt | 93 ----- Documentation/digiepca.txt | 98 ----- Documentation/floppy.txt | 245 ----------- Documentation/hayes-esp.txt | 154 ------- Documentation/ioctl-number.txt | 201 --------- Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX | 10 + Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt | 201 +++++++++ Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 24 +- Documentation/moxa-smartio | 523 ----------------------- Documentation/nbd.txt | 47 --- Documentation/paride.txt | 417 ------------------- Documentation/ramdisk.txt | 165 -------- Documentation/riscom8.txt | 36 -- Documentation/rocket.txt | 189 --------- Documentation/serial/00-INDEX | 24 ++ Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ | 8 + Documentation/serial/computone.txt | 522 +++++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt | 98 +++++ Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt | 154 +++++++ Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio | 523 +++++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt | 36 ++ Documentation/serial/rocket.txt | 189 +++++++++ Documentation/serial/specialix.txt | 383 +++++++++++++++++ Documentation/serial/stallion.txt | 392 ++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/serial/sx.txt | 294 +++++++++++++ Documentation/serial/tty.txt | 292 +++++++++++++ Documentation/specialix.txt | 383 ----------------- Documentation/stallion.txt | 392 ------------------ Documentation/sx.txt | 294 ------------- Documentation/tty.txt | 292 ------------- 46 files changed, 5561 insertions(+), 5547 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/README.DAC960 delete mode 100644 Documentation/README.cycladesZ create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/cciss.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/computone.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/cpqarray.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/digiepca.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/floppy.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/hayes-esp.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl-number.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/moxa-smartio delete mode 100644 Documentation/nbd.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/paride.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/ramdisk.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/riscom8.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/rocket.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/computone.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/rocket.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/specialix.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/stallion.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/sx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/tty.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/specialix.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/stallion.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/sx.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/tty.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index edef85c..2f969e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -42,14 +42,8 @@ IRQ.txt - description of what an IRQ is. ManagementStyle - how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers. -MSI-HOWTO.txt - - the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ. RCU/ - directory with info on RCU (read-copy update). -README.DAC960 - - info on Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller Driver for Linux. -README.cycladesZ - - info on Cyclades-Z firmware loading. SAK.txt - info on Secure Attention Keys. SM501.txt @@ -86,20 +80,16 @@ blackfin/ - directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch. block/ - info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer. +blockdev/ + - info on block devices & drivers cachetlb.txt - describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses. -cciss.txt - - info, major/minor #'s for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers. cdrom/ - directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has. -computone.txt - - info on Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver. connector/ - docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod. console/ - documentation on Linux console drivers. -cpqarray.txt - - info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers. cpu-freq/ - info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling. cpu-hotplug.txt @@ -126,8 +116,6 @@ device-mapper/ - directory with info on Device Mapper. devices.txt - plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s. -digiepca.txt - - info on Digi Intl. {PC,PCI,EISA}Xx and Xem series cards. dontdiff - file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed. driver-model/ @@ -152,14 +140,10 @@ filesystems/ - info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports. firmware_class/ - request_firmware() hotplug interface info. -floppy.txt - - notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver. frv/ - Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation. gpio.txt - overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions. -hayes-esp.txt - - info on using the Hayes ESP serial driver. highuid.txt - notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs. timers/ @@ -186,8 +170,6 @@ io_ordering.txt - info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses. ioctl/ - directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls. -ioctl-number.txt - - how to implement and register device/driver ioctl calls. iostats.txt - info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides. irqflags-tracing.txt @@ -250,14 +232,10 @@ mips/ - directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture. mono.txt - how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC. -moxa-smartio - - file with info on installing/using Moxa multiport serial driver. mutex-design.txt - info on the generic mutex subsystem. namespaces/ - directory with various information about namespaces -nbd.txt - - info on a TCP implementation of a network block device. netlabel/ - directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem. networking/ @@ -270,8 +248,6 @@ numastat.txt - info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs. oops-tracing.txt - how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages. -paride.txt - - information about the parallel port IDE subsystem. parisc/ - directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture. parport.txt @@ -292,18 +268,12 @@ preempt-locking.txt - info on locking under a preemptive kernel. prio_tree.txt - info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas. -ramdisk.txt - - short guide on how to set up and use the RAM disk. rbtree.txt - info on what red-black trees are and what they are for. -riscom8.txt - - notes on using the RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver. robust-futex-ABI.txt - documentation of the robust futex ABI. robust-futexes.txt - a description of what robust futexes are. -rocket.txt - - info on the Comtrol RocketPort multiport serial driver. rt-mutex-design.txt - description of the RealTime mutex implementation design. rt-mutex.txt @@ -332,8 +302,6 @@ sparc/ - directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture. sparse.txt - info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking. -specialix.txt - - info on hardware/driver for specialix IO8+ multiport serial card. spi/ - overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support. spinlocks.txt @@ -342,14 +310,10 @@ stable_api_nonsense.txt - info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi. stable_kernel_rules.txt - rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases. -stallion.txt - - info on using the Stallion multiport serial driver. svga.txt - short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS. sysfs-rules.txt - How not to use sysfs. -sx.txt - - info on the Specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver. sysctl/ - directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files. sysrq.txt @@ -358,8 +322,6 @@ telephony/ - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support. time_interpolators.txt - info on time interpolators. -tty.txt - - guide to the locking policies of the tty layer. uml/ - directory with information about User Mode Linux. unicode.txt diff --git a/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 256defd7..0000000 --- a/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,509 +0,0 @@ - The MSI Driver Guide HOWTO - Tom L Nguyen tom.l.nguyen@intel.com - 10/03/2003 - Revised Feb 12, 2004 by Martine Silbermann - email: Martine.Silbermann@hp.com - Revised Jun 25, 2004 by Tom L Nguyen - -1. About this guide - -This guide describes the basics of Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI), -the advantages of using MSI over traditional interrupt mechanisms, -and how to enable your driver to use MSI or MSI-X. Also included is -a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) section. - -1.1 Terminology - -PCI devices can be single-function or multi-function. In either case, -when this text talks about enabling or disabling MSI on a "device -function," it is referring to one specific PCI device and function and -not to all functions on a PCI device (unless the PCI device has only -one function). - -2. Copyright 2003 Intel Corporation - -3. What is MSI/MSI-X? - -Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI), as described in the PCI Local Bus -Specification Revision 2.3 or later, is an optional feature, and a -required feature for PCI Express devices. MSI enables a device function -to request service by sending an Inbound Memory Write on its PCI bus to -the FSB as a Message Signal Interrupt transaction. Because MSI is -generated in the form of a Memory Write, all transaction conditions, -such as a Retry, Master-Abort, Target-Abort or normal completion, are -supported. - -A PCI device that supports MSI must also support pin IRQ assertion -interrupt mechanism to provide backward compatibility for systems that -do not support MSI. In systems which support MSI, the bus driver is -responsible for initializing the message address and message data of -the device function's MSI/MSI-X capability structure during device -initial configuration. - -An MSI capable device function indicates MSI support by implementing -the MSI/MSI-X capability structure in its PCI capability list. The -device function may implement both the MSI capability structure and -the MSI-X capability structure; however, the bus driver should not -enable both. - -The MSI capability structure contains Message Control register, -Message Address register and Message Data register. These registers -provide the bus driver control over MSI. The Message Control register -indicates the MSI capability supported by the device. The Message -Address register specifies the target address and the Message Data -register specifies the characteristics of the message. To request -service, the device function writes the content of the Message Data -register to the target address. The device and its software driver -are prohibited from writing to these registers. - -The MSI-X capability structure is an optional extension to MSI. It -uses an independent and separate capability structure. There are -some key advantages to implementing the MSI-X capability structure -over the MSI capability structure as described below. - - - Support a larger maximum number of vectors per function. - - - Provide the ability for system software to configure - each vector with an independent message address and message - data, specified by a table that resides in Memory Space. - - - MSI and MSI-X both support per-vector masking. Per-vector - masking is an optional extension of MSI but a required - feature for MSI-X. Per-vector masking provides the kernel the - ability to mask/unmask a single MSI while running its - interrupt service routine. If per-vector masking is - not supported, then the device driver should provide the - hardware/software synchronization to ensure that the device - generates MSI when the driver wants it to do so. - -4. Why use MSI? - -As a benefit to the simplification of board design, MSI allows board -designers to remove out-of-band interrupt routing. MSI is another -step towards a legacy-free environment. - -Due to increasing pressure on chipset and processor packages to -reduce pin count, the need for interrupt pins is expected to -diminish over time. Devices, due to pin constraints, may implement -messages to increase performance. - -PCI Express endpoints uses INTx emulation (in-band messages) instead -of IRQ pin assertion. Using INTx emulation requires interrupt -sharing among devices connected to the same node (PCI bridge) while -MSI is unique (non-shared) and does not require BIOS configuration -support. As a result, the PCI Express technology requires MSI -support for better interrupt performance. - -Using MSI enables the device functions to support two or more -vectors, which can be configured to target different CPUs to -increase scalability. - -5. Configuring a driver to use MSI/MSI-X - -By default, the kernel will not enable MSI/MSI-X on all devices that -support this capability. The CONFIG_PCI_MSI kernel option -must be selected to enable MSI/MSI-X support. - -5.1 Including MSI/MSI-X support into the kernel - -To allow MSI/MSI-X capable device drivers to selectively enable -MSI/MSI-X (using pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() as described -below), the VECTOR based scheme needs to be enabled by setting -CONFIG_PCI_MSI during kernel config. - -Since the target of the inbound message is the local APIC, providing -CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC must be enabled as well as CONFIG_PCI_MSI. - -5.2 Configuring for MSI support - -Due to the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of the -existing Linux kernel, this version does not support multiple -messages regardless of a device function is capable of supporting -more than one vector. To enable MSI on a device function's MSI -capability structure requires a device driver to call the function -pci_enable_msi() explicitly. - -5.2.1 API pci_enable_msi - -int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) - -With this new API, a device driver that wants to have MSI -enabled on its device function must call this API to enable MSI. -A successful call will initialize the MSI capability structure -with ONE vector, regardless of whether a device function is -capable of supporting multiple messages. This vector replaces the -pre-assigned dev->irq with a new MSI vector. To avoid a conflict -of the new assigned vector with existing pre-assigned vector requires -a device driver to call this API before calling request_irq(). - -5.2.2 API pci_disable_msi - -void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) - -This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi() -when a device driver is unloading. This API restores dev->irq with -the pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and switches a device's interrupt -mode to PCI pin-irq assertion/INTx emulation mode. - -Note that a device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector -that it has done request_irq() on before calling this API. Failure to do -so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and -leaks its vector. - -5.2.3 MSI mode vs. legacy mode diagram - -The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt -mode on the MSI-capable device function between MSI mode and -PIN-IRQ assertion mode. - - ------------ pci_enable_msi ------------------------ - | | <=============== | | - | MSI MODE | | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE | - | | ===============> | | - ------------ pci_disable_msi ------------------------ - - -Figure 1. MSI Mode vs. Legacy Mode - -In Figure 1, a device operates by default in legacy mode. Legacy -in this context means PCI pin-irq assertion or PCI-Express INTx -emulation. A successful MSI request (using pci_enable_msi()) switches -a device's interrupt mode to MSI mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector -stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem and a new -assigned MSI vector will replace dev->irq. - -To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call -pci_disable_msi() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi(). Note that a -device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector it has -done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msi(). Failure to do -so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and -leaks its vector. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem restores a device's -dev->irq with a pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and marks the released -MSI vector as unused. - -Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI -subsystem will reserve this MSI vector for a device. Depending on -the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of -MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, this MSI may be re-assigned. - -For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigns this MSI vector to -another driver, a request to switch back to MSI mode may result -in being assigned a different MSI vector or a failure if no more -vectors are available. - -5.3 Configuring for MSI-X support - -Due to the ability of the system software to configure each vector of -the MSI-X capability structure with an independent message address -and message data, the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of -the existing Linux kernel has no impact on supporting multiple -messages on an MSI-X capable device functions. To enable MSI-X on -a device function's MSI-X capability structure requires its device -driver to call the function pci_enable_msix() explicitly. - -The function pci_enable_msix(), once invoked, enables either -all or nothing, depending on the current availability of PCI vector -resources. If the PCI vector resources are available for the number -of vectors requested by a device driver, this function will configure -the MSI-X table of the MSI-X capability structure of a device with -requested messages. To emphasize this reason, for example, a device -may be capable for supporting the maximum of 32 vectors while its -software driver usually may request 4 vectors. It is recommended -that the device driver should call this function once during the -initialization phase of the device driver. - -Unlike the function pci_enable_msi(), the function pci_enable_msix() -does not replace the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq with a new MSI -vector because the PCI subsystem writes the 1:1 vector-to-entry mapping -into the field vector of each element contained in a second argument. -Note that the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq is valid only if the device -operates in PIN-IRQ assertion mode. In MSI-X mode, any attempt at -using dev->irq by the device driver to request for interrupt service -may result in unpredictable behavior. - -For each MSI-X vector granted, a device driver is responsible for calling -other functions like request_irq(), enable_irq(), etc. to enable -this vector with its corresponding interrupt service handler. It is -a device driver's choice to assign all vectors with the same -interrupt service handler or each vector with a unique interrupt -service handler. - -5.3.1 Handling MMIO address space of MSI-X Table - -The PCI 3.0 specification has implementation notes that MMIO address -space for a device's MSI-X structure should be isolated so that the -software system can set different pages for controlling accesses to the -MSI-X structure. The implementation of MSI support requires the PCI -subsystem, not a device driver, to maintain full control of the MSI-X -table/MSI-X PBA (Pending Bit Array) and MMIO address space of the MSI-X -table/MSI-X PBA. A device driver should not access the MMIO address -space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA. - -5.3.2 API pci_enable_msix - -int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec) - -This API enables a device driver to request the PCI subsystem -to enable MSI-X messages on its hardware device. Depending on -the availability of PCI vectors resources, the PCI subsystem enables -either all or none of the requested vectors. - -Argument 'dev' points to the device (pci_dev) structure. - -Argument 'entries' is a pointer to an array of msix_entry structs. -The number of entries is indicated in argument 'nvec'. -struct msix_entry is defined in /driver/pci/msi.h: - -struct msix_entry { - u16 vector; /* kernel uses to write alloc vector */ - u16 entry; /* driver uses to specify entry */ -}; - -A device driver is responsible for initializing the field 'entry' of -each element with a unique entry supported by MSI-X table. Otherwise, --EINVAL will be returned as a result. A successful return of zero -indicates the PCI subsystem completed initializing each of the requested -entries of the MSI-X table with message address and message data. -Last but not least, the PCI subsystem will write the 1:1 -vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element. A -device driver is responsible for keeping track of allocated MSI-X -vectors in its internal data structure. - -A return of zero indicates that the number of MSI-X vectors was -successfully allocated. A return of greater than zero indicates -MSI-X vector shortage. Or a return of less than zero indicates -a failure. This failure may be a result of duplicate entries -specified in second argument, or a result of no available vector, -or a result of failing to initialize MSI-X table entries. - -5.3.3 API pci_disable_msix - -void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev) - -This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix() -when a device driver is unloading. Note that a device driver should -always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it has done request_irq() -on before calling this API. Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON() and -a device will be left with MSI-X enabled and leaks its vectors. - -5.3.4 MSI-X mode vs. legacy mode diagram - -The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt -mode on the MSI-X capable device function between MSI-X mode and -PIN-IRQ assertion mode (legacy). - - ------------ pci_enable_msix(,,n) ------------------------ - | | <=============== | | - | MSI-X MODE | | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE | - | | ===============> | | - ------------ pci_disable_msix ------------------------ - -Figure 2. MSI-X Mode vs. Legacy Mode - -In Figure 2, a device operates by default in legacy mode. A -successful MSI-X request (using pci_enable_msix()) switches a -device's interrupt mode to MSI-X mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector -stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem; however, -unlike MSI mode, the PCI subsystem will not replace dev->irq with -assigned MSI-X vector because the PCI subsystem already writes the 1:1 -vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element -specified in second argument. - -To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call -pci_disable_msix() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix(). Note that -a device driver should always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it -has done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msix(). Failure -to do so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI-X -enabled and leaks its vectors. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem switches a -device function's interrupt mode from MSI-X mode to legacy mode and -marks all allocated MSI-X vectors as unused. - -Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI -subsystem will reserve these MSI-X vectors for a device. Depending on -the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of -MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, these MSI-X vectors may be -re-assigned. - -For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigned these MSI-X vectors -to other drivers, a request to switch back to MSI-X mode may result -being assigned with another set of MSI-X vectors or a failure if no -more vectors are available. - -5.4 Handling function implementing both MSI and MSI-X capabilities - -For the case where a function implements both MSI and MSI-X -capabilities, the PCI subsystem enables a device to run either in MSI -mode or MSI-X mode but not both. A device driver determines whether it -wants MSI or MSI-X enabled on its hardware device. Once a device -driver requests for MSI, for example, it is prohibited from requesting -MSI-X; in other words, a device driver is not permitted to ping-pong -between MSI mod MSI-X mode during a run-time. - -5.5 Hardware requirements for MSI/MSI-X support - -MSI/MSI-X support requires support from both system hardware and -individual hardware device functions. - -5.5.1 Required x86 hardware support - -Since the target of MSI address is the local APIC CPU, enabling -MSI/MSI-X support in the Linux kernel is dependent on whether existing -system hardware supports local APIC. Users should verify that their -system supports local APIC operation by testing that it runs when -CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y. - -In SMP environment, CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC is automatically set; -however, in UP environment, users must manually set -CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC. Once CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y, setting -CONFIG_PCI_MSI enables the VECTOR based scheme and the option for -MSI-capable device drivers to selectively enable MSI/MSI-X. - -Note that CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC setting is irrelevant because MSI/MSI-X -vector is allocated new during runtime and MSI/MSI-X support does not -depend on BIOS support. This key independency enables MSI/MSI-X -support on future IOxAPIC free platforms. - -5.5.2 Device hardware support - -The hardware device function supports MSI by indicating the -MSI/MSI-X capability structure on its PCI capability list. By -default, this capability structure will not be initialized by -the kernel to enable MSI during the system boot. In other words, -the device function is running on its default pin assertion mode. -Note that in many cases the hardware supporting MSI have bugs, -which may result in system hangs. The software driver of specific -MSI-capable hardware is responsible for deciding whether to call -pci_enable_msi or not. A return of zero indicates the kernel -successfully initialized the MSI/MSI-X capability structure of the -device function. The device function is now running on MSI/MSI-X mode. - -5.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on device function - -At the driver level, a return of zero from the function call of -pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() indicates to a device driver that -its device function is initialized successfully and ready to run in -MSI/MSI-X mode. - -At the user level, users can use the command 'cat /proc/interrupts' -to display the vectors allocated for devices and their interrupt -MSI/MSI-X modes ("PCI-MSI"/"PCI-MSI-X"). Below shows MSI mode is -enabled on a SCSI Adaptec 39320D Ultra320 controller. - - CPU0 CPU1 - 0: 324639 0 IO-APIC-edge timer - 1: 1186 0 IO-APIC-edge i8042 - 2: 0 0 XT-PIC cascade - 12: 2797 0 IO-APIC-edge i8042 - 14: 6543 0 IO-APIC-edge ide0 - 15: 1 0 IO-APIC-edge ide1 -169: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd -185: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd -193: 138 10 PCI-MSI aic79xx -201: 30 0 PCI-MSI aic79xx -225: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx -233: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx -NMI: 0 0 -LOC: 324553 325068 -ERR: 0 -MIS: 0 - -6. MSI quirks - -Several PCI chipsets or devices are known to not support MSI. -The PCI stack provides 3 possible levels of MSI disabling: -* on a single device -* on all devices behind a specific bridge -* globally - -6.1. Disabling MSI on a single device - -Under some circumstances it might be required to disable MSI on a -single device. This may be achieved by either not calling pci_enable_msi() -or all, or setting the pci_dev->no_msi flag before (most of the time -in a quirk). - -6.2. Disabling MSI below a bridge - -The vast majority of MSI quirks are required by PCI bridges not -being able to route MSI between busses. In this case, MSI have to be -disabled on all devices behind this bridge. It is achieves by setting -the PCI_BUS_FLAGS_NO_MSI flag in the pci_bus->bus_flags of the bridge -subordinate bus. There is no need to set the same flag on bridges that -are below the broken bridge. When pci_enable_msi() is called to enable -MSI on a device, pci_msi_supported() takes care of checking the NO_MSI -flag in all parent busses of the device. - -Some bridges actually support dynamic MSI support enabling/disabling -by changing some bits in their PCI configuration space (especially -the Hypertransport chipsets such as the nVidia nForce and Serverworks -HT2000). It may then be required to update the NO_MSI flag on the -corresponding devices in the sysfs hierarchy. To enable MSI support -on device "0000:00:0e", do: - - echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus - -To disable MSI support, echo 0 instead of 1. Note that it should be -used with caution since changing this value might break interrupts. - -6.3. Disabling MSI globally - -Some extreme cases may require to disable MSI globally on the system. -For now, the only known case is a Serverworks PCI-X chipsets (MSI are -not supported on several busses that are not all connected to the -chipset in the Linux PCI hierarchy). In the vast majority of other -cases, disabling only behind a specific bridge is enough. - -For debugging purpose, the user may also pass pci=nomsi on the kernel -command-line to explicitly disable MSI globally. But, once the appro- -priate quirks are added to the kernel, this option should not be -required anymore. - -6.4. Finding why MSI cannot be enabled on a device - -Assuming that MSI are not enabled on a device, you should look at -dmesg to find messages that quirks may output when disabling MSI -on some devices, some bridges or even globally. -Then, lspci -t gives the list of bridges above a device. Reading -/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus will tell you whether MSI -are enabled (1) or disabled (0). In 0 is found in a single bridge -msi_bus file above the device, MSI cannot be enabled. - -7. FAQ - -Q1. Are there any limitations on using the MSI? - -A1. If the PCI device supports MSI and conforms to the -specification and the platform supports the APIC local bus, -then using MSI should work. - -Q2. Will it work on all the Pentium processors (P3, P4, Xeon, -AMD processors)? In P3 IPI's are transmitted on the APIC local -bus and in P4 and Xeon they are transmitted on the system -bus. Are there any implications with this? - -A2. MSI support enables a PCI device sending an inbound -memory write (0xfeexxxxx as target address) on its PCI bus -directly to the FSB. Since the message address has a -redirection hint bit cleared, it should work. - -Q3. The target address 0xfeexxxxx will be translated by the -Host Bridge into an interrupt message. Are there any -limitations on the chipsets such as Intel 8xx, Intel e7xxx, -or VIA? - -A3. If these chipsets support an inbound memory write with -target address set as 0xfeexxxxx, as conformed to PCI -specification 2.3 or latest, then it should work. - -Q4. From the driver point of view, if the MSI is lost because -of errors occurring during inbound memory write, then it may -wait forever. Is there a mechanism for it to recover? - -A4. Since the target of the transaction is an inbound memory -write, all transaction termination conditions (Retry, -Master-Abort, Target-Abort, or normal completion) are -supported. A device sending an MSI must abide by all the PCI -rules and conditions regarding that inbound memory write. So, -if a retry is signaled it must retry, etc... We believe that -the recommendation for Abort is also a retry (refer to PCI -specification 2.3 or latest). diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX index 49f4394..812b17f 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 00-INDEX - this file +MSI-HOWTO.txt + - the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ. PCI-DMA-mapping.txt - info for PCI drivers using DMA portably across all platforms PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..256defd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,509 @@ + The MSI Driver Guide HOWTO + Tom L Nguyen tom.l.nguyen@intel.com + 10/03/2003 + Revised Feb 12, 2004 by Martine Silbermann + email: Martine.Silbermann@hp.com + Revised Jun 25, 2004 by Tom L Nguyen + +1. About this guide + +This guide describes the basics of Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI), +the advantages of using MSI over traditional interrupt mechanisms, +and how to enable your driver to use MSI or MSI-X. Also included is +a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) section. + +1.1 Terminology + +PCI devices can be single-function or multi-function. In either case, +when this text talks about enabling or disabling MSI on a "device +function," it is referring to one specific PCI device and function and +not to all functions on a PCI device (unless the PCI device has only +one function). + +2. Copyright 2003 Intel Corporation + +3. What is MSI/MSI-X? + +Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI), as described in the PCI Local Bus +Specification Revision 2.3 or later, is an optional feature, and a +required feature for PCI Express devices. MSI enables a device function +to request service by sending an Inbound Memory Write on its PCI bus to +the FSB as a Message Signal Interrupt transaction. Because MSI is +generated in the form of a Memory Write, all transaction conditions, +such as a Retry, Master-Abort, Target-Abort or normal completion, are +supported. + +A PCI device that supports MSI must also support pin IRQ assertion +interrupt mechanism to provide backward compatibility for systems that +do not support MSI. In systems which support MSI, the bus driver is +responsible for initializing the message address and message data of +the device function's MSI/MSI-X capability structure during device +initial configuration. + +An MSI capable device function indicates MSI support by implementing +the MSI/MSI-X capability structure in its PCI capability list. The +device function may implement both the MSI capability structure and +the MSI-X capability structure; however, the bus driver should not +enable both. + +The MSI capability structure contains Message Control register, +Message Address register and Message Data register. These registers +provide the bus driver control over MSI. The Message Control register +indicates the MSI capability supported by the device. The Message +Address register specifies the target address and the Message Data +register specifies the characteristics of the message. To request +service, the device function writes the content of the Message Data +register to the target address. The device and its software driver +are prohibited from writing to these registers. + +The MSI-X capability structure is an optional extension to MSI. It +uses an independent and separate capability structure. There are +some key advantages to implementing the MSI-X capability structure +over the MSI capability structure as described below. + + - Support a larger maximum number of vectors per function. + + - Provide the ability for system software to configure + each vector with an independent message address and message + data, specified by a table that resides in Memory Space. + + - MSI and MSI-X both support per-vector masking. Per-vector + masking is an optional extension of MSI but a required + feature for MSI-X. Per-vector masking provides the kernel the + ability to mask/unmask a single MSI while running its + interrupt service routine. If per-vector masking is + not supported, then the device driver should provide the + hardware/software synchronization to ensure that the device + generates MSI when the driver wants it to do so. + +4. Why use MSI? + +As a benefit to the simplification of board design, MSI allows board +designers to remove out-of-band interrupt routing. MSI is another +step towards a legacy-free environment. + +Due to increasing pressure on chipset and processor packages to +reduce pin count, the need for interrupt pins is expected to +diminish over time. Devices, due to pin constraints, may implement +messages to increase performance. + +PCI Express endpoints uses INTx emulation (in-band messages) instead +of IRQ pin assertion. Using INTx emulation requires interrupt +sharing among devices connected to the same node (PCI bridge) while +MSI is unique (non-shared) and does not require BIOS configuration +support. As a result, the PCI Express technology requires MSI +support for better interrupt performance. + +Using MSI enables the device functions to support two or more +vectors, which can be configured to target different CPUs to +increase scalability. + +5. Configuring a driver to use MSI/MSI-X + +By default, the kernel will not enable MSI/MSI-X on all devices that +support this capability. The CONFIG_PCI_MSI kernel option +must be selected to enable MSI/MSI-X support. + +5.1 Including MSI/MSI-X support into the kernel + +To allow MSI/MSI-X capable device drivers to selectively enable +MSI/MSI-X (using pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() as described +below), the VECTOR based scheme needs to be enabled by setting +CONFIG_PCI_MSI during kernel config. + +Since the target of the inbound message is the local APIC, providing +CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC must be enabled as well as CONFIG_PCI_MSI. + +5.2 Configuring for MSI support + +Due to the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of the +existing Linux kernel, this version does not support multiple +messages regardless of a device function is capable of supporting +more than one vector. To enable MSI on a device function's MSI +capability structure requires a device driver to call the function +pci_enable_msi() explicitly. + +5.2.1 API pci_enable_msi + +int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) + +With this new API, a device driver that wants to have MSI +enabled on its device function must call this API to enable MSI. +A successful call will initialize the MSI capability structure +with ONE vector, regardless of whether a device function is +capable of supporting multiple messages. This vector replaces the +pre-assigned dev->irq with a new MSI vector. To avoid a conflict +of the new assigned vector with existing pre-assigned vector requires +a device driver to call this API before calling request_irq(). + +5.2.2 API pci_disable_msi + +void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) + +This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi() +when a device driver is unloading. This API restores dev->irq with +the pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and switches a device's interrupt +mode to PCI pin-irq assertion/INTx emulation mode. + +Note that a device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector +that it has done request_irq() on before calling this API. Failure to do +so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and +leaks its vector. + +5.2.3 MSI mode vs. legacy mode diagram + +The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt +mode on the MSI-capable device function between MSI mode and +PIN-IRQ assertion mode. + + ------------ pci_enable_msi ------------------------ + | | <=============== | | + | MSI MODE | | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE | + | | ===============> | | + ------------ pci_disable_msi ------------------------ + + +Figure 1. MSI Mode vs. Legacy Mode + +In Figure 1, a device operates by default in legacy mode. Legacy +in this context means PCI pin-irq assertion or PCI-Express INTx +emulation. A successful MSI request (using pci_enable_msi()) switches +a device's interrupt mode to MSI mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector +stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem and a new +assigned MSI vector will replace dev->irq. + +To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call +pci_disable_msi() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi(). Note that a +device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector it has +done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msi(). Failure to do +so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and +leaks its vector. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem restores a device's +dev->irq with a pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and marks the released +MSI vector as unused. + +Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI +subsystem will reserve this MSI vector for a device. Depending on +the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of +MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, this MSI may be re-assigned. + +For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigns this MSI vector to +another driver, a request to switch back to MSI mode may result +in being assigned a different MSI vector or a failure if no more +vectors are available. + +5.3 Configuring for MSI-X support + +Due to the ability of the system software to configure each vector of +the MSI-X capability structure with an independent message address +and message data, the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of +the existing Linux kernel has no impact on supporting multiple +messages on an MSI-X capable device functions. To enable MSI-X on +a device function's MSI-X capability structure requires its device +driver to call the function pci_enable_msix() explicitly. + +The function pci_enable_msix(), once invoked, enables either +all or nothing, depending on the current availability of PCI vector +resources. If the PCI vector resources are available for the number +of vectors requested by a device driver, this function will configure +the MSI-X table of the MSI-X capability structure of a device with +requested messages. To emphasize this reason, for example, a device +may be capable for supporting the maximum of 32 vectors while its +software driver usually may request 4 vectors. It is recommended +that the device driver should call this function once during the +initialization phase of the device driver. + +Unlike the function pci_enable_msi(), the function pci_enable_msix() +does not replace the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq with a new MSI +vector because the PCI subsystem writes the 1:1 vector-to-entry mapping +into the field vector of each element contained in a second argument. +Note that the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq is valid only if the device +operates in PIN-IRQ assertion mode. In MSI-X mode, any attempt at +using dev->irq by the device driver to request for interrupt service +may result in unpredictable behavior. + +For each MSI-X vector granted, a device driver is responsible for calling +other functions like request_irq(), enable_irq(), etc. to enable +this vector with its corresponding interrupt service handler. It is +a device driver's choice to assign all vectors with the same +interrupt service handler or each vector with a unique interrupt +service handler. + +5.3.1 Handling MMIO address space of MSI-X Table + +The PCI 3.0 specification has implementation notes that MMIO address +space for a device's MSI-X structure should be isolated so that the +software system can set different pages for controlling accesses to the +MSI-X structure. The implementation of MSI support requires the PCI +subsystem, not a device driver, to maintain full control of the MSI-X +table/MSI-X PBA (Pending Bit Array) and MMIO address space of the MSI-X +table/MSI-X PBA. A device driver should not access the MMIO address +space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA. + +5.3.2 API pci_enable_msix + +int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec) + +This API enables a device driver to request the PCI subsystem +to enable MSI-X messages on its hardware device. Depending on +the availability of PCI vectors resources, the PCI subsystem enables +either all or none of the requested vectors. + +Argument 'dev' points to the device (pci_dev) structure. + +Argument 'entries' is a pointer to an array of msix_entry structs. +The number of entries is indicated in argument 'nvec'. +struct msix_entry is defined in /driver/pci/msi.h: + +struct msix_entry { + u16 vector; /* kernel uses to write alloc vector */ + u16 entry; /* driver uses to specify entry */ +}; + +A device driver is responsible for initializing the field 'entry' of +each element with a unique entry supported by MSI-X table. Otherwise, +-EINVAL will be returned as a result. A successful return of zero +indicates the PCI subsystem completed initializing each of the requested +entries of the MSI-X table with message address and message data. +Last but not least, the PCI subsystem will write the 1:1 +vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element. A +device driver is responsible for keeping track of allocated MSI-X +vectors in its internal data structure. + +A return of zero indicates that the number of MSI-X vectors was +successfully allocated. A return of greater than zero indicates +MSI-X vector shortage. Or a return of less than zero indicates +a failure. This failure may be a result of duplicate entries +specified in second argument, or a result of no available vector, +or a result of failing to initialize MSI-X table entries. + +5.3.3 API pci_disable_msix + +void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev) + +This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix() +when a device driver is unloading. Note that a device driver should +always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it has done request_irq() +on before calling this API. Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON() and +a device will be left with MSI-X enabled and leaks its vectors. + +5.3.4 MSI-X mode vs. legacy mode diagram + +The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt +mode on the MSI-X capable device function between MSI-X mode and +PIN-IRQ assertion mode (legacy). + + ------------ pci_enable_msix(,,n) ------------------------ + | | <=============== | | + | MSI-X MODE | | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE | + | | ===============> | | + ------------ pci_disable_msix ------------------------ + +Figure 2. MSI-X Mode vs. Legacy Mode + +In Figure 2, a device operates by default in legacy mode. A +successful MSI-X request (using pci_enable_msix()) switches a +device's interrupt mode to MSI-X mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector +stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem; however, +unlike MSI mode, the PCI subsystem will not replace dev->irq with +assigned MSI-X vector because the PCI subsystem already writes the 1:1 +vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element +specified in second argument. + +To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call +pci_disable_msix() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix(). Note that +a device driver should always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it +has done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msix(). Failure +to do so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI-X +enabled and leaks its vectors. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem switches a +device function's interrupt mode from MSI-X mode to legacy mode and +marks all allocated MSI-X vectors as unused. + +Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI +subsystem will reserve these MSI-X vectors for a device. Depending on +the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of +MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, these MSI-X vectors may be +re-assigned. + +For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigned these MSI-X vectors +to other drivers, a request to switch back to MSI-X mode may result +being assigned with another set of MSI-X vectors or a failure if no +more vectors are available. + +5.4 Handling function implementing both MSI and MSI-X capabilities + +For the case where a function implements both MSI and MSI-X +capabilities, the PCI subsystem enables a device to run either in MSI +mode or MSI-X mode but not both. A device driver determines whether it +wants MSI or MSI-X enabled on its hardware device. Once a device +driver requests for MSI, for example, it is prohibited from requesting +MSI-X; in other words, a device driver is not permitted to ping-pong +between MSI mod MSI-X mode during a run-time. + +5.5 Hardware requirements for MSI/MSI-X support + +MSI/MSI-X support requires support from both system hardware and +individual hardware device functions. + +5.5.1 Required x86 hardware support + +Since the target of MSI address is the local APIC CPU, enabling +MSI/MSI-X support in the Linux kernel is dependent on whether existing +system hardware supports local APIC. Users should verify that their +system supports local APIC operation by testing that it runs when +CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y. + +In SMP environment, CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC is automatically set; +however, in UP environment, users must manually set +CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC. Once CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y, setting +CONFIG_PCI_MSI enables the VECTOR based scheme and the option for +MSI-capable device drivers to selectively enable MSI/MSI-X. + +Note that CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC setting is irrelevant because MSI/MSI-X +vector is allocated new during runtime and MSI/MSI-X support does not +depend on BIOS support. This key independency enables MSI/MSI-X +support on future IOxAPIC free platforms. + +5.5.2 Device hardware support + +The hardware device function supports MSI by indicating the +MSI/MSI-X capability structure on its PCI capability list. By +default, this capability structure will not be initialized by +the kernel to enable MSI during the system boot. In other words, +the device function is running on its default pin assertion mode. +Note that in many cases the hardware supporting MSI have bugs, +which may result in system hangs. The software driver of specific +MSI-capable hardware is responsible for deciding whether to call +pci_enable_msi or not. A return of zero indicates the kernel +successfully initialized the MSI/MSI-X capability structure of the +device function. The device function is now running on MSI/MSI-X mode. + +5.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on device function + +At the driver level, a return of zero from the function call of +pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() indicates to a device driver that +its device function is initialized successfully and ready to run in +MSI/MSI-X mode. + +At the user level, users can use the command 'cat /proc/interrupts' +to display the vectors allocated for devices and their interrupt +MSI/MSI-X modes ("PCI-MSI"/"PCI-MSI-X"). Below shows MSI mode is +enabled on a SCSI Adaptec 39320D Ultra320 controller. + + CPU0 CPU1 + 0: 324639 0 IO-APIC-edge timer + 1: 1186 0 IO-APIC-edge i8042 + 2: 0 0 XT-PIC cascade + 12: 2797 0 IO-APIC-edge i8042 + 14: 6543 0 IO-APIC-edge ide0 + 15: 1 0 IO-APIC-edge ide1 +169: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd +185: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd +193: 138 10 PCI-MSI aic79xx +201: 30 0 PCI-MSI aic79xx +225: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx +233: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx +NMI: 0 0 +LOC: 324553 325068 +ERR: 0 +MIS: 0 + +6. MSI quirks + +Several PCI chipsets or devices are known to not support MSI. +The PCI stack provides 3 possible levels of MSI disabling: +* on a single device +* on all devices behind a specific bridge +* globally + +6.1. Disabling MSI on a single device + +Under some circumstances it might be required to disable MSI on a +single device. This may be achieved by either not calling pci_enable_msi() +or all, or setting the pci_dev->no_msi flag before (most of the time +in a quirk). + +6.2. Disabling MSI below a bridge + +The vast majority of MSI quirks are required by PCI bridges not +being able to route MSI between busses. In this case, MSI have to be +disabled on all devices behind this bridge. It is achieves by setting +the PCI_BUS_FLAGS_NO_MSI flag in the pci_bus->bus_flags of the bridge +subordinate bus. There is no need to set the same flag on bridges that +are below the broken bridge. When pci_enable_msi() is called to enable +MSI on a device, pci_msi_supported() takes care of checking the NO_MSI +flag in all parent busses of the device. + +Some bridges actually support dynamic MSI support enabling/disabling +by changing some bits in their PCI configuration space (especially +the Hypertransport chipsets such as the nVidia nForce and Serverworks +HT2000). It may then be required to update the NO_MSI flag on the +corresponding devices in the sysfs hierarchy. To enable MSI support +on device "0000:00:0e", do: + + echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus + +To disable MSI support, echo 0 instead of 1. Note that it should be +used with caution since changing this value might break interrupts. + +6.3. Disabling MSI globally + +Some extreme cases may require to disable MSI globally on the system. +For now, the only known case is a Serverworks PCI-X chipsets (MSI are +not supported on several busses that are not all connected to the +chipset in the Linux PCI hierarchy). In the vast majority of other +cases, disabling only behind a specific bridge is enough. + +For debugging purpose, the user may also pass pci=nomsi on the kernel +command-line to explicitly disable MSI globally. But, once the appro- +priate quirks are added to the kernel, this option should not be +required anymore. + +6.4. Finding why MSI cannot be enabled on a device + +Assuming that MSI are not enabled on a device, you should look at +dmesg to find messages that quirks may output when disabling MSI +on some devices, some bridges or even globally. +Then, lspci -t gives the list of bridges above a device. Reading +/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus will tell you whether MSI +are enabled (1) or disabled (0). In 0 is found in a single bridge +msi_bus file above the device, MSI cannot be enabled. + +7. FAQ + +Q1. Are there any limitations on using the MSI? + +A1. If the PCI device supports MSI and conforms to the +specification and the platform supports the APIC local bus, +then using MSI should work. + +Q2. Will it work on all the Pentium processors (P3, P4, Xeon, +AMD processors)? In P3 IPI's are transmitted on the APIC local +bus and in P4 and Xeon they are transmitted on the system +bus. Are there any implications with this? + +A2. MSI support enables a PCI device sending an inbound +memory write (0xfeexxxxx as target address) on its PCI bus +directly to the FSB. Since the message address has a +redirection hint bit cleared, it should work. + +Q3. The target address 0xfeexxxxx will be translated by the +Host Bridge into an interrupt message. Are there any +limitations on the chipsets such as Intel 8xx, Intel e7xxx, +or VIA? + +A3. If these chipsets support an inbound memory write with +target address set as 0xfeexxxxx, as conformed to PCI +specification 2.3 or latest, then it should work. + +Q4. From the driver point of view, if the MSI is lost because +of errors occurring during inbound memory write, then it may +wait forever. Is there a mechanism for it to recover? + +A4. Since the target of the transaction is an inbound memory +write, all transaction termination conditions (Retry, +Master-Abort, Target-Abort, or normal completion) are +supported. A device sending an MSI must abide by all the PCI +rules and conditions regarding that inbound memory write. So, +if a retry is signaled it must retry, etc... We believe that +the recommendation for Abort is also a retry (refer to PCI +specification 2.3 or latest). diff --git a/Documentation/README.DAC960 b/Documentation/README.DAC960 deleted file mode 100644 index 0e8f618..0000000 --- a/Documentation/README.DAC960 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,756 +0,0 @@ - Linux Driver for Mylex DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID Controllers - - Version 2.2.11 for Linux 2.2.19 - Version 2.4.11 for Linux 2.4.12 - - PRODUCTION RELEASE - - 11 October 2001 - - Leonard N. Zubkoff - Dandelion Digital - lnz@dandelion.com - - Copyright 1998-2001 by Leonard N. Zubkoff - - - INTRODUCTION - -Mylex, Inc. designs and manufactures a variety of high performance PCI RAID -controllers. Mylex Corporation is located at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont, -California 94555, USA and can be reached at 510.796.6100 or on the World Wide -Web at http://www.mylex.com. Mylex Technical Support can be reached by -electronic mail at mylexsup@us.ibm.com, by voice at 510.608.2400, or by FAX at -510.745.7715. Contact information for offices in Europe and Japan is available -on their Web site. - -The latest information on Linux support for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers, as -well as the most recent release of this driver, will always be available from -my Linux Home Page at URL "http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/". The Linux DAC960 -driver supports all current Mylex PCI RAID controllers including the new -eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160 models which have an entirely -new firmware interface from the older eXtremeRAID 1100, AcceleRAID 150/200/250, -and DAC960PJ/PG/PU/PD/PL. See below for a complete controller list as well as -minimum firmware version requirements. For simplicity, in most places this -documentation refers to DAC960 generically rather than explicitly listing all -the supported models. - -Driver bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com". -Please include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported -by the driver at startup, along with any subsequent system messages relevant to -the controller's operation, and a detailed description of your system's -hardware configuration. Driver bugs are actually quite rare; if you encounter -problems with disks being marked offline, for example, please contact Mylex -Technical Support as the problem is related to the hardware configuration -rather than the Linux driver. - -Please consult the RAID controller documentation for detailed information -regarding installation and configuration of the controllers. This document -primarily provides information specific to the Linux support. - - - DRIVER FEATURES - -The DAC960 RAID controllers are supported solely as high performance RAID -controllers, not as interfaces to arbitrary SCSI devices. The Linux DAC960 -driver operates at the block device level, the same level as the SCSI and IDE -drivers. Unlike other RAID controllers currently supported on Linux, the -DAC960 driver is not dependent on the SCSI subsystem, and hence avoids all the -complexity and unnecessary code that would be associated with an implementation -as a SCSI driver. The DAC960 driver is designed for as high a performance as -possible with no compromises or extra code for compatibility with lower -performance devices. The DAC960 driver includes extensive error logging and -online configuration management capabilities. Except for initial configuration -of the controller and adding new disk drives, most everything can be handled -from Linux while the system is operational. - -The DAC960 driver is architected to support up to 8 controllers per system. -Each DAC960 parallel SCSI controller can support up to 15 disk drives per -channel, for a maximum of 60 drives on a four channel controller; the fibre -channel eXtremeRAID 3000 controller supports up to 125 disk drives per loop for -a total of 250 drives. The drives installed on a controller are divided into -one or more "Drive Groups", and then each Drive Group is subdivided further -into 1 to 32 "Logical Drives". Each Logical Drive has a specific RAID Level -and caching policy associated with it, and it appears to Linux as a single -block device. Logical Drives are further subdivided into up to 7 partitions -through the normal Linux and PC disk partitioning schemes. Logical Drives are -also known as "System Drives", and Drive Groups are also called "Packs". Both -terms are in use in the Mylex documentation; I have chosen to standardize on -the more generic "Logical Drive" and "Drive Group". - -DAC960 RAID disk devices are named in the style of the obsolete Device File -System (DEVFS). The device corresponding to Logical Drive D on Controller C -is referred to as /dev/rd/cCdD, and the partitions are called /dev/rd/cCdDp1 -through /dev/rd/cCdDp7. For example, partition 3 of Logical Drive 5 on -Controller 2 is referred to as /dev/rd/c2d5p3. Note that unlike with SCSI -disks the device names will not change in the event of a disk drive failure. -The DAC960 driver is assigned major numbers 48 - 55 with one major number per -controller. The 8 bits of minor number are divided into 5 bits for the Logical -Drive and 3 bits for the partition. - - - SUPPORTED DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID CONTROLLERS - -The following list comprises the supported DAC960, AcceleRAID, and eXtremeRAID -PCI RAID Controllers as of the date of this document. It is recommended that -anyone purchasing a Mylex PCI RAID Controller not in the following table -contact the author beforehand to verify that it is or will be supported. - -eXtremeRAID 3000 - 1 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channel - 2 External Fibre FC-AL channels - 233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor - 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) - 32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory - -eXtremeRAID 2000 - 4 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels - 233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor - 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) - 32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory - -AcceleRAID 352 - 2 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels - 100MHz Intel i960RN RISC Processor - 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) - 32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory - -AcceleRAID 170 - 1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel - 100MHz Intel i960RM RISC Processor - 16MB/32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory - -AcceleRAID 160 (AcceleRAID 170LP) - 1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel - 100MHz Intel i960RS RISC Processor - Built in 16M ECC SDRAM Memory - PCI Low Profile Form Factor - fit for 2U height - -eXtremeRAID 1100 (DAC1164P) - 3 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channels - 233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor - 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) - 16MB/32MB/64MB Parity SDRAM Memory with Battery Backup - -AcceleRAID 250 (DAC960PTL1) - Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards - Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel - 66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor - 4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory - -AcceleRAID 200 (DAC960PTL0) - Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards - Includes no onboard SCSI Channels - 66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor - 4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory - -AcceleRAID 150 (DAC960PRL) - Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards - Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel - 33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor - 4MB Parity EDO Memory - -DAC960PJ 1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels - 66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor - 4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory - -DAC960PG 1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels - 33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor - 4MB/8MB ECC EDO Memory - -DAC960PU 1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels - Intel i960CF RISC Processor - 4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory - -DAC960PD 1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels - Intel i960CF RISC Processor - 4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory - -DAC960PL 1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels - Intel i960 RISC Processor - 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory - -DAC960P 1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels - Intel i960 RISC Processor - 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory - -For the eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160, firmware version -6.00-01 or above is required. - -For the eXtremeRAID 1100, firmware version 5.06-0-52 or above is required. - -For the AcceleRAID 250, 200, and 150, firmware version 4.06-0-57 or above is -required. - -For the DAC960PJ and DAC960PG, firmware version 4.06-0-00 or above is required. - -For the DAC960PU, DAC960PD, DAC960PL, and DAC960P, either firmware version -3.51-0-04 or above is required (for dual Flash ROM controllers), or firmware -version 2.73-0-00 or above is required (for single Flash ROM controllers) - -Please note that not all SCSI disk drives are suitable for use with DAC960 -controllers, and only particular firmware versions of any given model may -actually function correctly. Similarly, not all motherboards have a BIOS that -properly initializes the AcceleRAID 250, AcceleRAID 200, AcceleRAID 150, -DAC960PJ, and DAC960PG because the Intel i960RD/RP is a multi-function device. -If in doubt, contact Mylex RAID Technical Support (mylexsup@us.ibm.com) to -verify compatibility. Mylex makes available a hard disk compatibility list at -http://www.mylex.com/support/hdcomp/hd-lists.html. - - - DRIVER INSTALLATION - -This distribution was prepared for Linux kernel version 2.2.19 or 2.4.12. - -To install the DAC960 RAID driver, you may use the following commands, -replacing "/usr/src" with wherever you keep your Linux kernel source tree: - - cd /usr/src - tar -xvzf DAC960-2.2.11.tar.gz (or DAC960-2.4.11.tar.gz) - mv README.DAC960 linux/Documentation - mv DAC960.[ch] linux/drivers/block - patch -p0 < DAC960.patch (if DAC960.patch is included) - cd linux - make config - make bzImage (or zImage) - -Then install "arch/i386/boot/bzImage" or "arch/i386/boot/zImage" as your -standard kernel, run lilo if appropriate, and reboot. - -To create the necessary devices in /dev, the "make_rd" script included in -"DAC960-Utilities.tar.gz" from http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ may be used. -LILO 21 and FDISK v2.9 include DAC960 support; also included in this archive -are patches to LILO 20 and FDISK v2.8 that add DAC960 support, along with -statically linked executables of LILO and FDISK. This modified version of LILO -will allow booting from a DAC960 controller and/or mounting the root file -system from a DAC960. - -Red Hat Linux 6.0 and SuSE Linux 6.1 include support for Mylex PCI RAID -controllers. Installing directly onto a DAC960 may be problematic from other -Linux distributions until their installation utilities are updated. - - - INSTALLATION NOTES - -Before installing Linux or adding DAC960 logical drives to an existing Linux -system, the controller must first be configured to provide one or more logical -drives using the BIOS Configuration Utility or DACCF. Please note that since -there are only at most 6 usable partitions on each logical drive, systems -requiring more partitions should subdivide a drive group into multiple logical -drives, each of which can have up to 6 usable partitions. Also, note that with -large disk arrays it is advisable to enable the 8GB BIOS Geometry (255/63) -rather than accepting the default 2GB BIOS Geometry (128/32); failing to so do -will cause the logical drive geometry to have more than 65535 cylinders which -will make it impossible for FDISK to be used properly. The 8GB BIOS Geometry -can be enabled by configuring the DAC960 BIOS, which is accessible via Alt-M -during the BIOS initialization sequence. - -For maximum performance and the most efficient E2FSCK performance, it is -recommended that EXT2 file systems be built with a 4KB block size and 16 block -stride to match the DAC960 controller's 64KB default stripe size. The command -"mke2fs -b 4096 -R stride=16 " is appropriate. Unless there will be a -large number of small files on the file systems, it is also beneficial to add -the "-i 16384" option to increase the bytes per inode parameter thereby -reducing the file system metadata. Finally, on systems that will only be run -with Linux 2.2 or later kernels it is beneficial to enable sparse superblocks -with the "-s 1" option. - - - DAC960 ANNOUNCEMENTS MAILING LIST - -The DAC960 Announcements Mailing List provides a forum for informing Linux -users of new driver releases and other announcements regarding Linux support -for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers. To join the mailing list, send a message to -"dac960-announce-request@dandelion.com" with the line "subscribe" in the -message body. - - - CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION AND STATUS MONITORING - -The DAC960 RAID controllers running firmware 4.06 or above include a Background -Initialization facility so that system downtime is minimized both for initial -installation and subsequent configuration of additional storage. The BIOS -Configuration Utility (accessible via Alt-R during the BIOS initialization -sequence) is used to quickly configure the controller, and then the logical -drives that have been created are available for immediate use even while they -are still being initialized by the controller. The primary need for online -configuration and status monitoring is then to avoid system downtime when disk -drives fail and must be replaced. Mylex's online monitoring and configuration -utilities are being ported to Linux and will become available at some point in -the future. Note that with a SAF-TE (SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure) -enclosure, the controller is able to rebuild failed drives automatically as -soon as a drive replacement is made available. - -The primary interfaces for controller configuration and status monitoring are -special files created in the /proc/rd/... hierarchy along with the normal -system console logging mechanism. Whenever the system is operating, the DAC960 -driver queries each controller for status information every 10 seconds, and -checks for additional conditions every 60 seconds. The initial status of each -controller is always available for controller N in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status, -and the current status as of the last status monitoring query is available in -/proc/rd/cN/current_status. In addition, status changes are also logged by the -driver to the system console and will appear in the log files maintained by -syslog. The progress of asynchronous rebuild or consistency check operations -is also available in /proc/rd/cN/current_status, and progress messages are -logged to the system console at most every 60 seconds. - -Starting with the 2.2.3/2.0.3 versions of the driver, the status information -available in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status and /proc/rd/cN/current_status has been -augmented to include the vendor, model, revision, and serial number (if -available) for each physical device found connected to the controller: - -***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.2.3 of 19 August 1999 ***** -Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff -Configuring Mylex DAC960PRL PCI RAID Controller - Firmware Version: 4.07-0-07, Channels: 1, Memory Size: 16MB - PCI Bus: 1, Device: 4, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned - PCI Address: 0xFE300000 mapped at 0xA0800000, IRQ Channel: 21 - Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 - Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 - Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 - SAF-TE Enclosure Management Enabled - Physical Devices: - 0:0 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 - Serial Number: 68016775HA - Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks - 0:1 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 - Serial Number: 68004E53HA - Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks - 0:2 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 - Serial Number: 13013935HA - Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks - 0:3 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 - Serial Number: 13016897HA - Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks - 0:4 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 - Serial Number: 68019905HA - Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks - 0:5 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 - Serial Number: 68012753HA - Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks - 0:6 Vendor: ESG-SHV Model: SCA HSBP M6 Revision: 0.61 - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 89640960 blocks, Write Thru - No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress - -To simplify the monitoring process for custom software, the special file -/proc/rd/status returns "OK" when all DAC960 controllers in the system are -operating normally and no failures have occurred, or "ALERT" if any logical -drives are offline or critical or any non-standby physical drives are dead. - -Configuration commands for controller N are available via the special file -/proc/rd/cN/user_command. A human readable command can be written to this -special file to initiate a configuration operation, and the results of the -operation can then be read back from the special file in addition to being -logged to the system console. The shell command sequence - - echo "" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command - cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command - -is typically used to execute configuration commands. The configuration -commands are: - - flush-cache - - The "flush-cache" command flushes the controller's cache. The system - automatically flushes the cache at shutdown or if the driver module is - unloaded, so this command is only needed to be certain a write back cache - is flushed to disk before the system is powered off by a command to a UPS. - Note that the flush-cache command also stops an asynchronous rebuild or - consistency check, so it should not be used except when the system is being - halted. - - kill : - - The "kill" command marks the physical drive : as DEAD. - This command is provided primarily for testing, and should not be used - during normal system operation. - - make-online : - - The "make-online" command changes the physical drive : - from status DEAD to status ONLINE. In cases where multiple physical drives - have been killed simultaneously, this command may be used to bring all but - one of them back online, after which a rebuild to the final drive is - necessary. - - Warning: make-online should only be used on a dead physical drive that is - an active part of a drive group, never on a standby drive. The command - should never be used on a dead drive that is part of a critical logical - drive; rebuild should be used if only a single drive is dead. - - make-standby : - - The "make-standby" command changes physical drive : - from status DEAD to status STANDBY. It should only be used in cases where - a dead drive was replaced after an automatic rebuild was performed onto a - standby drive. It cannot be used to add a standby drive to the controller - configuration if one was not created initially; the BIOS Configuration - Utility must be used for that currently. - - rebuild : - - The "rebuild" command initiates an asynchronous rebuild onto physical drive - :. It should only be used when a dead drive has been - replaced. - - check-consistency - - The "check-consistency" command initiates an asynchronous consistency check - of with automatic restoration. It can be used - whenever it is desired to verify the consistency of the redundancy - information. - - cancel-rebuild - cancel-consistency-check - - The "cancel-rebuild" and "cancel-consistency-check" commands cancel any - rebuild or consistency check operations previously initiated. - - - EXAMPLE I - DRIVE FAILURE WITHOUT A STANDBY DRIVE - -The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and -online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver. The test -configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a -DAC960PJ controller. The physical drives are configured into a single drive -group without a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two -logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6. Note that these logs are from an -earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer -releases, but the functionality remains similar. First, here is the current -status of the RAID configuration: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status -***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 ***** -Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff -Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller - Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB - PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned - PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9 - Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 - Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 - Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru - No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status -OK - -The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status -returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller -in the system. For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive -1:1 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure. The failure is noted by -the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the -driver logs the following console status messages indicating that Logical -Drives 0 and 1 are now CRITICAL as a result of Physical Drive 1:1 being DEAD: - -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 killed because of timeout on SCSI command -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now DEAD -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL - -The Sense Keys logged here are just Check Condition / Unit Attention conditions -arising from a SCSI bus reset that is forced by the controller during its error -recovery procedures. Concurrently with the above, the driver status available -from /proc/rd also reflects the drive failure. The status message in -/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT": - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status -ALERT - -and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status - ... - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru - No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress - -Since there are no standby drives configured, the system can continue to access -the logical drives in a performance degraded mode until the failed drive is -replaced and a rebuild operation completed to restore the redundancy of the -logical drives. Once Physical Drive 1:1 is replaced with a properly -functioning drive, or if the physical drive was killed without having failed -(e.g., due to electrical problems on the SCSI bus), the user can instruct the -controller to initiate a rebuild operation onto the newly replaced drive: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "rebuild 1:1" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command -Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated - -The echo command instructs the controller to initiate an asynchronous rebuild -operation onto Physical Drive 1:1, and the status message that results from the -operation is then available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well -as being logged to the console by the driver. - -Within 10 seconds of this command the driver logs the initiation of the -asynchronous rebuild operation: - -DAC960#0: Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01 -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now WRITE-ONLY -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 1% completed - -and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status - ... - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru - Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 6% completed - -As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is -updated every 10 seconds: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status - ... - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru - Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 15% completed - -and every minute a progress message is logged to the console by the driver: - -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 32% completed -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 63% completed -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 94% completed -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 94% completed - -Finally, the rebuild completes successfully. The driver logs the status of the -logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion: - -DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now ONLINE -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE - -/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status - ... - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru - Rebuild Completed Successfully - -and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status -OK - - - EXAMPLE II - DRIVE FAILURE WITH A STANDBY DRIVE - -The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and -online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver. The test -configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a -DAC960PJ controller. The physical drives are configured into a single drive -group with a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two -logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6. Note that these logs are from an -earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer -releases, but the functionality remains similar. First, here is the current -status of the RAID configuration: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status -***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 ***** -Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff -Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller - Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB - PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned - PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9 - Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 - Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 - Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru - No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status -OK - -The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status -returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller -in the system. For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive -1:2 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure. The failure is noted by -the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the -driver logs the following console status messages: - -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because of timeout on SCSI command -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now DEAD -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because it was removed -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL - -Since a standby drive is configured, the controller automatically begins -rebuilding onto the standby drive: - -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now WRITE-ONLY -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed - -Concurrently with the above, the driver status available from /proc/rd also -reflects the drive failure and automatic rebuild. The status message in -/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT": - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status -ALERT - -and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status - ... - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru - Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed - -As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is -updated every 10 seconds: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status - ... - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru - Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed - -and every minute a progress message is logged on the console by the driver: - -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 76% completed -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 66% completed -DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 84% completed - -Finally, the rebuild completes successfully. The driver logs the status of the -logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion: - -DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now ONLINE -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE -DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE - -/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: - -***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 ***** -Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff -Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller - Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB - PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned - PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9 - Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 - Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 - Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru - Rebuild Completed Successfully - -and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status -OK - -Note that the absence of a viable standby drive does not create an "ALERT" -status. Once dead Physical Drive 1:2 has been replaced, the controller must be -told that this has occurred and that the newly replaced drive should become the -new standby drive: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "make-standby 1:2" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command -Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded - -The echo command instructs the controller to make Physical Drive 1:2 into a -standby drive, and the status message that results from the operation is then -available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well as being logged to -the console by the driver. Within 60 seconds of this command the driver logs: - -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01 -DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now STANDBY -DAC960#0: Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded - -and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: - -gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status - ... - Physical Devices: - 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - 1:2 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks - 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks - Logical Drives: - /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru - /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru - Rebuild Completed Successfully diff --git a/Documentation/README.cycladesZ b/Documentation/README.cycladesZ deleted file mode 100644 index 024a694..0000000 --- a/Documentation/README.cycladesZ +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -The Cyclades-Z must have firmware loaded onto the card before it will -operate. This operation should be performed during system startup, - -The firmware, loader program and the latest device driver code are -available from Cyclades at - ftp://ftp.cyclades.com/pub/cyclades/cyclades-z/linux/ - diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX b/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86f054c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file +README.DAC960 + - info on Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller Driver for Linux. +cciss.txt + - info, major/minor #'s for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers. +cpqarray.txt + - info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers. +floppy.txt + - notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver. +nbd.txt + - info on a TCP implementation of a network block device. +paride.txt + - information about the parallel port IDE subsystem. +ramdisk.txt + - short guide on how to set up and use the RAM disk. diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 b/Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e8f618 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 @@ -0,0 +1,756 @@ + Linux Driver for Mylex DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID Controllers + + Version 2.2.11 for Linux 2.2.19 + Version 2.4.11 for Linux 2.4.12 + + PRODUCTION RELEASE + + 11 October 2001 + + Leonard N. Zubkoff + Dandelion Digital + lnz@dandelion.com + + Copyright 1998-2001 by Leonard N. Zubkoff + + + INTRODUCTION + +Mylex, Inc. designs and manufactures a variety of high performance PCI RAID +controllers. Mylex Corporation is located at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont, +California 94555, USA and can be reached at 510.796.6100 or on the World Wide +Web at http://www.mylex.com. Mylex Technical Support can be reached by +electronic mail at mylexsup@us.ibm.com, by voice at 510.608.2400, or by FAX at +510.745.7715. Contact information for offices in Europe and Japan is available +on their Web site. + +The latest information on Linux support for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers, as +well as the most recent release of this driver, will always be available from +my Linux Home Page at URL "http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/". The Linux DAC960 +driver supports all current Mylex PCI RAID controllers including the new +eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160 models which have an entirely +new firmware interface from the older eXtremeRAID 1100, AcceleRAID 150/200/250, +and DAC960PJ/PG/PU/PD/PL. See below for a complete controller list as well as +minimum firmware version requirements. For simplicity, in most places this +documentation refers to DAC960 generically rather than explicitly listing all +the supported models. + +Driver bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com". +Please include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported +by the driver at startup, along with any subsequent system messages relevant to +the controller's operation, and a detailed description of your system's +hardware configuration. Driver bugs are actually quite rare; if you encounter +problems with disks being marked offline, for example, please contact Mylex +Technical Support as the problem is related to the hardware configuration +rather than the Linux driver. + +Please consult the RAID controller documentation for detailed information +regarding installation and configuration of the controllers. This document +primarily provides information specific to the Linux support. + + + DRIVER FEATURES + +The DAC960 RAID controllers are supported solely as high performance RAID +controllers, not as interfaces to arbitrary SCSI devices. The Linux DAC960 +driver operates at the block device level, the same level as the SCSI and IDE +drivers. Unlike other RAID controllers currently supported on Linux, the +DAC960 driver is not dependent on the SCSI subsystem, and hence avoids all the +complexity and unnecessary code that would be associated with an implementation +as a SCSI driver. The DAC960 driver is designed for as high a performance as +possible with no compromises or extra code for compatibility with lower +performance devices. The DAC960 driver includes extensive error logging and +online configuration management capabilities. Except for initial configuration +of the controller and adding new disk drives, most everything can be handled +from Linux while the system is operational. + +The DAC960 driver is architected to support up to 8 controllers per system. +Each DAC960 parallel SCSI controller can support up to 15 disk drives per +channel, for a maximum of 60 drives on a four channel controller; the fibre +channel eXtremeRAID 3000 controller supports up to 125 disk drives per loop for +a total of 250 drives. The drives installed on a controller are divided into +one or more "Drive Groups", and then each Drive Group is subdivided further +into 1 to 32 "Logical Drives". Each Logical Drive has a specific RAID Level +and caching policy associated with it, and it appears to Linux as a single +block device. Logical Drives are further subdivided into up to 7 partitions +through the normal Linux and PC disk partitioning schemes. Logical Drives are +also known as "System Drives", and Drive Groups are also called "Packs". Both +terms are in use in the Mylex documentation; I have chosen to standardize on +the more generic "Logical Drive" and "Drive Group". + +DAC960 RAID disk devices are named in the style of the obsolete Device File +System (DEVFS). The device corresponding to Logical Drive D on Controller C +is referred to as /dev/rd/cCdD, and the partitions are called /dev/rd/cCdDp1 +through /dev/rd/cCdDp7. For example, partition 3 of Logical Drive 5 on +Controller 2 is referred to as /dev/rd/c2d5p3. Note that unlike with SCSI +disks the device names will not change in the event of a disk drive failure. +The DAC960 driver is assigned major numbers 48 - 55 with one major number per +controller. The 8 bits of minor number are divided into 5 bits for the Logical +Drive and 3 bits for the partition. + + + SUPPORTED DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID CONTROLLERS + +The following list comprises the supported DAC960, AcceleRAID, and eXtremeRAID +PCI RAID Controllers as of the date of this document. It is recommended that +anyone purchasing a Mylex PCI RAID Controller not in the following table +contact the author beforehand to verify that it is or will be supported. + +eXtremeRAID 3000 + 1 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channel + 2 External Fibre FC-AL channels + 233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor + 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) + 32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory + +eXtremeRAID 2000 + 4 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels + 233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor + 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) + 32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory + +AcceleRAID 352 + 2 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels + 100MHz Intel i960RN RISC Processor + 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) + 32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory + +AcceleRAID 170 + 1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel + 100MHz Intel i960RM RISC Processor + 16MB/32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory + +AcceleRAID 160 (AcceleRAID 170LP) + 1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel + 100MHz Intel i960RS RISC Processor + Built in 16M ECC SDRAM Memory + PCI Low Profile Form Factor - fit for 2U height + +eXtremeRAID 1100 (DAC1164P) + 3 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channels + 233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor + 64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots) + 16MB/32MB/64MB Parity SDRAM Memory with Battery Backup + +AcceleRAID 250 (DAC960PTL1) + Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards + Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel + 66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor + 4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory + +AcceleRAID 200 (DAC960PTL0) + Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards + Includes no onboard SCSI Channels + 66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor + 4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory + +AcceleRAID 150 (DAC960PRL) + Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards + Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel + 33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor + 4MB Parity EDO Memory + +DAC960PJ 1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels + 66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor + 4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory + +DAC960PG 1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels + 33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor + 4MB/8MB ECC EDO Memory + +DAC960PU 1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels + Intel i960CF RISC Processor + 4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory + +DAC960PD 1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels + Intel i960CF RISC Processor + 4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory + +DAC960PL 1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels + Intel i960 RISC Processor + 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory + +DAC960P 1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels + Intel i960 RISC Processor + 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory + +For the eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160, firmware version +6.00-01 or above is required. + +For the eXtremeRAID 1100, firmware version 5.06-0-52 or above is required. + +For the AcceleRAID 250, 200, and 150, firmware version 4.06-0-57 or above is +required. + +For the DAC960PJ and DAC960PG, firmware version 4.06-0-00 or above is required. + +For the DAC960PU, DAC960PD, DAC960PL, and DAC960P, either firmware version +3.51-0-04 or above is required (for dual Flash ROM controllers), or firmware +version 2.73-0-00 or above is required (for single Flash ROM controllers) + +Please note that not all SCSI disk drives are suitable for use with DAC960 +controllers, and only particular firmware versions of any given model may +actually function correctly. Similarly, not all motherboards have a BIOS that +properly initializes the AcceleRAID 250, AcceleRAID 200, AcceleRAID 150, +DAC960PJ, and DAC960PG because the Intel i960RD/RP is a multi-function device. +If in doubt, contact Mylex RAID Technical Support (mylexsup@us.ibm.com) to +verify compatibility. Mylex makes available a hard disk compatibility list at +http://www.mylex.com/support/hdcomp/hd-lists.html. + + + DRIVER INSTALLATION + +This distribution was prepared for Linux kernel version 2.2.19 or 2.4.12. + +To install the DAC960 RAID driver, you may use the following commands, +replacing "/usr/src" with wherever you keep your Linux kernel source tree: + + cd /usr/src + tar -xvzf DAC960-2.2.11.tar.gz (or DAC960-2.4.11.tar.gz) + mv README.DAC960 linux/Documentation + mv DAC960.[ch] linux/drivers/block + patch -p0 < DAC960.patch (if DAC960.patch is included) + cd linux + make config + make bzImage (or zImage) + +Then install "arch/i386/boot/bzImage" or "arch/i386/boot/zImage" as your +standard kernel, run lilo if appropriate, and reboot. + +To create the necessary devices in /dev, the "make_rd" script included in +"DAC960-Utilities.tar.gz" from http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ may be used. +LILO 21 and FDISK v2.9 include DAC960 support; also included in this archive +are patches to LILO 20 and FDISK v2.8 that add DAC960 support, along with +statically linked executables of LILO and FDISK. This modified version of LILO +will allow booting from a DAC960 controller and/or mounting the root file +system from a DAC960. + +Red Hat Linux 6.0 and SuSE Linux 6.1 include support for Mylex PCI RAID +controllers. Installing directly onto a DAC960 may be problematic from other +Linux distributions until their installation utilities are updated. + + + INSTALLATION NOTES + +Before installing Linux or adding DAC960 logical drives to an existing Linux +system, the controller must first be configured to provide one or more logical +drives using the BIOS Configuration Utility or DACCF. Please note that since +there are only at most 6 usable partitions on each logical drive, systems +requiring more partitions should subdivide a drive group into multiple logical +drives, each of which can have up to 6 usable partitions. Also, note that with +large disk arrays it is advisable to enable the 8GB BIOS Geometry (255/63) +rather than accepting the default 2GB BIOS Geometry (128/32); failing to so do +will cause the logical drive geometry to have more than 65535 cylinders which +will make it impossible for FDISK to be used properly. The 8GB BIOS Geometry +can be enabled by configuring the DAC960 BIOS, which is accessible via Alt-M +during the BIOS initialization sequence. + +For maximum performance and the most efficient E2FSCK performance, it is +recommended that EXT2 file systems be built with a 4KB block size and 16 block +stride to match the DAC960 controller's 64KB default stripe size. The command +"mke2fs -b 4096 -R stride=16 " is appropriate. Unless there will be a +large number of small files on the file systems, it is also beneficial to add +the "-i 16384" option to increase the bytes per inode parameter thereby +reducing the file system metadata. Finally, on systems that will only be run +with Linux 2.2 or later kernels it is beneficial to enable sparse superblocks +with the "-s 1" option. + + + DAC960 ANNOUNCEMENTS MAILING LIST + +The DAC960 Announcements Mailing List provides a forum for informing Linux +users of new driver releases and other announcements regarding Linux support +for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers. To join the mailing list, send a message to +"dac960-announce-request@dandelion.com" with the line "subscribe" in the +message body. + + + CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION AND STATUS MONITORING + +The DAC960 RAID controllers running firmware 4.06 or above include a Background +Initialization facility so that system downtime is minimized both for initial +installation and subsequent configuration of additional storage. The BIOS +Configuration Utility (accessible via Alt-R during the BIOS initialization +sequence) is used to quickly configure the controller, and then the logical +drives that have been created are available for immediate use even while they +are still being initialized by the controller. The primary need for online +configuration and status monitoring is then to avoid system downtime when disk +drives fail and must be replaced. Mylex's online monitoring and configuration +utilities are being ported to Linux and will become available at some point in +the future. Note that with a SAF-TE (SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure) +enclosure, the controller is able to rebuild failed drives automatically as +soon as a drive replacement is made available. + +The primary interfaces for controller configuration and status monitoring are +special files created in the /proc/rd/... hierarchy along with the normal +system console logging mechanism. Whenever the system is operating, the DAC960 +driver queries each controller for status information every 10 seconds, and +checks for additional conditions every 60 seconds. The initial status of each +controller is always available for controller N in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status, +and the current status as of the last status monitoring query is available in +/proc/rd/cN/current_status. In addition, status changes are also logged by the +driver to the system console and will appear in the log files maintained by +syslog. The progress of asynchronous rebuild or consistency check operations +is also available in /proc/rd/cN/current_status, and progress messages are +logged to the system console at most every 60 seconds. + +Starting with the 2.2.3/2.0.3 versions of the driver, the status information +available in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status and /proc/rd/cN/current_status has been +augmented to include the vendor, model, revision, and serial number (if +available) for each physical device found connected to the controller: + +***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.2.3 of 19 August 1999 ***** +Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff +Configuring Mylex DAC960PRL PCI RAID Controller + Firmware Version: 4.07-0-07, Channels: 1, Memory Size: 16MB + PCI Bus: 1, Device: 4, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned + PCI Address: 0xFE300000 mapped at 0xA0800000, IRQ Channel: 21 + Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 + Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 + Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 + SAF-TE Enclosure Management Enabled + Physical Devices: + 0:0 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 + Serial Number: 68016775HA + Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks + 0:1 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 + Serial Number: 68004E53HA + Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks + 0:2 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 + Serial Number: 13013935HA + Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks + 0:3 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 + Serial Number: 13016897HA + Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks + 0:4 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 + Serial Number: 68019905HA + Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks + 0:5 Vendor: IBM Model: DRVS09D Revision: 0270 + Serial Number: 68012753HA + Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks + 0:6 Vendor: ESG-SHV Model: SCA HSBP M6 Revision: 0.61 + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 89640960 blocks, Write Thru + No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress + +To simplify the monitoring process for custom software, the special file +/proc/rd/status returns "OK" when all DAC960 controllers in the system are +operating normally and no failures have occurred, or "ALERT" if any logical +drives are offline or critical or any non-standby physical drives are dead. + +Configuration commands for controller N are available via the special file +/proc/rd/cN/user_command. A human readable command can be written to this +special file to initiate a configuration operation, and the results of the +operation can then be read back from the special file in addition to being +logged to the system console. The shell command sequence + + echo "" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command + cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command + +is typically used to execute configuration commands. The configuration +commands are: + + flush-cache + + The "flush-cache" command flushes the controller's cache. The system + automatically flushes the cache at shutdown or if the driver module is + unloaded, so this command is only needed to be certain a write back cache + is flushed to disk before the system is powered off by a command to a UPS. + Note that the flush-cache command also stops an asynchronous rebuild or + consistency check, so it should not be used except when the system is being + halted. + + kill : + + The "kill" command marks the physical drive : as DEAD. + This command is provided primarily for testing, and should not be used + during normal system operation. + + make-online : + + The "make-online" command changes the physical drive : + from status DEAD to status ONLINE. In cases where multiple physical drives + have been killed simultaneously, this command may be used to bring all but + one of them back online, after which a rebuild to the final drive is + necessary. + + Warning: make-online should only be used on a dead physical drive that is + an active part of a drive group, never on a standby drive. The command + should never be used on a dead drive that is part of a critical logical + drive; rebuild should be used if only a single drive is dead. + + make-standby : + + The "make-standby" command changes physical drive : + from status DEAD to status STANDBY. It should only be used in cases where + a dead drive was replaced after an automatic rebuild was performed onto a + standby drive. It cannot be used to add a standby drive to the controller + configuration if one was not created initially; the BIOS Configuration + Utility must be used for that currently. + + rebuild : + + The "rebuild" command initiates an asynchronous rebuild onto physical drive + :. It should only be used when a dead drive has been + replaced. + + check-consistency + + The "check-consistency" command initiates an asynchronous consistency check + of with automatic restoration. It can be used + whenever it is desired to verify the consistency of the redundancy + information. + + cancel-rebuild + cancel-consistency-check + + The "cancel-rebuild" and "cancel-consistency-check" commands cancel any + rebuild or consistency check operations previously initiated. + + + EXAMPLE I - DRIVE FAILURE WITHOUT A STANDBY DRIVE + +The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and +online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver. The test +configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a +DAC960PJ controller. The physical drives are configured into a single drive +group without a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two +logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6. Note that these logs are from an +earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer +releases, but the functionality remains similar. First, here is the current +status of the RAID configuration: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status +***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 ***** +Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff +Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller + Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB + PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned + PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9 + Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 + Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 + Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru + No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status +OK + +The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status +returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller +in the system. For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive +1:1 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure. The failure is noted by +the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the +driver logs the following console status messages indicating that Logical +Drives 0 and 1 are now CRITICAL as a result of Physical Drive 1:1 being DEAD: + +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 killed because of timeout on SCSI command +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now DEAD +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL + +The Sense Keys logged here are just Check Condition / Unit Attention conditions +arising from a SCSI bus reset that is forced by the controller during its error +recovery procedures. Concurrently with the above, the driver status available +from /proc/rd also reflects the drive failure. The status message in +/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT": + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status +ALERT + +and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status + ... + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru + No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress + +Since there are no standby drives configured, the system can continue to access +the logical drives in a performance degraded mode until the failed drive is +replaced and a rebuild operation completed to restore the redundancy of the +logical drives. Once Physical Drive 1:1 is replaced with a properly +functioning drive, or if the physical drive was killed without having failed +(e.g., due to electrical problems on the SCSI bus), the user can instruct the +controller to initiate a rebuild operation onto the newly replaced drive: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "rebuild 1:1" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command +Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated + +The echo command instructs the controller to initiate an asynchronous rebuild +operation onto Physical Drive 1:1, and the status message that results from the +operation is then available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well +as being logged to the console by the driver. + +Within 10 seconds of this command the driver logs the initiation of the +asynchronous rebuild operation: + +DAC960#0: Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01 +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now WRITE-ONLY +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 1% completed + +and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status + ... + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru + Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 6% completed + +As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is +updated every 10 seconds: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status + ... + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru + Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 15% completed + +and every minute a progress message is logged to the console by the driver: + +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 32% completed +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 63% completed +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 94% completed +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 94% completed + +Finally, the rebuild completes successfully. The driver logs the status of the +logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion: + +DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now ONLINE +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE + +/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status + ... + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru + Rebuild Completed Successfully + +and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status +OK + + + EXAMPLE II - DRIVE FAILURE WITH A STANDBY DRIVE + +The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and +online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver. The test +configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a +DAC960PJ controller. The physical drives are configured into a single drive +group with a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two +logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6. Note that these logs are from an +earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer +releases, but the functionality remains similar. First, here is the current +status of the RAID configuration: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status +***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 ***** +Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff +Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller + Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB + PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned + PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9 + Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 + Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 + Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru + No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status +OK + +The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status +returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller +in the system. For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive +1:2 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure. The failure is noted by +the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the +driver logs the following console status messages: + +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02 +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because of timeout on SCSI command +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now DEAD +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because it was removed +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL + +Since a standby drive is configured, the controller automatically begins +rebuilding onto the standby drive: + +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now WRITE-ONLY +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed + +Concurrently with the above, the driver status available from /proc/rd also +reflects the drive failure and automatic rebuild. The status message in +/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT": + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status +ALERT + +and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status + ... + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru + Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed + +As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is +updated every 10 seconds: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status + ... + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru + Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed + +and every minute a progress message is logged on the console by the driver: + +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 76% completed +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 66% completed +DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 84% completed + +Finally, the rebuild completes successfully. The driver logs the status of the +logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion: + +DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now ONLINE +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE +DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE + +/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: + +***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 ***** +Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff +Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller + Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB + PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned + PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9 + Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128 + Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33 + Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63 + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru + Rebuild Completed Successfully + +and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status +OK + +Note that the absence of a viable standby drive does not create an "ALERT" +status. Once dead Physical Drive 1:2 has been replaced, the controller must be +told that this has occurred and that the newly replaced drive should become the +new standby drive: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "make-standby 1:2" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command +Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded + +The echo command instructs the controller to make Physical Drive 1:2 into a +standby drive, and the status message that results from the operation is then +available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well as being logged to +the console by the driver. Within 60 seconds of this command the driver logs: + +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01 +DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now STANDBY +DAC960#0: Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded + +and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated: + +gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status + ... + Physical Devices: + 0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + 1:2 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks + 1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks + Logical Drives: + /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru + /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru + Rebuild Completed Successfully diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89698e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +This driver is for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers. + +Supported Cards: +---------------- + +This driver is known to work with the following cards: + + * SA 5300 + * SA 5i + * SA 532 + * SA 5312 + * SA 641 + * SA 642 + * SA 6400 + * SA 6400 U320 Expansion Module + * SA 6i + * SA P600 + * SA P800 + * SA E400 + * SA P400i + * SA E200 + * SA E200i + * SA E500 + * SA P700m + * SA P212 + * SA P410 + * SA P410i + * SA P411 + * SA P812 + * SA P712m + * SA P711m + +Detecting drive failures: +------------------------- + +To get the status of logical volumes and to detect physical drive +failures, you can use the cciss_vol_status program found here: +http://cciss.sourceforge.net/#cciss_utils + +Device Naming: +-------------- + +If nodes are not already created in the /dev/cciss directory, run as root: + +# cd /dev +# ./MAKEDEV cciss + +You need some entries in /dev for the cciss device. The MAKEDEV script +can make device nodes for you automatically. Currently the device setup +is as follows: + +Major numbers: + 104 cciss0 + 105 cciss1 + 106 cciss2 + 105 cciss3 + 108 cciss4 + 109 cciss5 + 110 cciss6 + 111 cciss7 + +Minor numbers: + b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + |----+----| |----+----| + | | + | +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition) + | + +-------------------- Logical Volume number + +The device naming scheme is: +/dev/cciss/c0d0 Controller 0, disk 0, whole device +/dev/cciss/c0d0p1 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1 +/dev/cciss/c0d0p2 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2 +/dev/cciss/c0d0p3 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3 + +/dev/cciss/c1d1 Controller 1, disk 1, whole device +/dev/cciss/c1d1p1 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1 +/dev/cciss/c1d1p2 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2 +/dev/cciss/c1d1p3 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3 + +SCSI tape drive and medium changer support +------------------------------------------ + +SCSI sequential access devices and medium changer devices are supported and +appropriate device nodes are automatically created. (e.g. +/dev/st0, /dev/st1, etc. See the "st" man page for more details.) +You must enable "SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx" and +"SCSI support" in your kernel configuration to be able to use SCSI +tape drives with your Smart Array 5xxx controller. + +Additionally, note that the driver will not engage the SCSI core at init +time. The driver must be directed to dynamically engage the SCSI core via +the /proc filesystem entry which the "block" side of the driver creates as +/proc/driver/cciss/cciss* at runtime. This is because at driver init time, +the SCSI core may not yet be initialized (because the driver is a block +driver) and attempting to register it with the SCSI core in such a case +would cause a hang. This is best done via an initialization script +(typically in /etc/init.d, but could vary depending on distribution). +For example: + + for x in /proc/driver/cciss/cciss[0-9]* + do + echo "engage scsi" > $x + done + +Once the SCSI core is engaged by the driver, it cannot be disengaged +(except by unloading the driver, if it happens to be linked as a module.) + +Note also that if no sequential access devices or medium changers are +detected, the SCSI core will not be engaged by the action of the above +script. + +Hot plug support for SCSI tape drives +------------------------------------- + +Hot plugging of SCSI tape drives is supported, with some caveats. +The cciss driver must be informed that changes to the SCSI bus +have been made. This may be done via the /proc filesystem. +For example: + + echo "rescan" > /proc/scsi/cciss0/1 + +This causes the driver to query the adapter about changes to the +physical SCSI buses and/or fibre channel arbitrated loop and the +driver to make note of any new or removed sequential access devices +or medium changers. The driver will output messages indicating what +devices have been added or removed and the controller, bus, target and +lun used to address the device. It then notifies the SCSI mid layer +of these changes. + +Note that the naming convention of the /proc filesystem entries +contains a number in addition to the driver name. (E.g. "cciss0" +instead of just "cciss" which you might expect.) + +Note: ONLY sequential access devices and medium changers are presented +as SCSI devices to the SCSI mid layer by the cciss driver. Specifically, +physical SCSI disk drives are NOT presented to the SCSI mid layer. The +physical SCSI disk drives are controlled directly by the array controller +hardware and it is important to prevent the kernel from attempting to directly +access these devices too, as if the array controller were merely a SCSI +controller in the same way that we are allowing it to access SCSI tape drives. + +SCSI error handling for tape drives and medium changers +------------------------------------------------------- + +The linux SCSI mid layer provides an error handling protocol which +kicks into gear whenever a SCSI command fails to complete within a +certain amount of time (which can vary depending on the command). +The cciss driver participates in this protocol to some extent. The +normal protocol is a four step process. First the device is told +to abort the command. If that doesn't work, the device is reset. +If that doesn't work, the SCSI bus is reset. If that doesn't work +the host bus adapter is reset. Because the cciss driver is a block +driver as well as a SCSI driver and only the tape drives and medium +changers are presented to the SCSI mid layer, and unlike more +straightforward SCSI drivers, disk i/o continues through the block +side during the SCSI error recovery process, the cciss driver only +implements the first two of these actions, aborting the command, and +resetting the device. Additionally, most tape drives will not oblige +in aborting commands, and sometimes it appears they will not even +obey a reset command, though in most circumstances they will. In +the case that the command cannot be aborted and the device cannot be +reset, the device will be set offline. + +In the event the error handling code is triggered and a tape drive is +successfully reset or the tardy command is successfully aborted, the +tape drive may still not allow i/o to continue until some command +is issued which positions the tape to a known position. Typically you +must rewind the tape (by issuing "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind" for example) +before i/o can proceed again to a tape drive which was reset. + diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7154e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +This driver is for Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers. + +Supported Cards: +---------------- + +This driver is known to work with the following cards: + + * SMART (EISA) + * SMART-2/E (EISA) + * SMART-2/P + * SMART-2DH + * SMART-2SL + * SMART-221 + * SMART-3100ES + * SMART-3200 + * Integrated Smart Array Controller + * SA 4200 + * SA 4250ES + * SA 431 + * RAID LC2 Controller + +It should also work with some really old Disk array adapters, but I am +unable to test against these cards: + + * IDA + * IDA-2 + * IAES + + +EISA Controllers: +----------------- + +If you want to use an EISA controller you'll have to supply some +modprobe/lilo parameters. If the driver is compiled into the kernel, must +give it the controller's IO port address at boot time (it is not +necessary to specify the IRQ). For example, if you had two SMART-2/E +controllers, in EISA slots 1 and 2 you'd give it a boot argument like +this: + + smart2=0x1000,0x2000 + +If you were loading the driver as a module, you'd give load it like this: + + modprobe cpqarray eisa=0x1000,0x2000 + +You can use EISA and PCI adapters at the same time. + + +Device Naming: +-------------- + +You need some entries in /dev for the ida device. MAKEDEV in the /dev +directory can make device nodes for you automatically. The device setup is +as follows: + +Major numbers: + 72 ida0 + 73 ida1 + 74 ida2 + 75 ida3 + 76 ida4 + 77 ida5 + 78 ida6 + 79 ida7 + +Minor numbers: + b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + |----+----| |----+----| + | | + | +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition) + | + +-------------------- Logical Volume number + +The device naming scheme is: +/dev/ida/c0d0 Controller 0, disk 0, whole device +/dev/ida/c0d0p1 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1 +/dev/ida/c0d0p2 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2 +/dev/ida/c0d0p3 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3 + +/dev/ida/c1d1 Controller 1, disk 1, whole device +/dev/ida/c1d1p1 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1 +/dev/ida/c1d1p2 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2 +/dev/ida/c1d1p3 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3 + + +Changelog: +========== + +10-28-2004 : General cleanup, syntax fixes for in-kernel driver version. + James Nelson + + +1999 : Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ccab88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +This file describes the floppy driver. + +FAQ list: +========= + + A FAQ list may be found in the fdutils package (see below), and also +at . + + +LILO configuration options (Thinkpad users, read this) +====================================================== + + The floppy driver is configured using the 'floppy=' option in +lilo. This option can be typed at the boot prompt, or entered in the +lilo configuration file. + + Example: If your kernel is called linux-2.6.9, type the following line +at the lilo boot prompt (if you have a thinkpad): + + linux-2.6.9 floppy=thinkpad + +You may also enter the following line in /etc/lilo.conf, in the description +of linux-2.6.9: + + append = "floppy=thinkpad" + + Several floppy related options may be given, example: + + linux-2.6.9 floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc + append = "floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc" + + If you give options both in the lilo config file and on the boot +prompt, the option strings of both places are concatenated, the boot +prompt options coming last. That's why there are also options to +restore the default behavior. + + +Module configuration options +============================ + + If you use the floppy driver as a module, use the following syntax: +modprobe floppy + +Example: + modprobe floppy omnibook messages + + If you need certain options enabled every time you load the floppy driver, +you can put: + + options floppy omnibook messages + +in /etc/modprobe.conf. + + + The floppy driver related options are: + + floppy=asus_pci + Sets the bit mask to allow only units 0 and 1. (default) + + floppy=daring + Tells the floppy driver that you have a well behaved floppy controller. + This allows more efficient and smoother operation, but may fail on + certain controllers. This may speed up certain operations. + + floppy=0,daring + Tells the floppy driver that your floppy controller should be used + with caution. + + floppy=one_fdc + Tells the floppy driver that you have only one floppy controller. + (default) + + floppy=two_fdc + floppy=
,two_fdc + Tells the floppy driver that you have two floppy controllers. + The second floppy controller is assumed to be at
. + This option is not needed if the second controller is at address + 0x370, and if you use the 'cmos' option. + + floppy=thinkpad + Tells the floppy driver that you have a Thinkpad. Thinkpads use an + inverted convention for the disk change line. + + floppy=0,thinkpad + Tells the floppy driver that you don't have a Thinkpad. + + floppy=omnibook + floppy=nodma + Tells the floppy driver not to use Dma for data transfers. + This is needed on HP Omnibooks, which don't have a workable + DMA channel for the floppy driver. This option is also useful + if you frequently get "Unable to allocate DMA memory" messages. + Indeed, dma memory needs to be continuous in physical memory, + and is thus harder to find, whereas non-dma buffers may be + allocated in virtual memory. However, I advise against this if + you have an FDC without a FIFO (8272A or 82072). 82072A and + later are OK. You also need at least a 486 to use nodma. + If you use nodma mode, I suggest you also set the FIFO + threshold to 10 or lower, in order to limit the number of data + transfer interrupts. + + If you have a FIFO-able FDC, the floppy driver automatically + falls back on non DMA mode if no DMA-able memory can be found. + If you want to avoid this, explicitly ask for 'yesdma'. + + floppy=yesdma + Tells the floppy driver that a workable DMA channel is available. + (default) + + floppy=nofifo + Disables the FIFO entirely. This is needed if you get "Bus + master arbitration error" messages from your Ethernet card (or + from other devices) while accessing the floppy. + + floppy=usefifo + Enables the FIFO. (default) + + floppy=,fifo_depth + Sets the FIFO threshold. This is mostly relevant in DMA + mode. If this is higher, the floppy driver tolerates more + interrupt latency, but it triggers more interrupts (i.e. it + imposes more load on the rest of the system). If this is + lower, the interrupt latency should be lower too (faster + processor). The benefit of a lower threshold is less + interrupts. + + To tune the fifo threshold, switch on over/underrun messages + using 'floppycontrol --messages'. Then access a floppy + disk. If you get a huge amount of "Over/Underrun - retrying" + messages, then the fifo threshold is too low. Try with a + higher value, until you only get an occasional Over/Underrun. + It is a good idea to compile the floppy driver as a module + when doing this tuning. Indeed, it allows to try different + fifo values without rebooting the machine for each test. Note + that you need to do 'floppycontrol --messages' every time you + re-insert the module. + + Usually, tuning the fifo threshold should not be needed, as + the default (0xa) is reasonable. + + floppy=,,cmos + Sets the CMOS type of to . This is mandatory if + you have more than two floppy drives (only two can be + described in the physical CMOS), or if your BIOS uses + non-standard CMOS types. The CMOS types are: + + 0 - Use the value of the physical CMOS + 1 - 5 1/4 DD + 2 - 5 1/4 HD + 3 - 3 1/2 DD + 4 - 3 1/2 HD + 5 - 3 1/2 ED + 6 - 3 1/2 ED + 16 - unknown or not installed + + (Note: there are two valid types for ED drives. This is because 5 was + initially chosen to represent floppy *tapes*, and 6 for ED drives. + AMI ignored this, and used 5 for ED drives. That's why the floppy + driver handles both.) + + floppy=unexpected_interrupts + Print a warning message when an unexpected interrupt is received. + (default) + + floppy=no_unexpected_interrupts + floppy=L40SX + Don't print a message when an unexpected interrupt is received. This + is needed on IBM L40SX laptops in certain video modes. (There seems + to be an interaction between video and floppy. The unexpected + interrupts affect only performance, and can be safely ignored.) + + floppy=broken_dcl + Don't use the disk change line, but assume that the disk was + changed whenever the device node is reopened. Needed on some + boxes where the disk change line is broken or unsupported. + This should be regarded as a stopgap measure, indeed it makes + floppy operation less efficient due to unneeded cache + flushings, and slightly more unreliable. Please verify your + cable, connection and jumper settings if you have any DCL + problems. However, some older drives, and also some laptops + are known not to have a DCL. + + floppy=debug + Print debugging messages. + + floppy=messages + Print informational messages for some operations (disk change + notifications, warnings about over and underruns, and about + autodetection). + + floppy=silent_dcl_clear + Uses a less noisy way to clear the disk change line (which + doesn't involve seeks). Implied by 'daring' option. + + floppy=,irq + Sets the floppy IRQ to instead of 6. + + floppy=,dma + Sets the floppy DMA channel to instead of 2. + + floppy=slow + Use PS/2 stepping rate: + " PS/2 floppies have much slower step rates than regular floppies. + It's been recommended that take about 1/4 of the default speed + in some more extreme cases." + + +Supporting utilities and additional documentation: +================================================== + + Additional parameters of the floppy driver can be configured at +runtime. Utilities which do this can be found in the fdutils package. +This package also contains a new version of mtools which allows to +access high capacity disks (up to 1992K on a high density 3 1/2 disk!). +It also contains additional documentation about the floppy driver. + +The latest version can be found at fdutils homepage: + http://fdutils.linux.lu + +The fdutils releases can be found at: + http://fdutils.linux.lu/download.html + http://www.tux.org/pub/knaff/fdutils/ + ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/disk-management/ + +Reporting problems about the floppy driver +========================================== + + If you have a question or a bug report about the floppy driver, mail +me at Alain.Knaff@poboxes.com . If you post to Usenet, preferably use +comp.os.linux.hardware. As the volume in these groups is rather high, +be sure to include the word "floppy" (or "FLOPPY") in the subject +line. If the reported problem happens when mounting floppy disks, be +sure to mention also the type of the filesystem in the subject line. + + Be sure to read the FAQ before mailing/posting any bug reports! + + Alain + +Changelog +========= + +10-30-2004 : Cleanup, updating, add reference to module configuration. + James Nelson + +6-3-2000 : Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aeb93ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + Network Block Device (TCP version) + + What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux + can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time + the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a + request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read. + This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless - + if you boot from floppy) to borrow disk space from another computer. + Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc. It should + even be possible to use NBD as a root filesystem (I've never tried), + but it requires a user-level program to be in the initrd to start. + It also allows you to run block-device in user land (making server + and client physically the same computer, communicating using loopback). + + Current state: It currently works. Network block device is stable. + I originally thought that it was impossible to swap over TCP. It + turned out not to be true - swapping over TCP now works and seems + to be deadlock-free, but it requires heavy patches into Linux's + network layer. + + For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server + tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/. + + Howto: To setup nbd, you can simply do the following: + + First, serve a device or file from a remote server: + + nbd-server + + e.g., + root@server1 # nbd-server 1234 /dev/sdb1 + + (serves sdb1 partition on TCP port 1234) + + Then, on the local (client) system: + + nbd-client /dev/nb[0-n] + + e.g., + root@client1 # nbd-client server1 1234 /dev/nb0 + + (creates the nb0 device on client1) + + The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client + system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact, + the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating + systems, including Windows. diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e431267 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt @@ -0,0 +1,417 @@ + + Linux and parallel port IDE devices + +PARIDE v1.03 (c) 1997-8 Grant Guenther + +1. Introduction + +Owing to the simplicity and near universality of the parallel port interface +to personal computers, many external devices such as portable hard-disk, +CD-ROM, LS-120 and tape drives use the parallel port to connect to their +host computer. While some devices (notably scanners) use ad-hoc methods +to pass commands and data through the parallel port interface, most +external devices are actually identical to an internal model, but with +a parallel-port adapter chip added in. Some of the original parallel port +adapters were little more than mechanisms for multiplexing a SCSI bus. +(The Iomega PPA-3 adapter used in the ZIP drives is an example of this +approach). Most current designs, however, take a different approach. +The adapter chip reproduces a small ISA or IDE bus in the external device +and the communication protocol provides operations for reading and writing +device registers, as well as data block transfer functions. Sometimes, +the device being addressed via the parallel cable is a standard SCSI +controller like an NCR 5380. The "ditto" family of external tape +drives use the ISA replicator to interface a floppy disk controller, +which is then connected to a floppy-tape mechanism. The vast majority +of external parallel port devices, however, are now based on standard +IDE type devices, which require no intermediate controller. If one +were to open up a parallel port CD-ROM drive, for instance, one would +find a standard ATAPI CD-ROM drive, a power supply, and a single adapter +that interconnected a standard PC parallel port cable and a standard +IDE cable. It is usually possible to exchange the CD-ROM device with +any other device using the IDE interface. + +The document describes the support in Linux for parallel port IDE +devices. It does not cover parallel port SCSI devices, "ditto" tape +drives or scanners. Many different devices are supported by the +parallel port IDE subsystem, including: + + MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM + MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD + MicroSolutions backpack hard-drives + MicroSolutions backpack 8000t tape drive + SyQuest EZ-135, EZ-230 & SparQ drives + Avatar Shark + Imation Superdisk LS-120 + Maxell Superdisk LS-120 + FreeCom Power CD + Hewlett-Packard 5GB and 8GB tape drives + Hewlett-Packard 7100 and 7200 CD-RW drives + +as well as most of the clone and no-name products on the market. + +To support such a wide range of devices, PARIDE, the parallel port IDE +subsystem, is actually structured in three parts. There is a base +paride module which provides a registry and some common methods for +accessing the parallel ports. The second component is a set of +high-level drivers for each of the different types of supported devices: + + pd IDE disk + pcd ATAPI CD-ROM + pf ATAPI disk + pt ATAPI tape + pg ATAPI generic + +(Currently, the pg driver is only used with CD-R drives). + +The high-level drivers function according to the relevant standards. +The third component of PARIDE is a set of low-level protocol drivers +for each of the parallel port IDE adapter chips. Thanks to the interest +and encouragement of Linux users from many parts of the world, +support is available for almost all known adapter protocols: + + aten ATEN EH-100 (HK) + bpck Microsolutions backpack (US) + comm DataStor (old-type) "commuter" adapter (TW) + dstr DataStor EP-2000 (TW) + epat Shuttle EPAT (UK) + epia Shuttle EPIA (UK) + fit2 FIT TD-2000 (US) + fit3 FIT TD-3000 (US) + friq Freecom IQ cable (DE) + frpw Freecom Power (DE) + kbic KingByte KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A (TW) + ktti KT Technology PHd adapter (SG) + on20 OnSpec 90c20 (US) + on26 OnSpec 90c26 (US) + + +2. Using the PARIDE subsystem + +While configuring the Linux kernel, you may choose either to build +the PARIDE drivers into your kernel, or to build them as modules. + +In either case, you will need to select "Parallel port IDE device support" +as well as at least one of the high-level drivers and at least one +of the parallel port communication protocols. If you do not know +what kind of parallel port adapter is used in your drive, you could +begin by checking the file names and any text files on your DOS +installation floppy. Alternatively, you can look at the markings on +the adapter chip itself. That's usually sufficient to identify the +correct device. + +You can actually select all the protocol modules, and allow the PARIDE +subsystem to try them all for you. + +For the "brand-name" products listed above, here are the protocol +and high-level drivers that you would use: + + Manufacturer Model Driver Protocol + + MicroSolutions CD-ROM pcd bpck + MicroSolutions PD drive pf bpck + MicroSolutions hard-drive pd bpck + MicroSolutions 8000t tape pt bpck + SyQuest EZ, SparQ pd epat + Imation Superdisk pf epat + Maxell Superdisk pf friq + Avatar Shark pd epat + FreeCom CD-ROM pcd frpw + Hewlett-Packard 5GB Tape pt epat + Hewlett-Packard 7200e (CD) pcd epat + Hewlett-Packard 7200e (CD-R) pg epat + +2.1 Configuring built-in drivers + +We recommend that you get to know how the drivers work and how to +configure them as loadable modules, before attempting to compile a +kernel with the drivers built-in. + +If you built all of your PARIDE support directly into your kernel, +and you have just a single parallel port IDE device, your kernel should +locate it automatically for you. If you have more than one device, +you may need to give some command line options to your bootloader +(eg: LILO), how to do that is beyond the scope of this document. + +The high-level drivers accept a number of command line parameters, all +of which are documented in the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride. +By default, each driver will automatically try all parallel ports it +can find, and all protocol types that have been installed, until it finds +a parallel port IDE adapter. Once it finds one, the probe stops. So, +if you have more than one device, you will need to tell the drivers +how to identify them. This requires specifying the port address, the +protocol identification number and, for some devices, the drive's +chain ID. While your system is booting, a number of messages are +displayed on the console. Like all such messages, they can be +reviewed with the 'dmesg' command. Among those messages will be +some lines like: + + paride: bpck registered as protocol 0 + paride: epat registered as protocol 1 + +The numbers will always be the same until you build a new kernel with +different protocol selections. You should note these numbers as you +will need them to identify the devices. + +If you happen to be using a MicroSolutions backpack device, you will +also need to know the unit ID number for each drive. This is usually +the last two digits of the drive's serial number (but read MicroSolutions' +documentation about this). + +As an example, let's assume that you have a MicroSolutions PD/CD drive +with unit ID number 36 connected to the parallel port at 0x378, a SyQuest +EZ-135 connected to the chained port on the PD/CD drive and also an +Imation Superdisk connected to port 0x278. You could give the following +options on your boot command: + + pd.drive0=0x378,1 pf.drive0=0x278,1 pf.drive1=0x378,0,36 + +In the last option, pf.drive1 configures device /dev/pf1, the 0x378 +is the parallel port base address, the 0 is the protocol registration +number and 36 is the chain ID. + +Please note: while PARIDE will work both with and without the +PARPORT parallel port sharing system that is included by the +"Parallel port support" option, PARPORT must be included and enabled +if you want to use chains of devices on the same parallel port. + +2.2 Loading and configuring PARIDE as modules + +It is much faster and simpler to get to understand the PARIDE drivers +if you use them as loadable kernel modules. + +Note 1: using these drivers with the "kerneld" automatic module loading +system is not recommended for beginners, and is not documented here. + +Note 2: if you build PARPORT support as a loadable module, PARIDE must +also be built as loadable modules, and PARPORT must be loaded before the +PARIDE modules. + +To use PARIDE, you must begin by + + insmod paride + +this loads a base module which provides a registry for the protocols, +among other tasks. + +Then, load as many of the protocol modules as you think you might need. +As you load each module, it will register the protocols that it supports, +and print a log message to your kernel log file and your console. For +example: + + # insmod epat + paride: epat registered as protocol 0 + # insmod kbic + paride: k951 registered as protocol 1 + paride: k971 registered as protocol 2 + +Finally, you can load high-level drivers for each kind of device that +you have connected. By default, each driver will autoprobe for a single +device, but you can support up to four similar devices by giving their +individual co-ordinates when you load the driver. + +For example, if you had two no-name CD-ROM drives both using the +KingByte KBIC-951A adapter, one on port 0x378 and the other on 0x3bc +you could give the following command: + + # insmod pcd drive0=0x378,1 drive1=0x3bc,1 + +For most adapters, giving a port address and protocol number is sufficient, +but check the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride for more +information. (Hopefully someone will write some man pages one day !). + +As another example, here's what happens when PARPORT is installed, and +a SyQuest EZ-135 is attached to port 0x378: + + # insmod paride + paride: version 1.0 installed + # insmod epat + paride: epat registered as protocol 0 + # insmod pd + pd: pd version 1.0, major 45, cluster 64, nice 0 + pda: Sharing parport1 at 0x378 + pda: epat 1.0, Shuttle EPAT chip c3 at 0x378, mode 5 (EPP-32), delay 1 + pda: SyQuest EZ135A, 262144 blocks [128M], (512/16/32), removable media + pda: pda1 + +Note that the last line is the output from the generic partition table +scanner - in this case it reports that it has found a disk with one partition. + +2.3 Using a PARIDE device + +Once the drivers have been loaded, you can access PARIDE devices in the +same way as their traditional counterparts. You will probably need to +create the device "special files". Here is a simple script that you can +cut to a file and execute: + +#!/bin/bash +# +# mkd -- a script to create the device special files for the PARIDE subsystem +# +function mkdev { + mknod $1 $2 $3 $4 ; chmod 0660 $1 ; chown root:disk $1 +} +# +function pd { + D=$( printf \\$( printf "x%03x" $[ $1 + 97 ] ) ) + mkdev pd$D b 45 $[ $1 * 16 ] + for P in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 + do mkdev pd$D$P b 45 $[ $1 * 16 + $P ] + done +} +# +cd /dev +# +for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do pd $u ; done +for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pcd$u b 46 $u ; done +for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pf$u b 47 $u ; done +for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pt$u c 96 $u ; done +for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev npt$u c 96 $[ $u + 128 ] ; done +for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pg$u c 97 $u ; done +# +# end of mkd + +With the device files and drivers in place, you can access PARIDE devices +like any other Linux device. For example, to mount a CD-ROM in pcd0, use: + + mount /dev/pcd0 /cdrom + +If you have a fresh Avatar Shark cartridge, and the drive is pda, you +might do something like: + + fdisk /dev/pda -- make a new partition table with + partition 1 of type 83 + + mke2fs /dev/pda1 -- to build the file system + + mkdir /shark -- make a place to mount the disk + + mount /dev/pda1 /shark + +Devices like the Imation superdisk work in the same way, except that +they do not have a partition table. For example to make a 120MB +floppy that you could share with a DOS system: + + mkdosfs /dev/pf0 + mount /dev/pf0 /mnt + + +2.4 The pf driver + +The pf driver is intended for use with parallel port ATAPI disk +devices. The most common devices in this category are PD drives +and LS-120 drives. Traditionally, media for these devices are not +partitioned. Consequently, the pf driver does not support partitioned +media. This may be changed in a future version of the driver. + +2.5 Using the pt driver + +The pt driver for parallel port ATAPI tape drives is a minimal driver. +It does not yet support many of the standard tape ioctl operations. +For best performance, a block size of 32KB should be used. You will +probably want to set the parallel port delay to 0, if you can. + +2.6 Using the pg driver + +The pg driver can be used in conjunction with the cdrecord program +to create CD-ROMs. Please get cdrecord version 1.6.1 or later +from ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/ . To record CD-R media +your parallel port should ideally be set to EPP mode, and the "port delay" +should be set to 0. With those settings it is possible to record at 2x +speed without any buffer underruns. If you cannot get the driver to work +in EPP mode, try to use "bidirectional" or "PS/2" mode and 1x speeds only. + + +3. Troubleshooting + +3.1 Use EPP mode if you can + +The most common problems that people report with the PARIDE drivers +concern the parallel port CMOS settings. At this time, none of the +PARIDE protocol modules support ECP mode, or any ECP combination modes. +If you are able to do so, please set your parallel port into EPP mode +using your CMOS setup procedure. + +3.2 Check the port delay + +Some parallel ports cannot reliably transfer data at full speed. To +offset the errors, the PARIDE protocol modules introduce a "port +delay" between each access to the i/o ports. Each protocol sets +a default value for this delay. In most cases, the user can override +the default and set it to 0 - resulting in somewhat higher transfer +rates. In some rare cases (especially with older 486 systems) the +default delays are not long enough. if you experience corrupt data +transfers, or unexpected failures, you may wish to increase the +port delay. The delay can be programmed using the "driveN" parameters +to each of the high-level drivers. Please see the notes above, or +read the comments at the beginning of the driver source files in +linux/drivers/block/paride. + +3.3 Some drives need a printer reset + +There appear to be a number of "noname" external drives on the market +that do not always power up correctly. We have noticed this with some +drives based on OnSpec and older Freecom adapters. In these rare cases, +the adapter can often be reinitialised by issuing a "printer reset" on +the parallel port. As the reset operation is potentially disruptive in +multiple device environments, the PARIDE drivers will not do it +automatically. You can however, force a printer reset by doing: + + insmod lp reset=1 + rmmod lp + +If you have one of these marginal cases, you should probably build +your paride drivers as modules, and arrange to do the printer reset +before loading the PARIDE drivers. + +3.4 Use the verbose option and dmesg if you need help + +While a lot of testing has gone into these drivers to make them work +as smoothly as possible, problems will arise. If you do have problems, +please check all the obvious things first: does the drive work in +DOS with the manufacturer's drivers ? If that doesn't yield any useful +clues, then please make sure that only one drive is hooked to your system, +and that either (a) PARPORT is enabled or (b) no other device driver +is using your parallel port (check in /proc/ioports). Then, load the +appropriate drivers (you can load several protocol modules if you want) +as in: + + # insmod paride + # insmod epat + # insmod bpck + # insmod kbic + ... + # insmod pd verbose=1 + +(using the correct driver for the type of device you have, of course). +The verbose=1 parameter will cause the drivers to log a trace of their +activity as they attempt to locate your drive. + +Use 'dmesg' to capture a log of all the PARIDE messages (any messages +beginning with paride:, a protocol module's name or a driver's name) and +include that with your bug report. You can submit a bug report in one +of two ways. Either send it directly to the author of the PARIDE suite, +by e-mail to grant@torque.net, or join the linux-parport mailing list +and post your report there. + +3.5 For more information or help + +You can join the linux-parport mailing list by sending a mail message +to + linux-parport-request@torque.net + +with the single word + + subscribe + +in the body of the mail message (not in the subject line). Please be +sure that your mail program is correctly set up when you do this, as +the list manager is a robot that will subscribe you using the reply +address in your mail headers. REMOVE any anti-spam gimmicks you may +have in your mail headers, when sending mail to the list server. + +You might also find some useful information on the linux-parport +web pages (although they are not always up to date) at + + http://www.torque.net/parport/ + + diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c820ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +Using the RAM disk block device with Linux +------------------------------------------ + +Contents: + + 1) Overview + 2) Kernel Command Line Parameters + 3) Using "rdev -r" + 4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk + + +1) Overview +----------- + +The RAM disk driver is a way to use main system memory as a block device. It +is required for initrd, an initial filesystem used if you need to load modules +in order to access the root filesystem (see Documentation/initrd.txt). It can +also be used for a temporary filesystem for crypto work, since the contents +are erased on reboot. + +The RAM disk dynamically grows as more space is required. It does this by using +RAM from the buffer cache. The driver marks the buffers it is using as dirty +so that the VM subsystem does not try to reclaim them later. + +The RAM disk supports up to 16 RAM disks by default, and can be reconfigured +to support an unlimited number of RAM disks (at your own risk). Just change +the configuration symbol BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT in the Block drivers config menu +and (re)build the kernel. + +To use RAM disk support with your system, run './MAKEDEV ram' from the /dev +directory. RAM disks are all major number 1, and start with minor number 0 +for /dev/ram0, etc. If used, modern kernels use /dev/ram0 for an initrd. + +The new RAM disk also has the ability to load compressed RAM disk images, +allowing one to squeeze more programs onto an average installation or +rescue floppy disk. + + +2) Kernel Command Line Parameters +--------------------------------- + + ramdisk_size=N + ============== + +This parameter tells the RAM disk driver to set up RAM disks of N k size. The +default is 4096 (4 MB) (8192 (8 MB) on S390). + + ramdisk_blocksize=N + =================== + +This parameter tells the RAM disk driver how many bytes to use per block. The +default is 1024 (BLOCK_SIZE). + + +3) Using "rdev -r" +------------------ + +The usage of the word (two bytes) that "rdev -r" sets in the kernel image is +as follows. The low 11 bits (0 -> 10) specify an offset (in 1 k blocks) of up +to 2 MB (2^11) of where to find the RAM disk (this used to be the size). Bit +14 indicates that a RAM disk is to be loaded, and bit 15 indicates whether a +prompt/wait sequence is to be given before trying to read the RAM disk. Since +the RAM disk dynamically grows as data is being written into it, a size field +is not required. Bits 11 to 13 are not currently used and may as well be zero. +These numbers are no magical secrets, as seen below: + +./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_IMAGE_START_MASK 0x07FF +./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_PROMPT_FLAG 0x8000 +./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_LOAD_FLAG 0x4000 + +Consider a typical two floppy disk setup, where you will have the +kernel on disk one, and have already put a RAM disk image onto disk #2. + +Hence you want to set bits 0 to 13 as 0, meaning that your RAM disk +starts at an offset of 0 kB from the beginning of the floppy. +The command line equivalent is: "ramdisk_start=0" + +You want bit 14 as one, indicating that a RAM disk is to be loaded. +The command line equivalent is: "load_ramdisk=1" + +You want bit 15 as one, indicating that you want a prompt/keypress +sequence so that you have a chance to switch floppy disks. +The command line equivalent is: "prompt_ramdisk=1" + +Putting that together gives 2^15 + 2^14 + 0 = 49152 for an rdev word. +So to create disk one of the set, you would do: + + /usr/src/linux# cat arch/i386/boot/zImage > /dev/fd0 + /usr/src/linux# rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0 + /usr/src/linux# rdev -r /dev/fd0 49152 + +If you make a boot disk that has LILO, then for the above, you would use: + append = "ramdisk_start=0 load_ramdisk=1 prompt_ramdisk=1" +Since the default start = 0 and the default prompt = 1, you could use: + append = "load_ramdisk=1" + + +4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk +---------------------------------------------- + +To create a RAM disk image, you will need a spare block device to +construct it on. This can be the RAM disk device itself, or an +unused disk partition (such as an unmounted swap partition). For this +example, we will use the RAM disk device, "/dev/ram0". + +Note: This technique should not be done on a machine with less than 8 MB +of RAM. If using a spare disk partition instead of /dev/ram0, then this +restriction does not apply. + +a) Decide on the RAM disk size that you want. Say 2 MB for this example. + Create it by writing to the RAM disk device. (This step is not currently + required, but may be in the future.) It is wise to zero out the + area (esp. for disks) so that maximal compression is achieved for + the unused blocks of the image that you are about to create. + + dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048 + +b) Make a filesystem on it. Say ext2fs for this example. + + mke2fs -vm0 /dev/ram0 2048 + +c) Mount it, copy the files you want to it (eg: /etc/* /dev/* ...) + and unmount it again. + +d) Compress the contents of the RAM disk. The level of compression + will be approximately 50% of the space used by the files. Unused + space on the RAM disk will compress to almost nothing. + + dd if=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048 | gzip -v9 > /tmp/ram_image.gz + +e) Put the kernel onto the floppy + + dd if=zImage of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k + +f) Put the RAM disk image onto the floppy, after the kernel. Use an offset + that is slightly larger than the kernel, so that you can put another + (possibly larger) kernel onto the same floppy later without overlapping + the RAM disk image. An offset of 400 kB for kernels about 350 kB in + size would be reasonable. Make sure offset+size of ram_image.gz is + not larger than the total space on your floppy (usually 1440 kB). + + dd if=/tmp/ram_image.gz of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k seek=400 + +g) Use "rdev" to set the boot device, RAM disk offset, prompt flag, etc. + For prompt_ramdisk=1, load_ramdisk=1, ramdisk_start=400, one would + have 2^15 + 2^14 + 400 = 49552. + + rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0 + rdev -r /dev/fd0 49552 + +That is it. You now have your boot/root compressed RAM disk floppy. Some +users may wish to combine steps (d) and (f) by using a pipe. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Paul Gortmaker 12/95 + +Changelog: +---------- + +10-22-04 : Updated to reflect changes in command line options, remove + obsolete references, general cleanup. + James Nelson (james4765@gmail.com) + + +12-95 : Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/cciss.txt b/Documentation/cciss.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 89698e8..0000000 --- a/Documentation/cciss.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -This driver is for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers. - -Supported Cards: ----------------- - -This driver is known to work with the following cards: - - * SA 5300 - * SA 5i - * SA 532 - * SA 5312 - * SA 641 - * SA 642 - * SA 6400 - * SA 6400 U320 Expansion Module - * SA 6i - * SA P600 - * SA P800 - * SA E400 - * SA P400i - * SA E200 - * SA E200i - * SA E500 - * SA P700m - * SA P212 - * SA P410 - * SA P410i - * SA P411 - * SA P812 - * SA P712m - * SA P711m - -Detecting drive failures: -------------------------- - -To get the status of logical volumes and to detect physical drive -failures, you can use the cciss_vol_status program found here: -http://cciss.sourceforge.net/#cciss_utils - -Device Naming: --------------- - -If nodes are not already created in the /dev/cciss directory, run as root: - -# cd /dev -# ./MAKEDEV cciss - -You need some entries in /dev for the cciss device. The MAKEDEV script -can make device nodes for you automatically. Currently the device setup -is as follows: - -Major numbers: - 104 cciss0 - 105 cciss1 - 106 cciss2 - 105 cciss3 - 108 cciss4 - 109 cciss5 - 110 cciss6 - 111 cciss7 - -Minor numbers: - b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - |----+----| |----+----| - | | - | +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition) - | - +-------------------- Logical Volume number - -The device naming scheme is: -/dev/cciss/c0d0 Controller 0, disk 0, whole device -/dev/cciss/c0d0p1 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1 -/dev/cciss/c0d0p2 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2 -/dev/cciss/c0d0p3 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3 - -/dev/cciss/c1d1 Controller 1, disk 1, whole device -/dev/cciss/c1d1p1 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1 -/dev/cciss/c1d1p2 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2 -/dev/cciss/c1d1p3 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3 - -SCSI tape drive and medium changer support ------------------------------------------- - -SCSI sequential access devices and medium changer devices are supported and -appropriate device nodes are automatically created. (e.g. -/dev/st0, /dev/st1, etc. See the "st" man page for more details.) -You must enable "SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx" and -"SCSI support" in your kernel configuration to be able to use SCSI -tape drives with your Smart Array 5xxx controller. - -Additionally, note that the driver will not engage the SCSI core at init -time. The driver must be directed to dynamically engage the SCSI core via -the /proc filesystem entry which the "block" side of the driver creates as -/proc/driver/cciss/cciss* at runtime. This is because at driver init time, -the SCSI core may not yet be initialized (because the driver is a block -driver) and attempting to register it with the SCSI core in such a case -would cause a hang. This is best done via an initialization script -(typically in /etc/init.d, but could vary depending on distribution). -For example: - - for x in /proc/driver/cciss/cciss[0-9]* - do - echo "engage scsi" > $x - done - -Once the SCSI core is engaged by the driver, it cannot be disengaged -(except by unloading the driver, if it happens to be linked as a module.) - -Note also that if no sequential access devices or medium changers are -detected, the SCSI core will not be engaged by the action of the above -script. - -Hot plug support for SCSI tape drives -------------------------------------- - -Hot plugging of SCSI tape drives is supported, with some caveats. -The cciss driver must be informed that changes to the SCSI bus -have been made. This may be done via the /proc filesystem. -For example: - - echo "rescan" > /proc/scsi/cciss0/1 - -This causes the driver to query the adapter about changes to the -physical SCSI buses and/or fibre channel arbitrated loop and the -driver to make note of any new or removed sequential access devices -or medium changers. The driver will output messages indicating what -devices have been added or removed and the controller, bus, target and -lun used to address the device. It then notifies the SCSI mid layer -of these changes. - -Note that the naming convention of the /proc filesystem entries -contains a number in addition to the driver name. (E.g. "cciss0" -instead of just "cciss" which you might expect.) - -Note: ONLY sequential access devices and medium changers are presented -as SCSI devices to the SCSI mid layer by the cciss driver. Specifically, -physical SCSI disk drives are NOT presented to the SCSI mid layer. The -physical SCSI disk drives are controlled directly by the array controller -hardware and it is important to prevent the kernel from attempting to directly -access these devices too, as if the array controller were merely a SCSI -controller in the same way that we are allowing it to access SCSI tape drives. - -SCSI error handling for tape drives and medium changers -------------------------------------------------------- - -The linux SCSI mid layer provides an error handling protocol which -kicks into gear whenever a SCSI command fails to complete within a -certain amount of time (which can vary depending on the command). -The cciss driver participates in this protocol to some extent. The -normal protocol is a four step process. First the device is told -to abort the command. If that doesn't work, the device is reset. -If that doesn't work, the SCSI bus is reset. If that doesn't work -the host bus adapter is reset. Because the cciss driver is a block -driver as well as a SCSI driver and only the tape drives and medium -changers are presented to the SCSI mid layer, and unlike more -straightforward SCSI drivers, disk i/o continues through the block -side during the SCSI error recovery process, the cciss driver only -implements the first two of these actions, aborting the command, and -resetting the device. Additionally, most tape drives will not oblige -in aborting commands, and sometimes it appears they will not even -obey a reset command, though in most circumstances they will. In -the case that the command cannot be aborted and the device cannot be -reset, the device will be set offline. - -In the event the error handling code is triggered and a tape drive is -successfully reset or the tardy command is successfully aborted, the -tape drive may still not allow i/o to continue until some command -is issued which positions the tape to a known position. Typically you -must rewind the tape (by issuing "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind" for example) -before i/o can proceed again to a tape drive which was reset. - diff --git a/Documentation/computone.txt b/Documentation/computone.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5e2a0c7..0000000 --- a/Documentation/computone.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,522 +0,0 @@ -NOTE: This is an unmaintained driver. It is not guaranteed to work due to -changes made in the tty layer in 2.6. If you wish to take over maintenance of -this driver, contact Michael Warfield . - -Changelog: ----------- -11-01-2001: Original Document - -10-29-2004: Minor misspelling & format fix, update status of driver. - James Nelson - -Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver ------------------------------------------------------ - -Release Notes For Linux Kernel 2.2 and higher. -These notes are for the drivers which have already been integrated into the -kernel and have been tested on Linux kernels 2.0, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4. - -Version: 1.2.14 -Date: 11/01/2001 -Historical Author: Andrew Manison -Primary Author: Doug McNash -Support: support@computone.com -Fixes and Updates: Mike Warfield - -This file assumes that you are using the Computone drivers which are -integrated into the kernel sources. For updating the drivers or installing -drivers into kernels which do not already have Computone drivers, please -refer to the instructions in the README.computone file in the driver patch. - - -1. INTRODUCTION - -This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus controllers -with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers. It does not support -products previous to the Intelliport II. - -This driver was developed on the v2.0.x Linux tree and has been tested up -to v2.4.14; it will probably not work with earlier v1.X kernels,. - - -2. QUICK INSTALLATION - -Hardware - If you have an ISA card, find a free interrupt and io port. - List those in use with `cat /proc/interrupts` and - `cat /proc/ioports`. Set the card dip switches to a free - address. You may need to configure your BIOS to reserve an - irq for an ISA card. PCI and EISA parameters are set - automagically. Insert card into computer with the power off - before or after drivers installation. - - Note the hardware address from the Computone ISA cards installed into - the system. These are required for editing ip2.c or editing - /etc/modprobe.conf, or for specification on the modprobe - command line. - - Note that the /etc/modules.conf should be used for older (pre-2.6) - kernels. - -Software - - -Module installation: - -a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be) -b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig" - Select (m) module for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character - devices. CONFIG_PCI and CONFIG_MODULES also may need to be set. -c) Set address on ISA cards then: - edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c if needed - or - edit /etc/modprobe.conf if needed (module). - or both to match this setting. -d) Run "make modules" -e) Run "make modules_install" -f) Run "/sbin/depmod -a" -g) install driver using `modprobe ip2 ` (options listed below) -h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version) - - -Kernel installation: - -a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be) -b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig" - Select (y) kernel for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character - devices. CONFIG_PCI may need to be set if you have PCI bus. -c) Set address on ISA cards then: - edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c - (Optional - may be specified on kernel command line now) -d) Run "make zImage" or whatever target you prefer. -e) mv /usr/src/linux/arch/i386/boot/zImage to /boot. -f) Add new config for this kernel into /etc/lilo.conf, run "lilo" - or copy to a floppy disk and boot from that floppy disk. -g) Reboot using this kernel -h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version) - -Kernel command line options: - -When compiling the driver into the kernel, io and irq may be -compiled into the driver by editing ip2.c and setting the values for -io and irq in the appropriate array. An alternative is to specify -a command line parameter to the kernel at boot up. - - ip2=io0,irq0,io1,irq1,io2,irq2,io3,irq3 - -Note that this order is very different from the specifications for the -modload parameters which have separate IRQ and IO specifiers. - -The io port also selects PCI (1) and EISA (2) boards. - - io=0 No board - io=1 PCI board - io=2 EISA board - else ISA board io address - -You only need to specify the boards which are present. - - Examples: - - 2 PCI boards: - - ip2=1,0,1,0 - - 1 ISA board at 0x310 irq 5: - - ip2=0x310,5 - -This can be added to and "append" option in lilo.conf similar to this: - - append="ip2=1,0,1,0" - - -3. INSTALLATION - -Previously, the driver sources were packaged with a set of patch files -to update the character drivers' makefile and configuration file, and other -kernel source files. A build script (ip2build) was included which applies -the patches if needed, and build any utilities needed. -What you receive may be a single patch file in conventional kernel -patch format build script. That form can also be applied by -running patch -p1 < ThePatchFile. Otherwise run ip2build. - -The driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built into the -kernel. This is selected as for other drivers through the `make config` -command from the root of the Linux source tree. If the driver is built -into the kernel you will need to edit the file ip2.c to match the boards -you are installing. See that file for instructions. If the driver is -installed as a module the configuration can also be specified on the -modprobe command line as follows: - - modprobe ip2 irq=irq1,irq2,irq3,irq4 io=addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4 - -where irqnum is one of the valid Intelliport II interrupts (3,4,5,7,10,11, -12,15) and addr1-4 are the base addresses for up to four controllers. If -the irqs are not specified the driver uses the default in ip2.c (which -selects polled mode). If no base addresses are specified the defaults in -ip2.c are used. If you are autoloading the driver module with kerneld or -kmod the base addresses and interrupt number must also be set in ip2.c -and recompile or just insert and options line in /etc/modprobe.conf or both. -The options line is equivalent to the command line and takes precedence over -what is in ip2.c. - -/etc/modprobe.conf sample: - options ip2 io=1,0x328 irq=1,10 - alias char-major-71 ip2 - alias char-major-72 ip2 - alias char-major-73 ip2 - -The equivalent in ip2.c: - -static int io[IP2_MAX_BOARDS]= { 1, 0x328, 0, 0 }; -static int irq[IP2_MAX_BOARDS] = { 1, 10, -1, -1 }; - -The equivalent for the kernel command line (in lilo.conf): - - append="ip2=1,1,0x328,10" - - -Note: Both io and irq should be updated to reflect YOUR system. An "io" - address of 1 or 2 indicates a PCI or EISA card in the board table. - The PCI or EISA irq will be assigned automatically. - -Specifying an invalid or in-use irq will default the driver into -running in polled mode for that card. If all irq entries are 0 then -all cards will operate in polled mode. - -If you select the driver as part of the kernel run : - - make zlilo (or whatever you do to create a bootable kernel) - -If you selected a module run : - - make modules && make modules_install - -The utility ip2mkdev (see 5 and 7 below) creates all the device nodes -required by the driver. For a device to be created it must be configured -in the driver and the board must be installed. Only devices corresponding -to real IntelliPort II ports are created. With multiple boards and expansion -boxes this will leave gaps in the sequence of device names. ip2mkdev uses -Linux tty naming conventions: ttyF0 - ttyF255 for normal devices, and -cuf0 - cuf255 for callout devices. - - -4. USING THE DRIVERS - -As noted above, the driver implements the ports in accordance with Linux -conventions, and the devices should be interchangeable with the standard -serial devices. (This is a key point for problem reporting: please make -sure that what you are trying do works on the ttySx/cuax ports first; then -tell us what went wrong with the ip2 ports!) - -Higher speeds can be obtained using the setserial utility which remaps -38,400 bps (extb) to 57,600 bps, 115,200 bps, or a custom speed. -Intelliport II installations using the PowerPort expansion module can -use the custom speed setting to select the highest speeds: 153,600 bps, -230,400 bps, 307,200 bps, 460,800bps and 921,600 bps. The base for -custom baud rate configuration is fixed at 921,600 for cards/expansion -modules with ST654's and 115200 for those with Cirrus CD1400's. This -corresponds to the maximum bit rates those chips are capable. -For example if the baud base is 921600 and the baud divisor is 18 then -the custom rate is 921600/18 = 51200 bps. See the setserial man page for -complete details. Of course if stty accepts the higher rates now you can -use that as well as the standard ioctls(). - - -5. ip2mkdev and assorted utilities... - -Several utilities, including the source for a binary ip2mkdev utility are -available under .../drivers/char/ip2. These can be build by changing to -that directory and typing "make" after the kernel has be built. If you do -not wish to compile the binary utilities, the shell script below can be -cut out and run as "ip2mkdev" to create the necessary device files. To -use the ip2mkdev script, you must have procfs enabled and the proc file -system mounted on /proc. - - -6. NOTES - -This is a release version of the driver, but it is impossible to test it -in all configurations of Linux. If there is any anomalous behaviour that -does not match the standard serial port's behaviour please let us know. - - -7. ip2mkdev shell script - -Previously, this script was simply attached here. It is now attached as a -shar archive to make it easier to extract the script from the documentation. -To create the ip2mkdev shell script change to a convenient directory (/tmp -works just fine) and run the following command: - - unshar Documentation/computone.txt - (This file) - -You should now have a file ip2mkdev in your current working directory with -permissions set to execute. Running that script with then create the -necessary devices for the Computone boards, interfaces, and ports which -are present on you system at the time it is run. - - -#!/bin/sh -# This is a shell archive (produced by GNU sharutils 4.2.1). -# To extract the files from this archive, save it to some FILE, remove -# everything before the `!/bin/sh' line above, then type `sh FILE'. -# -# Made on 2001-10-29 10:32 EST by . -# Source directory was `/home2/src/tmp'. -# -# Existing files will *not* be overwritten unless `-c' is specified. -# -# This shar contains: -# length mode name -# ------ ---------- ------------------------------------------ -# 4251 -rwxr-xr-x ip2mkdev -# -save_IFS="${IFS}" -IFS="${IFS}:" -gettext_dir=FAILED -locale_dir=FAILED -first_param="$1" -for dir in $PATH -do - if test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/gettext \ - && ($dir/gettext --version >/dev/null 2>&1) - then - set `$dir/gettext --version 2>&1` - if test "$3" = GNU - then - gettext_dir=$dir - fi - fi - if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/shar \ - && ($dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir >/dev/null 2>&1) - then - locale_dir=`$dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir` - fi -done -IFS="$save_IFS" -if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED || test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED -then - echo=echo -else - TEXTDOMAINDIR=$locale_dir - export TEXTDOMAINDIR - TEXTDOMAIN=sharutils - export TEXTDOMAIN - echo="$gettext_dir/gettext -s" -fi -if touch -am -t 200112312359.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 200112312359.59 -a -f $$.touch; then - shar_touch='touch -am -t $1$2$3$4$5$6.$7 "$8"' -elif touch -am 123123592001.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 123123592001.59 -a ! -f 123123592001.5 -a -f $$.touch; then - shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$1$2.$7 "$8"' -elif touch -am 1231235901 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 1231235901 -a -f $$.touch; then - shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$2 "$8"' -else - shar_touch=: - echo - $echo 'WARNING: not restoring timestamps. Consider getting and' - $echo "installing GNU \`touch', distributed in GNU File Utilities..." - echo -fi -rm -f 200112312359.59 123123592001.59 123123592001.5 1231235901 $$.touch -# -if mkdir _sh17581; then - $echo 'x -' 'creating lock directory' -else - $echo 'failed to create lock directory' - exit 1 -fi -# ============= ip2mkdev ============== -if test -f 'ip2mkdev' && test "$first_param" != -c; then - $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'ip2mkdev' '(file already exists)' -else - $echo 'x -' extracting 'ip2mkdev' '(text)' - sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'ip2mkdev' && -#!/bin/sh - -# -# ip2mkdev -# -# Make or remove devices as needed for Computone Intelliport drivers -# -# First rule! If the dev file exists and you need it, don't mess -# with it. That prevents us from screwing up open ttys, ownership -# and permissions on a running system! -# -# This script will NOT remove devices that no longer exist if their -# board or interface box has been removed. If you want to get rid -# of them, you can manually do an "rm -f /dev/ttyF* /dev/cuaf*" -# before running this script. Running this script will then recreate -# all the valid devices. -# -# Michael H. Warfield -# /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/ -# mhw@wittsend.com -# -# Updated 10/29/2000 for version 1.2.13 naming convention -# under devfs. /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/ -# -# Updated 03/09/2000 for devfs support in ip2 drivers. /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/ -# -X -if test -d /dev/ip2 ; then -# This is devfs mode... We don't do anything except create symlinks -# from the real devices to the old names! -X cd /dev -X echo "Creating symbolic links to devfs devices" -X for i in `ls ip2` ; do -X if test ! -L ip2$i ; then -X # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device) -X rm -f ip2$i -X ln -s ip2/$i ip2$i -X fi -X done -X for i in `( cd tts ; ls F* )` ; do -X if test ! -L tty$i ; then -X # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device) -X rm -f tty$i -X ln -s tts/$i tty$i -X fi -X done -X for i in `( cd cua ; ls F* )` ; do -X DEVNUMBER=`expr $i : 'F\(.*\)'` -X if test ! -L cuf$DEVNUMBER ; then -X # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device) -X rm -f cuf$DEVNUMBER -X ln -s cua/$i cuf$DEVNUMBER -X fi -X done -X exit 0 -fi -X -if test ! -f /proc/tty/drivers -then -X echo "\ -Unable to check driver status. -Make sure proc file system is mounted." -X -X exit 255 -fi -X -if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2 -then -X echo "\ -Unable to locate ip2 proc file. -Attempting to load driver" -X -X if /sbin/insmod ip2 -X then -X if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2 -X then -X echo "\ -Unable to locate ip2 proc file after loading driver. -Driver initialization failure or driver version error. -" -X exit 255 -X fi -X else -X echo "Unable to load ip2 driver." -X exit 255 -X fi -fi -X -# Ok... So we got the driver loaded and we can locate the procfs files. -# Next we need our major numbers. -X -TTYMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/tt/!d' -e 's/.*tt[^ ]*[ ]*\([0-9]*\)[ ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers` -CUAMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/cu/!d' -e 's/.*cu[^ ]*[ ]*\([0-9]*\)[ ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers` -BRDMAJOR=`sed -e '/^Driver: /!d' -e 's/.*IMajor=\([0-9]*\)[ ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/driver/ip2` -X -echo "\ -TTYMAJOR = $TTYMAJOR -CUAMAJOR = $CUAMAJOR -BRDMAJOR = $BRDMAJOR -" -X -# Ok... Now we should know our major numbers, if appropriate... -# Now we need our boards and start the device loops. -X -grep '^Board [0-9]:' /proc/tty/driver/ip2 | while read token number type alltherest -do -X # The test for blank "type" will catch the stats lead-in lines -X # if they exist in the file -X if test "$type" = "vacant" -o "$type" = "Vacant" -o "$type" = "" -X then -X continue -X fi -X -X BOARDNO=`expr "$number" : '\([0-9]\):'` -X PORTS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*ports=\([0-9]*\)' | tr ',' ' '` -X MINORS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*minors=\([0-9,]*\)' | tr ',' ' '` -X -X if test "$BOARDNO" = "" -o "$PORTS" = "" -X then -# This may be a bug. We should at least get this much information -X echo "Unable to process board line" -X continue -X fi -X -X if test "$MINORS" = "" -X then -# Silently skip this one. This board seems to have no boxes -X continue -X fi -X -X echo "board $BOARDNO: $type ports = $PORTS; port numbers = $MINORS" -X -X if test "$BRDMAJOR" != "" -X then -X BRDMINOR=`expr $BOARDNO \* 4` -X STSMINOR=`expr $BRDMINOR + 1` -X if test ! -c /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO ; then -X mknod /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $BRDMINOR -X fi -X if test ! -c /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO ; then -X mknod /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $STSMINOR -X fi -X fi -X -X if test "$TTYMAJOR" != "" -X then -X PORTNO=$BOARDBASE -X -X for PORTNO in $MINORS -X do -X if test ! -c /dev/ttyF$PORTNO ; then -X # We got the hardware but no device - make it -X mknod /dev/ttyF$PORTNO c $TTYMAJOR $PORTNO -X fi -X done -X fi -X -X if test "$CUAMAJOR" != "" -X then -X PORTNO=$BOARDBASE -X -X for PORTNO in $MINORS -X do -X if test ! -c /dev/cuf$PORTNO ; then -X # We got the hardware but no device - make it -X mknod /dev/cuf$PORTNO c $CUAMAJOR $PORTNO -X fi -X done -X fi -done -X -Xexit 0 -SHAR_EOF - (set 20 01 10 29 10 32 01 'ip2mkdev'; eval "$shar_touch") && - chmod 0755 'ip2mkdev' || - $echo 'restore of' 'ip2mkdev' 'failed' - if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then - md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - || $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'MD5 check failed' -cb5717134509f38bad9fde6b1f79b4a4 ip2mkdev -SHAR_EOF - else - shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'ip2mkdev'`" - test 4251 -eq "$shar_count" || - $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'original size' '4251,' 'current size' "$shar_count!" - fi -fi -rm -fr _sh17581 -exit 0 diff --git a/Documentation/cpqarray.txt b/Documentation/cpqarray.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c7154e2..0000000 --- a/Documentation/cpqarray.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -This driver is for Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers. - -Supported Cards: ----------------- - -This driver is known to work with the following cards: - - * SMART (EISA) - * SMART-2/E (EISA) - * SMART-2/P - * SMART-2DH - * SMART-2SL - * SMART-221 - * SMART-3100ES - * SMART-3200 - * Integrated Smart Array Controller - * SA 4200 - * SA 4250ES - * SA 431 - * RAID LC2 Controller - -It should also work with some really old Disk array adapters, but I am -unable to test against these cards: - - * IDA - * IDA-2 - * IAES - - -EISA Controllers: ------------------ - -If you want to use an EISA controller you'll have to supply some -modprobe/lilo parameters. If the driver is compiled into the kernel, must -give it the controller's IO port address at boot time (it is not -necessary to specify the IRQ). For example, if you had two SMART-2/E -controllers, in EISA slots 1 and 2 you'd give it a boot argument like -this: - - smart2=0x1000,0x2000 - -If you were loading the driver as a module, you'd give load it like this: - - modprobe cpqarray eisa=0x1000,0x2000 - -You can use EISA and PCI adapters at the same time. - - -Device Naming: --------------- - -You need some entries in /dev for the ida device. MAKEDEV in the /dev -directory can make device nodes for you automatically. The device setup is -as follows: - -Major numbers: - 72 ida0 - 73 ida1 - 74 ida2 - 75 ida3 - 76 ida4 - 77 ida5 - 78 ida6 - 79 ida7 - -Minor numbers: - b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - |----+----| |----+----| - | | - | +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition) - | - +-------------------- Logical Volume number - -The device naming scheme is: -/dev/ida/c0d0 Controller 0, disk 0, whole device -/dev/ida/c0d0p1 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1 -/dev/ida/c0d0p2 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2 -/dev/ida/c0d0p3 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3 - -/dev/ida/c1d1 Controller 1, disk 1, whole device -/dev/ida/c1d1p1 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1 -/dev/ida/c1d1p2 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2 -/dev/ida/c1d1p3 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3 - - -Changelog: -========== - -10-28-2004 : General cleanup, syntax fixes for in-kernel driver version. - James Nelson - - -1999 : Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/digiepca.txt b/Documentation/digiepca.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f2560e2..0000000 --- a/Documentation/digiepca.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -NOTE: This driver is obsolete. Digi provides a 2.6 driver (dgdm) at -http://www.digi.com for PCI cards. They no longer maintain this driver, -and have no 2.6 driver for ISA cards. - -This driver requires a number of user-space tools. They can be acquired from -http://www.digi.com, but only works with 2.4 kernels. - - -The Digi Intl. epca driver. ----------------------------- -The Digi Intl. epca driver for Linux supports the following boards: - -Digi PC/Xem, PC/Xr, PC/Xe, PC/Xi, PC/Xeve -Digi EISA/Xem, PCI/Xem, PCI/Xr - -Limitations: ------------- -Currently the driver only autoprobes for supported PCI boards. - -The Linux MAKEDEV command does not support generating the Digiboard -Devices. Users executing digiConfig to setup EISA and PC series cards -will have their device nodes automatically constructed (cud?? for ~CLOCAL, -and ttyD?? for CLOCAL). Users wishing to boot their board from the LILO -prompt, or those users booting PCI cards may use buildDIGI to construct -the necessary nodes. - -Notes: ------- -This driver may be configured via LILO. For users who have already configured -their driver using digiConfig, configuring from LILO will override previous -settings. Multiple boards may be configured by issuing multiple LILO command -lines. For examples see the bottom of this document. - -Device names start at 0 and continue up. Beware of this as previous Digi -drivers started device names with 1. - -PCI boards are auto-detected and configured by the driver. PCI boards will -be allocated device numbers (internally) beginning with the lowest PCI slot -first. In other words a PCI card in slot 3 will always have higher device -nodes than a PCI card in slot 1. - -LILO config examples: ---------------------- -Using LILO's APPEND command, a string of comma separated identifiers or -integers can be used to configure supported boards. The six values in order -are: - - Enable/Disable this card or Override, - Type of card: PC/Xe (AccelePort) (0), PC/Xeve (1), PC/Xem or PC/Xr (2), - EISA/Xem (3), PC/64Xe (4), PC/Xi (5), - Enable/Disable alternate pin arrangement, - Number of ports on this card, - I/O Port where card is configured (in HEX if using string identifiers), - Base of memory window (in HEX if using string identifiers), - -NOTE : PCI boards are auto-detected and configured. Do not attempt to -configure PCI boards with the LILO append command. If you wish to override -previous configuration data (As set by digiConfig), but you do not wish to -configure any specific card (Example if there are PCI cards in the system) -the following override command will accomplish this: --> append="digi=2" - -Samples: - append="digiepca=E,PC/Xe,D,16,200,D0000" - or - append="digi=1,0,0,16,512,851968" - -Supporting Tools: ------------------ -Supporting tools include digiDload, digiConfig, buildPCI, and ditty. See -drivers/char/README.epca for more details. Note, -this driver REQUIRES that digiDload be executed prior to it being used. -Failure to do this will result in an ENODEV error. - -Documentation: --------------- -Complete documentation for this product may be found in the tool package. - -Sources of information and support: ------------------------------------ -Digi Intl. support site for this product: - --> http://www.digi.com - -Acknowledgments: ----------------- -Much of this work (And even text) was derived from a similar document -supporting the original public domain DigiBoard driver Copyright (C) -1994,1995 Troy De Jongh. Many thanks to Christoph Lameter -(christoph@lameter.com) and Mike McLagan (mike.mclagan@linux.org) who authored -and contributed to the original document. - -Changelog: ----------- -10-29-04: Update status of driver, remove dead links in document - James Nelson - -2000 (?) Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/floppy.txt b/Documentation/floppy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6ccab88..0000000 --- a/Documentation/floppy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -This file describes the floppy driver. - -FAQ list: -========= - - A FAQ list may be found in the fdutils package (see below), and also -at . - - -LILO configuration options (Thinkpad users, read this) -====================================================== - - The floppy driver is configured using the 'floppy=' option in -lilo. This option can be typed at the boot prompt, or entered in the -lilo configuration file. - - Example: If your kernel is called linux-2.6.9, type the following line -at the lilo boot prompt (if you have a thinkpad): - - linux-2.6.9 floppy=thinkpad - -You may also enter the following line in /etc/lilo.conf, in the description -of linux-2.6.9: - - append = "floppy=thinkpad" - - Several floppy related options may be given, example: - - linux-2.6.9 floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc - append = "floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc" - - If you give options both in the lilo config file and on the boot -prompt, the option strings of both places are concatenated, the boot -prompt options coming last. That's why there are also options to -restore the default behavior. - - -Module configuration options -============================ - - If you use the floppy driver as a module, use the following syntax: -modprobe floppy - -Example: - modprobe floppy omnibook messages - - If you need certain options enabled every time you load the floppy driver, -you can put: - - options floppy omnibook messages - -in /etc/modprobe.conf. - - - The floppy driver related options are: - - floppy=asus_pci - Sets the bit mask to allow only units 0 and 1. (default) - - floppy=daring - Tells the floppy driver that you have a well behaved floppy controller. - This allows more efficient and smoother operation, but may fail on - certain controllers. This may speed up certain operations. - - floppy=0,daring - Tells the floppy driver that your floppy controller should be used - with caution. - - floppy=one_fdc - Tells the floppy driver that you have only one floppy controller. - (default) - - floppy=two_fdc - floppy=
,two_fdc - Tells the floppy driver that you have two floppy controllers. - The second floppy controller is assumed to be at
. - This option is not needed if the second controller is at address - 0x370, and if you use the 'cmos' option. - - floppy=thinkpad - Tells the floppy driver that you have a Thinkpad. Thinkpads use an - inverted convention for the disk change line. - - floppy=0,thinkpad - Tells the floppy driver that you don't have a Thinkpad. - - floppy=omnibook - floppy=nodma - Tells the floppy driver not to use Dma for data transfers. - This is needed on HP Omnibooks, which don't have a workable - DMA channel for the floppy driver. This option is also useful - if you frequently get "Unable to allocate DMA memory" messages. - Indeed, dma memory needs to be continuous in physical memory, - and is thus harder to find, whereas non-dma buffers may be - allocated in virtual memory. However, I advise against this if - you have an FDC without a FIFO (8272A or 82072). 82072A and - later are OK. You also need at least a 486 to use nodma. - If you use nodma mode, I suggest you also set the FIFO - threshold to 10 or lower, in order to limit the number of data - transfer interrupts. - - If you have a FIFO-able FDC, the floppy driver automatically - falls back on non DMA mode if no DMA-able memory can be found. - If you want to avoid this, explicitly ask for 'yesdma'. - - floppy=yesdma - Tells the floppy driver that a workable DMA channel is available. - (default) - - floppy=nofifo - Disables the FIFO entirely. This is needed if you get "Bus - master arbitration error" messages from your Ethernet card (or - from other devices) while accessing the floppy. - - floppy=usefifo - Enables the FIFO. (default) - - floppy=,fifo_depth - Sets the FIFO threshold. This is mostly relevant in DMA - mode. If this is higher, the floppy driver tolerates more - interrupt latency, but it triggers more interrupts (i.e. it - imposes more load on the rest of the system). If this is - lower, the interrupt latency should be lower too (faster - processor). The benefit of a lower threshold is less - interrupts. - - To tune the fifo threshold, switch on over/underrun messages - using 'floppycontrol --messages'. Then access a floppy - disk. If you get a huge amount of "Over/Underrun - retrying" - messages, then the fifo threshold is too low. Try with a - higher value, until you only get an occasional Over/Underrun. - It is a good idea to compile the floppy driver as a module - when doing this tuning. Indeed, it allows to try different - fifo values without rebooting the machine for each test. Note - that you need to do 'floppycontrol --messages' every time you - re-insert the module. - - Usually, tuning the fifo threshold should not be needed, as - the default (0xa) is reasonable. - - floppy=,,cmos - Sets the CMOS type of to . This is mandatory if - you have more than two floppy drives (only two can be - described in the physical CMOS), or if your BIOS uses - non-standard CMOS types. The CMOS types are: - - 0 - Use the value of the physical CMOS - 1 - 5 1/4 DD - 2 - 5 1/4 HD - 3 - 3 1/2 DD - 4 - 3 1/2 HD - 5 - 3 1/2 ED - 6 - 3 1/2 ED - 16 - unknown or not installed - - (Note: there are two valid types for ED drives. This is because 5 was - initially chosen to represent floppy *tapes*, and 6 for ED drives. - AMI ignored this, and used 5 for ED drives. That's why the floppy - driver handles both.) - - floppy=unexpected_interrupts - Print a warning message when an unexpected interrupt is received. - (default) - - floppy=no_unexpected_interrupts - floppy=L40SX - Don't print a message when an unexpected interrupt is received. This - is needed on IBM L40SX laptops in certain video modes. (There seems - to be an interaction between video and floppy. The unexpected - interrupts affect only performance, and can be safely ignored.) - - floppy=broken_dcl - Don't use the disk change line, but assume that the disk was - changed whenever the device node is reopened. Needed on some - boxes where the disk change line is broken or unsupported. - This should be regarded as a stopgap measure, indeed it makes - floppy operation less efficient due to unneeded cache - flushings, and slightly more unreliable. Please verify your - cable, connection and jumper settings if you have any DCL - problems. However, some older drives, and also some laptops - are known not to have a DCL. - - floppy=debug - Print debugging messages. - - floppy=messages - Print informational messages for some operations (disk change - notifications, warnings about over and underruns, and about - autodetection). - - floppy=silent_dcl_clear - Uses a less noisy way to clear the disk change line (which - doesn't involve seeks). Implied by 'daring' option. - - floppy=,irq - Sets the floppy IRQ to instead of 6. - - floppy=,dma - Sets the floppy DMA channel to instead of 2. - - floppy=slow - Use PS/2 stepping rate: - " PS/2 floppies have much slower step rates than regular floppies. - It's been recommended that take about 1/4 of the default speed - in some more extreme cases." - - -Supporting utilities and additional documentation: -================================================== - - Additional parameters of the floppy driver can be configured at -runtime. Utilities which do this can be found in the fdutils package. -This package also contains a new version of mtools which allows to -access high capacity disks (up to 1992K on a high density 3 1/2 disk!). -It also contains additional documentation about the floppy driver. - -The latest version can be found at fdutils homepage: - http://fdutils.linux.lu - -The fdutils releases can be found at: - http://fdutils.linux.lu/download.html - http://www.tux.org/pub/knaff/fdutils/ - ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/disk-management/ - -Reporting problems about the floppy driver -========================================== - - If you have a question or a bug report about the floppy driver, mail -me at Alain.Knaff@poboxes.com . If you post to Usenet, preferably use -comp.os.linux.hardware. As the volume in these groups is rather high, -be sure to include the word "floppy" (or "FLOPPY") in the subject -line. If the reported problem happens when mounting floppy disks, be -sure to mention also the type of the filesystem in the subject line. - - Be sure to read the FAQ before mailing/posting any bug reports! - - Alain - -Changelog -========= - -10-30-2004 : Cleanup, updating, add reference to module configuration. - James Nelson - -6-3-2000 : Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/hayes-esp.txt b/Documentation/hayes-esp.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 09b5d58..0000000 --- a/Documentation/hayes-esp.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -HAYES ESP DRIVER VERSION 2.1 - -A big thanks to the people at Hayes, especially Alan Adamson. Their support -has enabled me to provide enhancements to the driver. - -Please report your experiences with this driver to me (arobinso@nyx.net). I -am looking for both positive and negative feedback. - -*** IMPORTANT CHANGES FOR 2.1 *** -Support for PIO mode. Five situations will cause PIO mode to be used: -1) A multiport card is detected. PIO mode will always be used. (8 port cards -do not support DMA). -2) The DMA channel is set to an invalid value (anything other than 1 or 3). -3) The DMA buffer/channel could not be allocated. The port will revert to PIO -mode until it is reopened. -4) Less than a specified number of bytes need to be transferred to/from the -FIFOs. PIO mode will be used for that transfer only. -5) A port needs to do a DMA transfer and another port is already using the -DMA channel. PIO mode will be used for that transfer only. - -Since the Hayes ESP seems to conflict with other cards (notably sound cards) -when using DMA, DMA is turned off by default. To use DMA, it must be turned -on explicitly, either with the "dma=" option described below or with -setserial. A multiport card can be forced into DMA mode by using setserial; -however, most multiport cards don't support DMA. - -The latest version of setserial allows the enhanced configuration of the ESP -card to be viewed and modified. -*** - -This package contains the files needed to compile a module to support the Hayes -ESP card. The drivers are basically a modified version of the serial drivers. - -Features: - -- Uses the enhanced mode of the ESP card, allowing a wider range of - interrupts and features than compatibility mode -- Uses DMA and 16 bit PIO mode to transfer data to and from the ESP's FIFOs, - reducing CPU load -- Supports primary and secondary ports - - -If the driver is compiled as a module, the IRQs to use can be specified by -using the irq= option. The format is: - -irq=[0x100],[0x140],[0x180],[0x200],[0x240],[0x280],[0x300],[0x380] - -The address in brackets is the base address of the card. The IRQ of -nonexistent cards can be set to 0. If an IRQ of a card that does exist is set -to 0, the driver will attempt to guess at the correct IRQ. For example, to set -the IRQ of the card at address 0x300 to 12, the insmod command would be: - -insmod esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,12,0 - -The custom divisor can be set by using the divisor= option. The format is the -same as for the irq= option. Each divisor value is a series of hex digits, -with each digit representing the divisor to use for a corresponding port. The -divisor value is constructed RIGHT TO LEFT. Specifying a nonzero divisor value -will automatically set the spd_cust flag. To calculate the divisor to use for -a certain baud rate, divide the port's base baud (generally 921600) by the -desired rate. For example, to set the divisor of the primary port at 0x300 to -4 and the divisor of the secondary port at 0x308 to 8, the insmod command would -be: - -insmod esp divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x84,0 - -The dma= option can be used to set the DMA channel. The channel can be either -1 or 3. Specifying any other value will force the driver to use PIO mode. -For example, to set the DMA channel to 3, the insmod command would be: - -insmod esp dma=3 - -The rx_trigger= and tx_trigger= options can be used to set the FIFO trigger -levels. They specify when the ESP card should send an interrupt. Larger -values will decrease the number of interrupts; however, a value too high may -result in data loss. Valid values are 1 through 1023, with 768 being the -default. For example, to set the receive trigger level to 512 bytes and the -transmit trigger level to 700 bytes, the insmod command would be: - -insmod esp rx_trigger=512 tx_trigger=700 - -The flow_off= and flow_on= options can be used to set the hardware flow off/ -flow on levels. The flow on level must be lower than the flow off level, and -the flow off level should be higher than rx_trigger. Valid values are 1 -through 1023, with 1016 being the default flow off level and 944 being the -default flow on level. For example, to set the flow off level to 1000 bytes -and the flow on level to 935 bytes, the insmod command would be: - -insmod esp flow_off=1000 flow_on=935 - -The rx_timeout= option can be used to set the receive timeout value. This -value indicates how long after receiving the last character that the ESP card -should wait before signalling an interrupt. Valid values are 0 though 255, -with 128 being the default. A value too high will increase latency, and a -value too low will cause unnecessary interrupts. For example, to set the -receive timeout to 255, the insmod command would be: - -insmod esp rx_timeout=255 - -The pio_threshold= option sets the threshold (in number of characters) for -using PIO mode instead of DMA mode. For example, if this value is 32, -transfers of 32 bytes or less will always use PIO mode. - -insmod esp pio_threshold=32 - -Multiple options can be listed on the insmod command line by separating each -option with a space. For example: - -insmod esp dma=3 trigger=512 - -The esp module can be automatically loaded when needed. To cause this to -happen, add the following lines to /etc/modprobe.conf (replacing the last line -with options for your configuration): - -alias char-major-57 esp -alias char-major-58 esp -options esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,3,0 divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x4,0 - -You may also need to run 'depmod -a'. - -Devices must be created manually. To create the devices, note the output from -the module after it is inserted. The output will appear in the location where -kernel messages usually appear (usually /var/adm/messages). Create two devices -for each 'tty' mentioned, one with major of 57 and the other with major of 58. -The minor number should be the same as the tty number reported. The commands -would be (replace ? with the tty number): - -mknod /dev/ttyP? c 57 ? -mknod /dev/cup? c 58 ? - -For example, if the following line appears: - -Oct 24 18:17:23 techno kernel: ttyP8 at 0x0140 (irq = 3) is an ESP primary port - -...two devices should be created: - -mknod /dev/ttyP8 c 57 8 -mknod /dev/cup8 c 58 8 - -You may need to set the permissions on the devices: - -chmod 666 /dev/ttyP* -chmod 666 /dev/cup* - -The ESP module and the serial module should not conflict (they can be used at -the same time). After the ESP module has been loaded the ports on the ESP card -will no longer be accessible by the serial driver. - -If I/O errors are experienced when accessing the port, check for IRQ and DMA -conflicts ('cat /proc/interrupts' and 'cat /proc/dma' for a list of IRQs and -DMAs currently in use). - -Enjoy! -Andrew J. Robinson diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b880ce5..0000000 --- a/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -Ioctl Numbers -19 October 1999 -Michael Elizabeth Chastain - - -If you are adding new ioctl's to the kernel, you should use the _IO -macros defined in : - - _IO an ioctl with no parameters - _IOW an ioctl with write parameters (copy_from_user) - _IOR an ioctl with read parameters (copy_to_user) - _IOWR an ioctl with both write and read parameters. - -'Write' and 'read' are from the user's point of view, just like the -system calls 'write' and 'read'. For example, a SET_FOO ioctl would -be _IOW, although the kernel would actually read data from user space; -a GET_FOO ioctl would be _IOR, although the kernel would actually write -data to user space. - -The first argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is an identifying letter -or number from the table below. Because of the large number of drivers, -many drivers share a partial letter with other drivers. - -If you are writing a driver for a new device and need a letter, pick an -unused block with enough room for expansion: 32 to 256 ioctl commands. -You can register the block by patching this file and submitting the -patch to Linus Torvalds. Or you can e-mail me at and -I'll register one for you. - -The second argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is a sequence number -to distinguish ioctls from each other. The third argument to _IOW, -_IOR, or _IOWR is the type of the data going into the kernel or coming -out of the kernel (e.g. 'int' or 'struct foo'). NOTE! Do NOT use -sizeof(arg) as the third argument as this results in your ioctl thinking -it passes an argument of type size_t. - -Some devices use their major number as the identifier; this is OK, as -long as it is unique. Some devices are irregular and don't follow any -convention at all. - -Following this convention is good because: - -(1) Keeping the ioctl's globally unique helps error checking: - if a program calls an ioctl on the wrong device, it will get an - error rather than some unexpected behaviour. - -(2) The 'strace' build procedure automatically finds ioctl numbers - defined with _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR. - -(3) 'strace' can decode numbers back into useful names when the - numbers are unique. - -(4) People looking for ioctls can grep for them more easily when - this convention is used to define the ioctl numbers. - -(5) When following the convention, the driver code can use generic - code to copy the parameters between user and kernel space. - -This table lists ioctls visible from user land for Linux/i386. It contains -most drivers up to 2.3.14, but I know I am missing some. - -Code Seq# Include File Comments -======================================================== -0x00 00-1F linux/fs.h conflict! -0x00 00-1F scsi/scsi_ioctl.h conflict! -0x00 00-1F linux/fb.h conflict! -0x00 00-1F linux/wavefront.h conflict! -0x02 all linux/fd.h -0x03 all linux/hdreg.h -0x04 D2-DC linux/umsdos_fs.h Dead since 2.6.11, but don't reuse these. -0x06 all linux/lp.h -0x09 all linux/md.h -0x12 all linux/fs.h - linux/blkpg.h -0x1b all InfiniBand Subsystem -0x20 all drivers/cdrom/cm206.h -0x22 all scsi/sg.h -'#' 00-3F IEEE 1394 Subsystem Block for the entire subsystem -'1' 00-1F PPS kit from Ulrich Windl - -'8' all SNP8023 advanced NIC card - -'A' 00-1F linux/apm_bios.h -'B' C0-FF advanced bbus - -'C' all linux/soundcard.h -'D' all asm-s390/dasd.h -'E' all linux/input.h -'F' all linux/fb.h -'H' all linux/hiddev.h -'I' all linux/isdn.h -'J' 00-1F drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h -'K' all linux/kd.h -'L' 00-1F linux/loop.h -'L' 20-2F driver/usb/misc/vstusb.h -'L' E0-FF linux/ppdd.h encrypted disk device driver - -'M' all linux/soundcard.h -'N' 00-1F drivers/usb/scanner.h -'P' all linux/soundcard.h -'Q' all linux/soundcard.h -'R' 00-1F linux/random.h -'S' all linux/cdrom.h conflict! -'S' 80-81 scsi/scsi_ioctl.h conflict! -'S' 82-FF scsi/scsi.h conflict! -'T' all linux/soundcard.h conflict! -'T' all asm-i386/ioctls.h conflict! -'U' 00-EF linux/drivers/usb/usb.h -'V' all linux/vt.h -'W' 00-1F linux/watchdog.h conflict! -'W' 00-1F linux/wanrouter.h conflict! -'X' all linux/xfs_fs.h -'Y' all linux/cyclades.h -'[' 00-07 linux/usb/usbtmc.h USB Test and Measurement Devices - -'a' all ATM on linux - -'b' 00-FF bit3 vme host bridge - -'c' 00-7F linux/comstats.h conflict! -'c' 00-7F linux/coda.h conflict! -'c' 80-9F asm-s390/chsc.h -'d' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm/h conflict! -'d' 00-DF linux/video_decoder.h conflict! -'d' F0-FF linux/digi1.h -'e' all linux/digi1.h conflict! -'e' 00-1F linux/video_encoder.h conflict! -'e' 00-1F net/irda/irtty.h conflict! -'f' 00-1F linux/ext2_fs.h -'h' 00-7F Charon filesystem - -'i' 00-3F linux/i2o.h -'j' 00-3F linux/joystick.h -'l' 00-3F linux/tcfs_fs.h transparent cryptographic file system - -'l' 40-7F linux/udf_fs_i.h in development: - -'m' all linux/mtio.h conflict! -'m' all linux/soundcard.h conflict! -'m' all linux/synclink.h conflict! -'m' 00-1F net/irda/irmod.h conflict! -'n' 00-7F linux/ncp_fs.h -'n' E0-FF video/matrox.h matroxfb -'o' 00-1F fs/ocfs2/ocfs2_fs.h OCFS2 -'p' 00-0F linux/phantom.h conflict! (OpenHaptics needs this) -'p' 00-3F linux/mc146818rtc.h conflict! -'p' 40-7F linux/nvram.h -'p' 80-9F user-space parport - -'q' 00-1F linux/serio.h -'q' 80-FF Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK - -'r' 00-1F linux/msdos_fs.h -'s' all linux/cdk.h -'t' 00-7F linux/if_ppp.h -'t' 80-8F linux/isdn_ppp.h -'u' 00-1F linux/smb_fs.h -'v' 00-1F linux/ext2_fs.h conflict! -'v' all linux/videodev.h conflict! -'w' all CERN SCI driver -'y' 00-1F packet based user level communications - -'z' 00-3F CAN bus card - -'z' 40-7F CAN bus card - -0x80 00-1F linux/fb.h -0x81 00-1F linux/videotext.h -0x89 00-06 asm-i386/sockios.h -0x89 0B-DF linux/sockios.h -0x89 E0-EF linux/sockios.h SIOCPROTOPRIVATE range -0x89 F0-FF linux/sockios.h SIOCDEVPRIVATE range -0x8B all linux/wireless.h -0x8C 00-3F WiNRADiO driver - -0x90 00 drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h -0x93 60-7F linux/auto_fs.h -0x99 00-0F 537-Addinboard driver - -0xA0 all linux/sdp/sdp.h Industrial Device Project - -0xA3 80-8F Port ACL in development: - -0xA3 90-9F linux/dtlk.h -0xAB 00-1F linux/nbd.h -0xAC 00-1F linux/raw.h -0xAD 00 Netfilter device in development: - -0xAE all linux/kvm.h Kernel-based Virtual Machine - -0xB0 all RATIO devices in development: - -0xB1 00-1F PPPoX -0xCB 00-1F CBM serial IEC bus in development: - -0xDD 00-3F ZFCP device driver see drivers/s390/scsi/ - -0xF3 00-3F video/sisfb.h sisfb (in development) - -0xF4 00-1F video/mbxfb.h mbxfb - diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX b/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2fe4d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file +cdrom.txt + - summary of CDROM ioctl calls +hdio.txt + - summary of HDIO_ ioctl calls +ioctl-decoding.txt + - how to decode the bits of an IOCTL code +ioctl-number.txt + - how to implement and register device/driver ioctl calls diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b880ce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +Ioctl Numbers +19 October 1999 +Michael Elizabeth Chastain + + +If you are adding new ioctl's to the kernel, you should use the _IO +macros defined in : + + _IO an ioctl with no parameters + _IOW an ioctl with write parameters (copy_from_user) + _IOR an ioctl with read parameters (copy_to_user) + _IOWR an ioctl with both write and read parameters. + +'Write' and 'read' are from the user's point of view, just like the +system calls 'write' and 'read'. For example, a SET_FOO ioctl would +be _IOW, although the kernel would actually read data from user space; +a GET_FOO ioctl would be _IOR, although the kernel would actually write +data to user space. + +The first argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is an identifying letter +or number from the table below. Because of the large number of drivers, +many drivers share a partial letter with other drivers. + +If you are writing a driver for a new device and need a letter, pick an +unused block with enough room for expansion: 32 to 256 ioctl commands. +You can register the block by patching this file and submitting the +patch to Linus Torvalds. Or you can e-mail me at and +I'll register one for you. + +The second argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is a sequence number +to distinguish ioctls from each other. The third argument to _IOW, +_IOR, or _IOWR is the type of the data going into the kernel or coming +out of the kernel (e.g. 'int' or 'struct foo'). NOTE! Do NOT use +sizeof(arg) as the third argument as this results in your ioctl thinking +it passes an argument of type size_t. + +Some devices use their major number as the identifier; this is OK, as +long as it is unique. Some devices are irregular and don't follow any +convention at all. + +Following this convention is good because: + +(1) Keeping the ioctl's globally unique helps error checking: + if a program calls an ioctl on the wrong device, it will get an + error rather than some unexpected behaviour. + +(2) The 'strace' build procedure automatically finds ioctl numbers + defined with _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR. + +(3) 'strace' can decode numbers back into useful names when the + numbers are unique. + +(4) People looking for ioctls can grep for them more easily when + this convention is used to define the ioctl numbers. + +(5) When following the convention, the driver code can use generic + code to copy the parameters between user and kernel space. + +This table lists ioctls visible from user land for Linux/i386. It contains +most drivers up to 2.3.14, but I know I am missing some. + +Code Seq# Include File Comments +======================================================== +0x00 00-1F linux/fs.h conflict! +0x00 00-1F scsi/scsi_ioctl.h conflict! +0x00 00-1F linux/fb.h conflict! +0x00 00-1F linux/wavefront.h conflict! +0x02 all linux/fd.h +0x03 all linux/hdreg.h +0x04 D2-DC linux/umsdos_fs.h Dead since 2.6.11, but don't reuse these. +0x06 all linux/lp.h +0x09 all linux/md.h +0x12 all linux/fs.h + linux/blkpg.h +0x1b all InfiniBand Subsystem +0x20 all drivers/cdrom/cm206.h +0x22 all scsi/sg.h +'#' 00-3F IEEE 1394 Subsystem Block for the entire subsystem +'1' 00-1F PPS kit from Ulrich Windl + +'8' all SNP8023 advanced NIC card + +'A' 00-1F linux/apm_bios.h +'B' C0-FF advanced bbus + +'C' all linux/soundcard.h +'D' all asm-s390/dasd.h +'E' all linux/input.h +'F' all linux/fb.h +'H' all linux/hiddev.h +'I' all linux/isdn.h +'J' 00-1F drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h +'K' all linux/kd.h +'L' 00-1F linux/loop.h +'L' 20-2F driver/usb/misc/vstusb.h +'L' E0-FF linux/ppdd.h encrypted disk device driver + +'M' all linux/soundcard.h +'N' 00-1F drivers/usb/scanner.h +'P' all linux/soundcard.h +'Q' all linux/soundcard.h +'R' 00-1F linux/random.h +'S' all linux/cdrom.h conflict! +'S' 80-81 scsi/scsi_ioctl.h conflict! +'S' 82-FF scsi/scsi.h conflict! +'T' all linux/soundcard.h conflict! +'T' all asm-i386/ioctls.h conflict! +'U' 00-EF linux/drivers/usb/usb.h +'V' all linux/vt.h +'W' 00-1F linux/watchdog.h conflict! +'W' 00-1F linux/wanrouter.h conflict! +'X' all linux/xfs_fs.h +'Y' all linux/cyclades.h +'[' 00-07 linux/usb/usbtmc.h USB Test and Measurement Devices + +'a' all ATM on linux + +'b' 00-FF bit3 vme host bridge + +'c' 00-7F linux/comstats.h conflict! +'c' 00-7F linux/coda.h conflict! +'c' 80-9F asm-s390/chsc.h +'d' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm/h conflict! +'d' 00-DF linux/video_decoder.h conflict! +'d' F0-FF linux/digi1.h +'e' all linux/digi1.h conflict! +'e' 00-1F linux/video_encoder.h conflict! +'e' 00-1F net/irda/irtty.h conflict! +'f' 00-1F linux/ext2_fs.h +'h' 00-7F Charon filesystem + +'i' 00-3F linux/i2o.h +'j' 00-3F linux/joystick.h +'l' 00-3F linux/tcfs_fs.h transparent cryptographic file system + +'l' 40-7F linux/udf_fs_i.h in development: + +'m' all linux/mtio.h conflict! +'m' all linux/soundcard.h conflict! +'m' all linux/synclink.h conflict! +'m' 00-1F net/irda/irmod.h conflict! +'n' 00-7F linux/ncp_fs.h +'n' E0-FF video/matrox.h matroxfb +'o' 00-1F fs/ocfs2/ocfs2_fs.h OCFS2 +'p' 00-0F linux/phantom.h conflict! (OpenHaptics needs this) +'p' 00-3F linux/mc146818rtc.h conflict! +'p' 40-7F linux/nvram.h +'p' 80-9F user-space parport + +'q' 00-1F linux/serio.h +'q' 80-FF Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK + +'r' 00-1F linux/msdos_fs.h +'s' all linux/cdk.h +'t' 00-7F linux/if_ppp.h +'t' 80-8F linux/isdn_ppp.h +'u' 00-1F linux/smb_fs.h +'v' 00-1F linux/ext2_fs.h conflict! +'v' all linux/videodev.h conflict! +'w' all CERN SCI driver +'y' 00-1F packet based user level communications + +'z' 00-3F CAN bus card + +'z' 40-7F CAN bus card + +0x80 00-1F linux/fb.h +0x81 00-1F linux/videotext.h +0x89 00-06 asm-i386/sockios.h +0x89 0B-DF linux/sockios.h +0x89 E0-EF linux/sockios.h SIOCPROTOPRIVATE range +0x89 F0-FF linux/sockios.h SIOCDEVPRIVATE range +0x8B all linux/wireless.h +0x8C 00-3F WiNRADiO driver + +0x90 00 drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h +0x93 60-7F linux/auto_fs.h +0x99 00-0F 537-Addinboard driver + +0xA0 all linux/sdp/sdp.h Industrial Device Project + +0xA3 80-8F Port ACL in development: + +0xA3 90-9F linux/dtlk.h +0xAB 00-1F linux/nbd.h +0xAC 00-1F linux/raw.h +0xAD 00 Netfilter device in development: + +0xAE all linux/kvm.h Kernel-based Virtual Machine + +0xB0 all RATIO devices in development: + +0xB1 00-1F PPPoX +0xCB 00-1F CBM serial IEC bus in development: + +0xDD 00-3F ZFCP device driver see drivers/s390/scsi/ + +0xF3 00-3F video/sisfb.h sisfb (in development) + +0xF4 00-1F video/mbxfb.h mbxfb + diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index c600c4f..9fa6508 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file digiepca= [HW,SERIAL] See drivers/char/README.epca and - Documentation/digiepca.txt. + Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt. disable_mtrr_cleanup [X86] enable_mtrr_cleanup [X86] @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file See header of drivers/scsi/fdomain.c. floppy= [HW] - See Documentation/floppy.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt. force_pal_cache_flush [IA-64] Avoid check_sal_cache_flush which may hang on @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file the same attribute, the last one is used. load_ramdisk= [RAM] List of ramdisks to load from floppy - See Documentation/ramdisk.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt. lockd.nlm_grace_period=P [NFS] Assign grace period. Format: @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file pcd. [PARIDE] See header of drivers/block/paride/pcd.c. - See also Documentation/paride.txt. + See also Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt. pci=option[,option...] [PCI] various PCI subsystem options: off [X86] don't probe for the PCI bus @@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file pcmv= [HW,PCMCIA] BadgePAD 4 pd. [PARIDE] - See Documentation/paride.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt. pdcchassis= [PARISC,HW] Disable/Enable PDC Chassis Status codes at boot time. @@ -1705,10 +1705,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file See arch/parisc/kernel/pdc_chassis.c pf. [PARIDE] - See Documentation/paride.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt. pg. [PARIDE] - See Documentation/paride.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt. pirq= [SMP,APIC] Manual mp-table setup See Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.txt. @@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file prompt_ramdisk= [RAM] List of RAM disks to prompt for floppy disk before loading. - See Documentation/ramdisk.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt. psmouse.proto= [HW,MOUSE] Highest PS2 mouse protocol extension to probe for; one of (bare|imps|exps|lifebook|any). @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file ,,,,, pt. [PARIDE] - See Documentation/paride.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt. pty.legacy_count= [KNL] Number of legacy pty's. Overwrites compiled-in @@ -1812,10 +1812,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file See Documentation/md.txt. ramdisk_blocksize= [RAM] - See Documentation/ramdisk.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt. ramdisk_size= [RAM] Sizes of RAM disks in kilobytes - See Documentation/ramdisk.txt. + See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt. rcupdate.blimit= [KNL,BOOT] Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to process @@ -2147,7 +2147,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file See Documentation/sonypi.txt specialix= [HW,SERIAL] Specialix multi-serial port adapter - See Documentation/specialix.txt. + See Documentation/serial/specialix.txt. spia_io_base= [HW,MTD] spia_fio_base= diff --git a/Documentation/moxa-smartio b/Documentation/moxa-smartio deleted file mode 100644 index 5337e80..0000000 --- a/Documentation/moxa-smartio +++ /dev/null @@ -1,523 +0,0 @@ -============================================================================= - MOXA Smartio/Industio Family Device Driver Installation Guide - for Linux Kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x - Copyright (C) 2008, Moxa Inc. -============================================================================= -Date: 01/21/2008 - -Content - -1. Introduction -2. System Requirement -3. Installation - 3.1 Hardware installation - 3.2 Driver files - 3.3 Device naming convention - 3.4 Module driver configuration - 3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x. - 3.6 Custom configuration - 3.7 Verify driver installation -4. Utilities -5. Setserial -6. Troubleshooting - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -1. Introduction - - The Smartio/Industio/UPCI family Linux driver supports following multiport - boards. - - - 2 ports multiport board - CP-102U, CP-102UL, CP-102UF - CP-132U-I, CP-132UL, - CP-132, CP-132I, CP132S, CP-132IS, - CI-132, CI-132I, CI-132IS, - (C102H, C102HI, C102HIS, C102P, CP-102, CP-102S) - - - 4 ports multiport board - CP-104EL, - CP-104UL, CP-104JU, - CP-134U, CP-134U-I, - C104H/PCI, C104HS/PCI, - CP-114, CP-114I, CP-114S, CP-114IS, CP-114UL, - C104H, C104HS, - CI-104J, CI-104JS, - CI-134, CI-134I, CI-134IS, - (C114HI, CT-114I, C104P) - POS-104UL, - CB-114, - CB-134I - - - 8 ports multiport board - CP-118EL, CP-168EL, - CP-118U, CP-168U, - C168H/PCI, - C168H, C168HS, - (C168P), - CB-108 - - This driver and installation procedure have been developed upon Linux Kernel - 2.4.x and 2.6.x. This driver supports Intel x86 hardware platform. In order - to maintain compatibility, this version has also been properly tested with - RedHat, Mandrake, Fedora and S.u.S.E Linux. However, if compatibility problem - occurs, please contact Moxa at support@moxa.com.tw. - - In addition to device driver, useful utilities are also provided in this - version. They are - - msdiag Diagnostic program for displaying installed Moxa - Smartio/Industio boards. - - msmon Monitor program to observe data count and line status signals. - - msterm A simple terminal program which is useful in testing serial - ports. - - io-irq.exe Configuration program to setup ISA boards. Please note that - this program can only be executed under DOS. - - All the drivers and utilities are published in form of source code under - GNU General Public License in this version. Please refer to GNU General - Public License announcement in each source code file for more detail. - - In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://web.moxa.com. - - This version of driver can be installed as Loadable Module (Module driver) - or built-in into kernel (Static driver). You may refer to following - installation procedure for suitable one. Before you install the driver, - please refer to hardware installation procedure in the User's Manual. - - We assume the user should be familiar with following documents. - - Serial-HOWTO - - Kernel-HOWTO - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -2. System Requirement - - Hardware platform: Intel x86 machine - - Kernel version: 2.4.x or 2.6.x - - gcc version 2.72 or later - - Maximum 4 boards can be installed in combination - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -3. Installation - - 3.1 Hardware installation - 3.2 Driver files - 3.3 Device naming convention - 3.4 Module driver configuration - 3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x. - 3.6 Custom configuration - 3.7 Verify driver installation - - - 3.1 Hardware installation - - There are two types of buses, ISA and PCI, for Smartio/Industio - family multiport board. - - ISA board - --------- - You'll have to configure CAP address, I/O address, Interrupt Vector - as well as IRQ before installing this driver. Please refer to hardware - installation procedure in User's Manual before proceed any further. - Please make sure the JP1 is open after the ISA board is set properly. - - PCI/UPCI board - -------------- - You may need to adjust IRQ usage in BIOS to avoid from IRQ conflict - with other ISA devices. Please refer to hardware installation - procedure in User's Manual in advance. - - PCI IRQ Sharing - ----------- - Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Up to - 4 Moxa Smartio/Industio PCI Family multiport boards can be installed - together on one system and they can share the same IRQ. - - - 3.2 Driver files - - The driver file may be obtained from ftp, CD-ROM or floppy disk. The - first step, anyway, is to copy driver file "mxser.tgz" into specified - directory. e.g. /moxa. The execute commands as below. - - # cd / - # mkdir moxa - # cd /moxa - # tar xvf /dev/fd0 - - or - - # cd / - # mkdir moxa - # cd /moxa - # cp /mnt/cdrom//mxser.tgz . - # tar xvfz mxser.tgz - - - 3.3 Device naming convention - - You may find all the driver and utilities files in /moxa/mxser. - Following installation procedure depends on the model you'd like to - run the driver. If you prefer module driver, please refer to 3.4. - If static driver is required, please refer to 3.5. - - Dialin and callout port - ----------------------- - This driver remains traditional serial device properties. There are - two special file name for each serial port. One is dial-in port - which is named "ttyMxx". For callout port, the naming convention - is "cumxx". - - Device naming when more than 2 boards installed - ----------------------------------------------- - Naming convention for each Smartio/Industio multiport board is - pre-defined as below. - - Board Num. Dial-in Port Callout port - 1st board ttyM0 - ttyM7 cum0 - cum7 - 2nd board ttyM8 - ttyM15 cum8 - cum15 - 3rd board ttyM16 - ttyM23 cum16 - cum23 - 4th board ttyM24 - ttym31 cum24 - cum31 - - - !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - Under Kernel 2.6 the cum Device is Obsolete. So use ttyM* - device instead. - !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - - Board sequence - -------------- - This driver will activate ISA boards according to the parameter set - in the driver. After all specified ISA board activated, PCI board - will be installed in the system automatically driven. - Therefore the board number is sorted by the CAP address of ISA boards. - For PCI boards, their sequence will be after ISA boards and C168H/PCI - has higher priority than C104H/PCI boards. - - 3.4 Module driver configuration - Module driver is easiest way to install. If you prefer static driver - installation, please skip this paragraph. - - - ------------- Prepare to use the MOXA driver-------------------- - 3.4.1 Create tty device with correct major number - Before using MOXA driver, your system must have the tty devices - which are created with driver's major number. We offer one shell - script "msmknod" to simplify the procedure. - This step is only needed to be executed once. But you still - need to do this procedure when: - a. You change the driver's major number. Please refer the "3.7" - section. - b. Your total installed MOXA boards number is changed. Maybe you - add/delete one MOXA board. - c. You want to change the tty name. This needs to modify the - shell script "msmknod" - - The procedure is: - # cd /moxa/mxser/driver - # ./msmknod - - This shell script will require the major number for dial-in - device and callout device to create tty device. You also need - to specify the total installed MOXA board number. Default major - numbers for dial-in device and callout device are 30, 35. If - you need to change to other number, please refer section "3.7" - for more detailed procedure. - Msmknod will delete any special files occupying the same device - naming. - - 3.4.2 Build the MOXA driver and utilities - Before using the MOXA driver and utilities, you need compile the - all the source code. This step is only need to be executed once. - But you still re-compile the source code if you modify the source - code. For example, if you change the driver's major number (see - "3.7" section), then you need to do this step again. - - Find "Makefile" in /moxa/mxser, then run - - # make clean; make install - - !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - For Red Hat 9, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS3/ES3/WS3 & Fedora Core1: - # make clean; make installsp1 - - For Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS4/ES4/WS4: - # make clean; make installsp2 - !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - - The driver files "mxser.o" and utilities will be properly compiled - and copied to system directories respectively. - - ------------- Load MOXA driver-------------------- - 3.4.3 Load the MOXA driver - - # modprobe mxser - - will activate the module driver. You may run "lsmod" to check - if "mxser" is activated. If the MOXA board is ISA board, the - is needed. Please refer to section "3.4.5" for more - information. - - - ------------- Load MOXA driver on boot -------------------- - 3.4.4 For the above description, you may manually execute - "modprobe mxser" to activate this driver and run - "rmmod mxser" to remove it. - However, it's better to have a boot time configuration to - eliminate manual operation. Boot time configuration can be - achieved by rc file. We offer one "rc.mxser" file to simplify - the procedure under "moxa/mxser/driver". - - But if you use ISA board, please modify the "modprobe ..." command - to add the argument (see "3.4.5" section). After modifying the - rc.mxser, please try to execute "/moxa/mxser/driver/rc.mxser" - manually to make sure the modification is ok. If any error - encountered, please try to modify again. If the modification is - completed, follow the below step. - - Run following command for setting rc files. - - # cd /moxa/mxser/driver - # cp ./rc.mxser /etc/rc.d - # cd /etc/rc.d - - Check "rc.serial" is existed or not. If "rc.serial" doesn't exist, - create it by vi, run "chmod 755 rc.serial" to change the permission. - Add "/etc/rc.d/rc.mxser" in last line, - - Reboot and check if moxa.o activated by "lsmod" command. - - 3.4.5. If you'd like to drive Smartio/Industio ISA boards in the system, - you'll have to add parameter to specify CAP address of given - board while activating "mxser.o". The format for parameters are - as follows. - - modprobe mxser ioaddr=0x???,0x???,0x???,0x??? - | | | | - | | | +- 4th ISA board - | | +------ 3rd ISA board - | +------------ 2nd ISA board - +------------------- 1st ISA board - - 3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x - - Note: To use static driver, you must install the linux kernel - source package. - - 3.5.1 Backup the built-in driver in the kernel. - # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char - # mv mxser.c mxser.c.old - - For Red Hat 7.x user, you need to create link: - # cd /usr/src - # ln -s linux-2.4 linux - - 3.5.2 Create link - # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char - # ln -s /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c mxser.c - - 3.5.3 Add CAP address list for ISA boards. For PCI boards user, - please skip this step. - - In module mode, the CAP address for ISA board is given by - parameter. In static driver configuration, you'll have to - assign it within driver's source code. If you will not - install any ISA boards, you may skip to next portion. - The instructions to modify driver source code are as - below. - a. # cd /moxa/mxser/driver - # vi mxser.c - b. Find the array mxserBoardCAP[] as below. - - static int mxserBoardCAP[] - = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; - - c. Change the address within this array using vi. For - example, to driver 2 ISA boards with CAP address - 0x280 and 0x180 as 1st and 2nd board. Just to change - the source code as follows. - - static int mxserBoardCAP[] - = {0x280, 0x180, 0x00, 0x00}; - - 3.5.4 Setup kernel configuration - - Configure the kernel: - - # cd /usr/src/linux - # make menuconfig - - You will go into a menu-driven system. Please select [Character - devices][Non-standard serial port support], enable the [Moxa - SmartIO support] driver with "[*]" for built-in (not "[M]"), then - select [Exit] to exit this program. - - 3.5.5 Rebuild kernel - The following are for Linux kernel rebuilding, for your - reference only. - For appropriate details, please refer to the Linux document. - - a. cd /usr/src/linux - b. make clean /* take a few minutes */ - c. make dep /* take a few minutes */ - d. make bzImage /* take probably 10-20 minutes */ - e. make install /* copy boot image to correct position */ - f. Please make sure the boot kernel (vmlinuz) is in the - correct position. - g. If you use 'lilo' utility, you should check /etc/lilo.conf - 'image' item specified the path which is the 'vmlinuz' path, - or you will load wrong (or old) boot kernel image (vmlinuz). - After checking /etc/lilo.conf, please run "lilo". - - Note that if the result of "make bzImage" is ERROR, then you have to - go back to Linux configuration Setup. Type "make menuconfig" in - directory /usr/src/linux. - - - 3.5.6 Make tty device and special file - # cd /moxa/mxser/driver - # ./msmknod - - 3.5.7 Make utility - # cd /moxa/mxser/utility - # make clean; make install - - 3.5.8 Reboot - - - - 3.6 Custom configuration - Although this driver already provides you default configuration, you - still can change the device name and major number. The instruction to - change these parameters are shown as below. - - Change Device name - ------------------ - If you'd like to use other device names instead of default naming - convention, all you have to do is to modify the internal code - within the shell script "msmknod". First, you have to open "msmknod" - by vi. Locate each line contains "ttyM" and "cum" and change them - to the device name you desired. "msmknod" creates the device names - you need next time executed. - - Change Major number - ------------------- - If major number 30 and 35 had been occupied, you may have to select - 2 free major numbers for this driver. There are 3 steps to change - major numbers. - - 3.6.1 Find free major numbers - In /proc/devices, you may find all the major numbers occupied - in the system. Please select 2 major numbers that are available. - e.g. 40, 45. - 3.6.2 Create special files - Run /moxa/mxser/driver/msmknod to create special files with - specified major numbers. - 3.6.3 Modify driver with new major number - Run vi to open /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c. Locate the line - contains "MXSERMAJOR". Change the content as below. - #define MXSERMAJOR 40 - #define MXSERCUMAJOR 45 - 3.6.4 Run "make clean; make install" in /moxa/mxser/driver. - - 3.7 Verify driver installation - You may refer to /var/log/messages to check the latest status - log reported by this driver whenever it's activated. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -4. Utilities - There are 3 utilities contained in this driver. They are msdiag, msmon and - msterm. These 3 utilities are released in form of source code. They should - be compiled into executable file and copied into /usr/bin. - - Before using these utilities, please load driver (refer 3.4 & 3.5) and - make sure you had run the "msmknod" utility. - - msdiag - Diagnostic - -------------------- - This utility provides the function to display what Moxa Smartio/Industio - board found by driver in the system. - - msmon - Port Monitoring - ----------------------- - This utility gives the user a quick view about all the MOXA ports' - activities. One can easily learn each port's total received/transmitted - (Rx/Tx) character count since the time when the monitoring is started. - Rx/Tx throughputs per second are also reported in interval basis (e.g. - the last 5 seconds) and in average basis (since the time the monitoring - is started). You can reset all ports' count by key. <+> <-> - (plus/minus) keys to change the displaying time interval. Press - on the port, that cursor stay, to view the port's communication - parameters, signal status, and input/output queue. - - msterm - Terminal Emulation - --------------------------- - This utility provides data sending and receiving ability of all tty ports, - especially for MOXA ports. It is quite useful for testing simple - application, for example, sending AT command to a modem connected to the - port or used as a terminal for login purpose. Note that this is only a - dumb terminal emulation without handling full screen operation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -5. Setserial - - Supported Setserial parameters are listed as below. - - uart set UART type(16450-->disable FIFO, 16550A-->enable FIFO) - close_delay set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that DTR - should be kept low while being closed. - closing_wait set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that the - serial port should wait for data to be drained while - being closed, before the receiver is disable. - spd_hi Use 57.6kb when the application requests 38.4kb. - spd_vhi Use 115.2kb when the application requests 38.4kb. - spd_shi Use 230.4kb when the application requests 38.4kb. - spd_warp Use 460.8kb when the application requests 38.4kb. - spd_normal Use 38.4kb when the application requests 38.4kb. - spd_cust Use the custom divisor to set the speed when the - application requests 38.4kb. - divisor This option set the custom divison. - baud_base This option set the base baud rate. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -6. Troubleshooting - - The boot time error messages and solutions are stated as clearly as - possible. If all the possible solutions fail, please contact our technical - support team to get more help. - - - Error msg: More than 4 Moxa Smartio/Industio family boards found. Fifth board - and after are ignored. - Solution: - To avoid this problem, please unplug fifth and after board, because Moxa - driver supports up to 4 boards. - - Error msg: Request_irq fail, IRQ(?) may be conflict with another device. - Solution: - Other PCI or ISA devices occupy the assigned IRQ. If you are not sure - which device causes the situation, please check /proc/interrupts to find - free IRQ and simply change another free IRQ for Moxa board. - - Error msg: Board #: C1xx Series(CAP=xxx) interrupt number invalid. - Solution: - Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Please set - one IRQ (IRQ doesn't equal to zero) for one Moxa board. - - Error msg: No interrupt vector be set for Moxa ISA board(CAP=xxx). - Solution: - Moxa ISA board needs an interrupt vector.Please refer to user's manual - "Hardware Installation" chapter to set interrupt vector. - - Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family driver! - Solution: - Load Moxa driver fail, the major number may conflict with other devices. - Please refer to previous section 3.7 to change a free major number for - Moxa driver. - - Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family callout driver! - Solution: - Load Moxa callout driver fail, the callout device major number may - conflict with other devices. Please refer to previous section 3.7 to - change a free callout device major number for Moxa driver. - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - diff --git a/Documentation/nbd.txt b/Documentation/nbd.txt deleted file mode 100644 index aeb93ff..0000000 --- a/Documentation/nbd.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ - Network Block Device (TCP version) - - What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux - can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time - the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a - request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read. - This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless - - if you boot from floppy) to borrow disk space from another computer. - Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc. It should - even be possible to use NBD as a root filesystem (I've never tried), - but it requires a user-level program to be in the initrd to start. - It also allows you to run block-device in user land (making server - and client physically the same computer, communicating using loopback). - - Current state: It currently works. Network block device is stable. - I originally thought that it was impossible to swap over TCP. It - turned out not to be true - swapping over TCP now works and seems - to be deadlock-free, but it requires heavy patches into Linux's - network layer. - - For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server - tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/. - - Howto: To setup nbd, you can simply do the following: - - First, serve a device or file from a remote server: - - nbd-server - - e.g., - root@server1 # nbd-server 1234 /dev/sdb1 - - (serves sdb1 partition on TCP port 1234) - - Then, on the local (client) system: - - nbd-client /dev/nb[0-n] - - e.g., - root@client1 # nbd-client server1 1234 /dev/nb0 - - (creates the nb0 device on client1) - - The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client - system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact, - the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating - systems, including Windows. diff --git a/Documentation/paride.txt b/Documentation/paride.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e431267..0000000 --- a/Documentation/paride.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,417 +0,0 @@ - - Linux and parallel port IDE devices - -PARIDE v1.03 (c) 1997-8 Grant Guenther - -1. Introduction - -Owing to the simplicity and near universality of the parallel port interface -to personal computers, many external devices such as portable hard-disk, -CD-ROM, LS-120 and tape drives use the parallel port to connect to their -host computer. While some devices (notably scanners) use ad-hoc methods -to pass commands and data through the parallel port interface, most -external devices are actually identical to an internal model, but with -a parallel-port adapter chip added in. Some of the original parallel port -adapters were little more than mechanisms for multiplexing a SCSI bus. -(The Iomega PPA-3 adapter used in the ZIP drives is an example of this -approach). Most current designs, however, take a different approach. -The adapter chip reproduces a small ISA or IDE bus in the external device -and the communication protocol provides operations for reading and writing -device registers, as well as data block transfer functions. Sometimes, -the device being addressed via the parallel cable is a standard SCSI -controller like an NCR 5380. The "ditto" family of external tape -drives use the ISA replicator to interface a floppy disk controller, -which is then connected to a floppy-tape mechanism. The vast majority -of external parallel port devices, however, are now based on standard -IDE type devices, which require no intermediate controller. If one -were to open up a parallel port CD-ROM drive, for instance, one would -find a standard ATAPI CD-ROM drive, a power supply, and a single adapter -that interconnected a standard PC parallel port cable and a standard -IDE cable. It is usually possible to exchange the CD-ROM device with -any other device using the IDE interface. - -The document describes the support in Linux for parallel port IDE -devices. It does not cover parallel port SCSI devices, "ditto" tape -drives or scanners. Many different devices are supported by the -parallel port IDE subsystem, including: - - MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM - MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD - MicroSolutions backpack hard-drives - MicroSolutions backpack 8000t tape drive - SyQuest EZ-135, EZ-230 & SparQ drives - Avatar Shark - Imation Superdisk LS-120 - Maxell Superdisk LS-120 - FreeCom Power CD - Hewlett-Packard 5GB and 8GB tape drives - Hewlett-Packard 7100 and 7200 CD-RW drives - -as well as most of the clone and no-name products on the market. - -To support such a wide range of devices, PARIDE, the parallel port IDE -subsystem, is actually structured in three parts. There is a base -paride module which provides a registry and some common methods for -accessing the parallel ports. The second component is a set of -high-level drivers for each of the different types of supported devices: - - pd IDE disk - pcd ATAPI CD-ROM - pf ATAPI disk - pt ATAPI tape - pg ATAPI generic - -(Currently, the pg driver is only used with CD-R drives). - -The high-level drivers function according to the relevant standards. -The third component of PARIDE is a set of low-level protocol drivers -for each of the parallel port IDE adapter chips. Thanks to the interest -and encouragement of Linux users from many parts of the world, -support is available for almost all known adapter protocols: - - aten ATEN EH-100 (HK) - bpck Microsolutions backpack (US) - comm DataStor (old-type) "commuter" adapter (TW) - dstr DataStor EP-2000 (TW) - epat Shuttle EPAT (UK) - epia Shuttle EPIA (UK) - fit2 FIT TD-2000 (US) - fit3 FIT TD-3000 (US) - friq Freecom IQ cable (DE) - frpw Freecom Power (DE) - kbic KingByte KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A (TW) - ktti KT Technology PHd adapter (SG) - on20 OnSpec 90c20 (US) - on26 OnSpec 90c26 (US) - - -2. Using the PARIDE subsystem - -While configuring the Linux kernel, you may choose either to build -the PARIDE drivers into your kernel, or to build them as modules. - -In either case, you will need to select "Parallel port IDE device support" -as well as at least one of the high-level drivers and at least one -of the parallel port communication protocols. If you do not know -what kind of parallel port adapter is used in your drive, you could -begin by checking the file names and any text files on your DOS -installation floppy. Alternatively, you can look at the markings on -the adapter chip itself. That's usually sufficient to identify the -correct device. - -You can actually select all the protocol modules, and allow the PARIDE -subsystem to try them all for you. - -For the "brand-name" products listed above, here are the protocol -and high-level drivers that you would use: - - Manufacturer Model Driver Protocol - - MicroSolutions CD-ROM pcd bpck - MicroSolutions PD drive pf bpck - MicroSolutions hard-drive pd bpck - MicroSolutions 8000t tape pt bpck - SyQuest EZ, SparQ pd epat - Imation Superdisk pf epat - Maxell Superdisk pf friq - Avatar Shark pd epat - FreeCom CD-ROM pcd frpw - Hewlett-Packard 5GB Tape pt epat - Hewlett-Packard 7200e (CD) pcd epat - Hewlett-Packard 7200e (CD-R) pg epat - -2.1 Configuring built-in drivers - -We recommend that you get to know how the drivers work and how to -configure them as loadable modules, before attempting to compile a -kernel with the drivers built-in. - -If you built all of your PARIDE support directly into your kernel, -and you have just a single parallel port IDE device, your kernel should -locate it automatically for you. If you have more than one device, -you may need to give some command line options to your bootloader -(eg: LILO), how to do that is beyond the scope of this document. - -The high-level drivers accept a number of command line parameters, all -of which are documented in the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride. -By default, each driver will automatically try all parallel ports it -can find, and all protocol types that have been installed, until it finds -a parallel port IDE adapter. Once it finds one, the probe stops. So, -if you have more than one device, you will need to tell the drivers -how to identify them. This requires specifying the port address, the -protocol identification number and, for some devices, the drive's -chain ID. While your system is booting, a number of messages are -displayed on the console. Like all such messages, they can be -reviewed with the 'dmesg' command. Among those messages will be -some lines like: - - paride: bpck registered as protocol 0 - paride: epat registered as protocol 1 - -The numbers will always be the same until you build a new kernel with -different protocol selections. You should note these numbers as you -will need them to identify the devices. - -If you happen to be using a MicroSolutions backpack device, you will -also need to know the unit ID number for each drive. This is usually -the last two digits of the drive's serial number (but read MicroSolutions' -documentation about this). - -As an example, let's assume that you have a MicroSolutions PD/CD drive -with unit ID number 36 connected to the parallel port at 0x378, a SyQuest -EZ-135 connected to the chained port on the PD/CD drive and also an -Imation Superdisk connected to port 0x278. You could give the following -options on your boot command: - - pd.drive0=0x378,1 pf.drive0=0x278,1 pf.drive1=0x378,0,36 - -In the last option, pf.drive1 configures device /dev/pf1, the 0x378 -is the parallel port base address, the 0 is the protocol registration -number and 36 is the chain ID. - -Please note: while PARIDE will work both with and without the -PARPORT parallel port sharing system that is included by the -"Parallel port support" option, PARPORT must be included and enabled -if you want to use chains of devices on the same parallel port. - -2.2 Loading and configuring PARIDE as modules - -It is much faster and simpler to get to understand the PARIDE drivers -if you use them as loadable kernel modules. - -Note 1: using these drivers with the "kerneld" automatic module loading -system is not recommended for beginners, and is not documented here. - -Note 2: if you build PARPORT support as a loadable module, PARIDE must -also be built as loadable modules, and PARPORT must be loaded before the -PARIDE modules. - -To use PARIDE, you must begin by - - insmod paride - -this loads a base module which provides a registry for the protocols, -among other tasks. - -Then, load as many of the protocol modules as you think you might need. -As you load each module, it will register the protocols that it supports, -and print a log message to your kernel log file and your console. For -example: - - # insmod epat - paride: epat registered as protocol 0 - # insmod kbic - paride: k951 registered as protocol 1 - paride: k971 registered as protocol 2 - -Finally, you can load high-level drivers for each kind of device that -you have connected. By default, each driver will autoprobe for a single -device, but you can support up to four similar devices by giving their -individual co-ordinates when you load the driver. - -For example, if you had two no-name CD-ROM drives both using the -KingByte KBIC-951A adapter, one on port 0x378 and the other on 0x3bc -you could give the following command: - - # insmod pcd drive0=0x378,1 drive1=0x3bc,1 - -For most adapters, giving a port address and protocol number is sufficient, -but check the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride for more -information. (Hopefully someone will write some man pages one day !). - -As another example, here's what happens when PARPORT is installed, and -a SyQuest EZ-135 is attached to port 0x378: - - # insmod paride - paride: version 1.0 installed - # insmod epat - paride: epat registered as protocol 0 - # insmod pd - pd: pd version 1.0, major 45, cluster 64, nice 0 - pda: Sharing parport1 at 0x378 - pda: epat 1.0, Shuttle EPAT chip c3 at 0x378, mode 5 (EPP-32), delay 1 - pda: SyQuest EZ135A, 262144 blocks [128M], (512/16/32), removable media - pda: pda1 - -Note that the last line is the output from the generic partition table -scanner - in this case it reports that it has found a disk with one partition. - -2.3 Using a PARIDE device - -Once the drivers have been loaded, you can access PARIDE devices in the -same way as their traditional counterparts. You will probably need to -create the device "special files". Here is a simple script that you can -cut to a file and execute: - -#!/bin/bash -# -# mkd -- a script to create the device special files for the PARIDE subsystem -# -function mkdev { - mknod $1 $2 $3 $4 ; chmod 0660 $1 ; chown root:disk $1 -} -# -function pd { - D=$( printf \\$( printf "x%03x" $[ $1 + 97 ] ) ) - mkdev pd$D b 45 $[ $1 * 16 ] - for P in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 - do mkdev pd$D$P b 45 $[ $1 * 16 + $P ] - done -} -# -cd /dev -# -for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do pd $u ; done -for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pcd$u b 46 $u ; done -for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pf$u b 47 $u ; done -for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pt$u c 96 $u ; done -for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev npt$u c 96 $[ $u + 128 ] ; done -for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pg$u c 97 $u ; done -# -# end of mkd - -With the device files and drivers in place, you can access PARIDE devices -like any other Linux device. For example, to mount a CD-ROM in pcd0, use: - - mount /dev/pcd0 /cdrom - -If you have a fresh Avatar Shark cartridge, and the drive is pda, you -might do something like: - - fdisk /dev/pda -- make a new partition table with - partition 1 of type 83 - - mke2fs /dev/pda1 -- to build the file system - - mkdir /shark -- make a place to mount the disk - - mount /dev/pda1 /shark - -Devices like the Imation superdisk work in the same way, except that -they do not have a partition table. For example to make a 120MB -floppy that you could share with a DOS system: - - mkdosfs /dev/pf0 - mount /dev/pf0 /mnt - - -2.4 The pf driver - -The pf driver is intended for use with parallel port ATAPI disk -devices. The most common devices in this category are PD drives -and LS-120 drives. Traditionally, media for these devices are not -partitioned. Consequently, the pf driver does not support partitioned -media. This may be changed in a future version of the driver. - -2.5 Using the pt driver - -The pt driver for parallel port ATAPI tape drives is a minimal driver. -It does not yet support many of the standard tape ioctl operations. -For best performance, a block size of 32KB should be used. You will -probably want to set the parallel port delay to 0, if you can. - -2.6 Using the pg driver - -The pg driver can be used in conjunction with the cdrecord program -to create CD-ROMs. Please get cdrecord version 1.6.1 or later -from ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/ . To record CD-R media -your parallel port should ideally be set to EPP mode, and the "port delay" -should be set to 0. With those settings it is possible to record at 2x -speed without any buffer underruns. If you cannot get the driver to work -in EPP mode, try to use "bidirectional" or "PS/2" mode and 1x speeds only. - - -3. Troubleshooting - -3.1 Use EPP mode if you can - -The most common problems that people report with the PARIDE drivers -concern the parallel port CMOS settings. At this time, none of the -PARIDE protocol modules support ECP mode, or any ECP combination modes. -If you are able to do so, please set your parallel port into EPP mode -using your CMOS setup procedure. - -3.2 Check the port delay - -Some parallel ports cannot reliably transfer data at full speed. To -offset the errors, the PARIDE protocol modules introduce a "port -delay" between each access to the i/o ports. Each protocol sets -a default value for this delay. In most cases, the user can override -the default and set it to 0 - resulting in somewhat higher transfer -rates. In some rare cases (especially with older 486 systems) the -default delays are not long enough. if you experience corrupt data -transfers, or unexpected failures, you may wish to increase the -port delay. The delay can be programmed using the "driveN" parameters -to each of the high-level drivers. Please see the notes above, or -read the comments at the beginning of the driver source files in -linux/drivers/block/paride. - -3.3 Some drives need a printer reset - -There appear to be a number of "noname" external drives on the market -that do not always power up correctly. We have noticed this with some -drives based on OnSpec and older Freecom adapters. In these rare cases, -the adapter can often be reinitialised by issuing a "printer reset" on -the parallel port. As the reset operation is potentially disruptive in -multiple device environments, the PARIDE drivers will not do it -automatically. You can however, force a printer reset by doing: - - insmod lp reset=1 - rmmod lp - -If you have one of these marginal cases, you should probably build -your paride drivers as modules, and arrange to do the printer reset -before loading the PARIDE drivers. - -3.4 Use the verbose option and dmesg if you need help - -While a lot of testing has gone into these drivers to make them work -as smoothly as possible, problems will arise. If you do have problems, -please check all the obvious things first: does the drive work in -DOS with the manufacturer's drivers ? If that doesn't yield any useful -clues, then please make sure that only one drive is hooked to your system, -and that either (a) PARPORT is enabled or (b) no other device driver -is using your parallel port (check in /proc/ioports). Then, load the -appropriate drivers (you can load several protocol modules if you want) -as in: - - # insmod paride - # insmod epat - # insmod bpck - # insmod kbic - ... - # insmod pd verbose=1 - -(using the correct driver for the type of device you have, of course). -The verbose=1 parameter will cause the drivers to log a trace of their -activity as they attempt to locate your drive. - -Use 'dmesg' to capture a log of all the PARIDE messages (any messages -beginning with paride:, a protocol module's name or a driver's name) and -include that with your bug report. You can submit a bug report in one -of two ways. Either send it directly to the author of the PARIDE suite, -by e-mail to grant@torque.net, or join the linux-parport mailing list -and post your report there. - -3.5 For more information or help - -You can join the linux-parport mailing list by sending a mail message -to - linux-parport-request@torque.net - -with the single word - - subscribe - -in the body of the mail message (not in the subject line). Please be -sure that your mail program is correctly set up when you do this, as -the list manager is a robot that will subscribe you using the reply -address in your mail headers. REMOVE any anti-spam gimmicks you may -have in your mail headers, when sending mail to the list server. - -You might also find some useful information on the linux-parport -web pages (although they are not always up to date) at - - http://www.torque.net/parport/ - - diff --git a/Documentation/ramdisk.txt b/Documentation/ramdisk.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6c820ba..0000000 --- a/Documentation/ramdisk.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -Using the RAM disk block device with Linux ------------------------------------------- - -Contents: - - 1) Overview - 2) Kernel Command Line Parameters - 3) Using "rdev -r" - 4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk - - -1) Overview ------------ - -The RAM disk driver is a way to use main system memory as a block device. It -is required for initrd, an initial filesystem used if you need to load modules -in order to access the root filesystem (see Documentation/initrd.txt). It can -also be used for a temporary filesystem for crypto work, since the contents -are erased on reboot. - -The RAM disk dynamically grows as more space is required. It does this by using -RAM from the buffer cache. The driver marks the buffers it is using as dirty -so that the VM subsystem does not try to reclaim them later. - -The RAM disk supports up to 16 RAM disks by default, and can be reconfigured -to support an unlimited number of RAM disks (at your own risk). Just change -the configuration symbol BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT in the Block drivers config menu -and (re)build the kernel. - -To use RAM disk support with your system, run './MAKEDEV ram' from the /dev -directory. RAM disks are all major number 1, and start with minor number 0 -for /dev/ram0, etc. If used, modern kernels use /dev/ram0 for an initrd. - -The new RAM disk also has the ability to load compressed RAM disk images, -allowing one to squeeze more programs onto an average installation or -rescue floppy disk. - - -2) Kernel Command Line Parameters ---------------------------------- - - ramdisk_size=N - ============== - -This parameter tells the RAM disk driver to set up RAM disks of N k size. The -default is 4096 (4 MB) (8192 (8 MB) on S390). - - ramdisk_blocksize=N - =================== - -This parameter tells the RAM disk driver how many bytes to use per block. The -default is 1024 (BLOCK_SIZE). - - -3) Using "rdev -r" ------------------- - -The usage of the word (two bytes) that "rdev -r" sets in the kernel image is -as follows. The low 11 bits (0 -> 10) specify an offset (in 1 k blocks) of up -to 2 MB (2^11) of where to find the RAM disk (this used to be the size). Bit -14 indicates that a RAM disk is to be loaded, and bit 15 indicates whether a -prompt/wait sequence is to be given before trying to read the RAM disk. Since -the RAM disk dynamically grows as data is being written into it, a size field -is not required. Bits 11 to 13 are not currently used and may as well be zero. -These numbers are no magical secrets, as seen below: - -./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_IMAGE_START_MASK 0x07FF -./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_PROMPT_FLAG 0x8000 -./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_LOAD_FLAG 0x4000 - -Consider a typical two floppy disk setup, where you will have the -kernel on disk one, and have already put a RAM disk image onto disk #2. - -Hence you want to set bits 0 to 13 as 0, meaning that your RAM disk -starts at an offset of 0 kB from the beginning of the floppy. -The command line equivalent is: "ramdisk_start=0" - -You want bit 14 as one, indicating that a RAM disk is to be loaded. -The command line equivalent is: "load_ramdisk=1" - -You want bit 15 as one, indicating that you want a prompt/keypress -sequence so that you have a chance to switch floppy disks. -The command line equivalent is: "prompt_ramdisk=1" - -Putting that together gives 2^15 + 2^14 + 0 = 49152 for an rdev word. -So to create disk one of the set, you would do: - - /usr/src/linux# cat arch/i386/boot/zImage > /dev/fd0 - /usr/src/linux# rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0 - /usr/src/linux# rdev -r /dev/fd0 49152 - -If you make a boot disk that has LILO, then for the above, you would use: - append = "ramdisk_start=0 load_ramdisk=1 prompt_ramdisk=1" -Since the default start = 0 and the default prompt = 1, you could use: - append = "load_ramdisk=1" - - -4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk ----------------------------------------------- - -To create a RAM disk image, you will need a spare block device to -construct it on. This can be the RAM disk device itself, or an -unused disk partition (such as an unmounted swap partition). For this -example, we will use the RAM disk device, "/dev/ram0". - -Note: This technique should not be done on a machine with less than 8 MB -of RAM. If using a spare disk partition instead of /dev/ram0, then this -restriction does not apply. - -a) Decide on the RAM disk size that you want. Say 2 MB for this example. - Create it by writing to the RAM disk device. (This step is not currently - required, but may be in the future.) It is wise to zero out the - area (esp. for disks) so that maximal compression is achieved for - the unused blocks of the image that you are about to create. - - dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048 - -b) Make a filesystem on it. Say ext2fs for this example. - - mke2fs -vm0 /dev/ram0 2048 - -c) Mount it, copy the files you want to it (eg: /etc/* /dev/* ...) - and unmount it again. - -d) Compress the contents of the RAM disk. The level of compression - will be approximately 50% of the space used by the files. Unused - space on the RAM disk will compress to almost nothing. - - dd if=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048 | gzip -v9 > /tmp/ram_image.gz - -e) Put the kernel onto the floppy - - dd if=zImage of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k - -f) Put the RAM disk image onto the floppy, after the kernel. Use an offset - that is slightly larger than the kernel, so that you can put another - (possibly larger) kernel onto the same floppy later without overlapping - the RAM disk image. An offset of 400 kB for kernels about 350 kB in - size would be reasonable. Make sure offset+size of ram_image.gz is - not larger than the total space on your floppy (usually 1440 kB). - - dd if=/tmp/ram_image.gz of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k seek=400 - -g) Use "rdev" to set the boot device, RAM disk offset, prompt flag, etc. - For prompt_ramdisk=1, load_ramdisk=1, ramdisk_start=400, one would - have 2^15 + 2^14 + 400 = 49552. - - rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0 - rdev -r /dev/fd0 49552 - -That is it. You now have your boot/root compressed RAM disk floppy. Some -users may wish to combine steps (d) and (f) by using a pipe. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Paul Gortmaker 12/95 - -Changelog: ----------- - -10-22-04 : Updated to reflect changes in command line options, remove - obsolete references, general cleanup. - James Nelson (james4765@gmail.com) - - -12-95 : Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/riscom8.txt b/Documentation/riscom8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 14f61fd..0000000 --- a/Documentation/riscom8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -* NOTE - this is an unmaintained driver. The original author cannot be located. - -SDL Communications is now SBS Technologies, and does not have any -information on these ancient ISA cards on their website. - -James Nelson - 12-12-2004 - - This is the README for RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver - (C) 1994-1996 D.Gorodchanin - See file LICENSE for terms and conditions. - -NOTE: English is not my native language. - I'm sorry for any mistakes in this text. - -Misc. notes for RISCom/8 serial driver, in no particular order :) - -1) This driver can support up to 4 boards at time. - Use string "riscom8=0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX" at LILO prompt, for - setting I/O base addresses for boards. If you compile driver - as module use modprobe options "iobase=0xXXX iobase1=0xXXX iobase2=..." - -2) The driver partially supports famous 'setserial' program, you can use almost - any of its options, excluding port & irq settings. - -3) There are some misc. defines at the beginning of riscom8.c, please read the - comments and try to change some of them in case of problems. - -4) I consider the current state of the driver as BETA. - -5) SDL Communications WWW page is http://www.sdlcomm.com. - -6) You can use the MAKEDEV program to create RISCom/8 /dev/ttyL* entries. - -7) Minor numbers for first board are 0-7, for second 8-15, etc. - -22 Apr 1996. diff --git a/Documentation/rocket.txt b/Documentation/rocket.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1d85829..0000000 --- a/Documentation/rocket.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -Comtrol(tm) RocketPort(R)/RocketModem(TM) Series -Device Driver for the Linux Operating System - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - -PRODUCT OVERVIEW ----------------- - -This driver provides a loadable kernel driver for the Comtrol RocketPort -and RocketModem PCI boards. These boards provide, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 -high-speed serial ports or modems. This driver supports up to a combination -of four RocketPort or RocketModems boards in one machine simultaneously. -This file assumes that you are using the RocketPort driver which is -integrated into the kernel sources. - -The driver can also be installed as an external module using the usual -"make;make install" routine. This external module driver, obtainable -from the Comtrol website listed below, is useful for updating the driver -or installing it into kernels which do not have the driver configured -into them. Installations instructions for the external module -are in the included README and HW_INSTALL files. - -RocketPort ISA and RocketModem II PCI boards currently are only supported by -this driver in module form. - -The RocketPort ISA board requires I/O ports to be configured by the DIP -switches on the board. See the section "ISA Rocketport Boards" below for -information on how to set the DIP switches. - -You pass the I/O port to the driver using the following module parameters: - -board1 : I/O port for the first ISA board -board2 : I/O port for the second ISA board -board3 : I/O port for the third ISA board -board4 : I/O port for the fourth ISA board - -There is a set of utilities and scripts provided with the external driver -( downloadable from http://www.comtrol.com ) that ease the configuration and -setup of the ISA cards. - -The RocketModem II PCI boards require firmware to be loaded into the card -before it will function. The driver has only been tested as a module for this -board. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - -INSTALLATION PROCEDURES ------------------------ - -RocketPort/RocketModem PCI cards require no driver configuration, they are -automatically detected and configured. - -The RocketPort driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built -into the kernel. This is selected, as for other drivers, through the `make config` -command from the root of the Linux source tree during the kernel build process. - -The RocketPort/RocketModem serial ports installed by this driver are assigned -device major number 46, and will be named /dev/ttyRx, where x is the port number -starting at zero (ex. /dev/ttyR0, /devttyR1, ...). If you have multiple cards -installed in the system, the mapping of port names to serial ports is displayed -in the system log at /var/log/messages. - -If installed as a module, the module must be loaded. This can be done -manually by entering "modprobe rocket". To have the module loaded automatically -upon system boot, edit the /etc/modprobe.conf file and add the line -"alias char-major-46 rocket". - -In order to use the ports, their device names (nodes) must be created with mknod. -This is only required once, the system will retain the names once created. To -create the RocketPort/RocketModem device names, use the command -"mknod /dev/ttyRx c 46 x" where x is the port number starting at zero. For example: - ->mknod /dev/ttyR0 c 46 0 ->mknod /dev/ttyR1 c 46 1 ->mknod /dev/ttyR2 c 46 2 - -The Linux script MAKEDEV will create the first 16 ttyRx device names (nodes) -for you: - ->/dev/MAKEDEV ttyR - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - -ISA Rocketport Boards ---------------------- - -You must assign and configure the I/O addresses used by the ISA Rocketport -card before installing and using it. This is done by setting a set of DIP -switches on the Rocketport board. - - -SETTING THE I/O ADDRESS ------------------------ - -Before installing RocketPort(R) or RocketPort RA boards, you must find -a range of I/O addresses for it to use. The first RocketPort card -requires a 68-byte contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one -of the following: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h, -0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h. This I/O address must be reflected in the DIP -switches of *all* of the Rocketport cards. - -The second, third, and fourth RocketPort cards require a 64-byte -contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one of the following -I/O addresses: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x1C0h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h, -0x2C0h, 0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h, 0x3C0h. The I/O address used by the -second, third, and fourth Rocketport cards (if present) are set via -software control. The DIP switch settings for the I/O address must be -set to the value of the first Rocketport cards. - -In order to distinguish each of the card from the others, each card -must have a unique board ID set on the dip switches. The first -Rocketport board must be set with the DIP switches corresponding to -the first board, the second board must be set with the DIP switches -corresponding to the second board, etc. IMPORTANT: The board ID is -the only place where the DIP switch settings should differ between the -various Rocketport boards in a system. - -The I/O address range used by any of the RocketPort cards must not -conflict with any other cards in the system, including other -RocketPort cards. Below, you will find a list of commonly used I/O -address ranges which may be in use by other devices in your system. -On a Linux system, "cat /proc/ioports" will also be helpful in -identifying what I/O addresses are being used by devices on your -system. - -Remember, the FIRST RocketPort uses 68 I/O addresses. So, if you set it -for 0x100, it will occupy 0x100 to 0x143. This would mean that you -CAN NOT set the second, third or fourth board for address 0x140 since -the first 4 bytes of that range are used by the first board. You would -need to set the second, third, or fourth board to one of the next available -blocks such as 0x180. - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - -RocketPort and RocketPort RA SW1 Settings: - - +-------------------------------+ - | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | - +-------+-------+---------------+ - | Unused| Card | I/O Port Block| - +-------------------------------+ - -DIP Switches DIP Switches -7 8 6 5 -=================== =================== -On On UNUSED, MUST BE ON. On On First Card <==== Default - On Off Second Card - Off On Third Card - Off Off Fourth Card - -DIP Switches I/O Address Range -4 3 2 1 Used by the First Card -===================================== -On Off On Off 100-143 -On Off Off On 140-183 -On Off Off Off 180-1C3 <==== Default -Off On On Off 200-243 -Off On Off On 240-283 -Off On Off Off 280-2C3 -Off Off On Off 300-343 -Off Off Off On 340-383 -Off Off Off Off 380-3C3 - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - -REPORTING BUGS --------------- - -For technical support, please provide the following -information: Driver version, kernel release, distribution of -kernel, and type of board you are using. Error messages and log -printouts port configuration details are especially helpful. - -USA - Phone: (612) 494-4100 - FAX: (612) 494-4199 - email: support@comtrol.com - -Comtrol Europe - Phone: +44 (0) 1 869 323-220 - FAX: +44 (0) 1 869 323-211 - email: support@comtrol.co.uk - -Web: http://www.comtrol.com -FTP: ftp.comtrol.com - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - - diff --git a/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX b/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07dcdb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file. +README.cycladesZ + - info on Cyclades-Z firmware loading. +computone.txt + - info on Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver. +digiepca.txt + - info on Digi Intl. {PC,PCI,EISA}Xx and Xem series cards. +hayes-esp.txt + - info on using the Hayes ESP serial driver. +moxa-smartio + - file with info on installing/using Moxa multiport serial driver. +riscom8.txt + - notes on using the RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver. +rocket.txt + - info on the Comtrol RocketPort multiport serial driver. +specialix.txt + - info on hardware/driver for specialix IO8+ multiport serial card. +stallion.txt + - info on using the Stallion multiport serial driver. +sx.txt + - info on the Specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver. +tty.txt + - guide to the locking policies of the tty layer. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ b/Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ new file mode 100644 index 0000000..024a694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ + +The Cyclades-Z must have firmware loaded onto the card before it will +operate. This operation should be performed during system startup, + +The firmware, loader program and the latest device driver code are +available from Cyclades at + ftp://ftp.cyclades.com/pub/cyclades/cyclades-z/linux/ + diff --git a/Documentation/serial/computone.txt b/Documentation/serial/computone.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c57ea47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/computone.txt @@ -0,0 +1,522 @@ +NOTE: This is an unmaintained driver. It is not guaranteed to work due to +changes made in the tty layer in 2.6. If you wish to take over maintenance of +this driver, contact Michael Warfield . + +Changelog: +---------- +11-01-2001: Original Document + +10-29-2004: Minor misspelling & format fix, update status of driver. + James Nelson + +Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver +----------------------------------------------------- + +Release Notes For Linux Kernel 2.2 and higher. +These notes are for the drivers which have already been integrated into the +kernel and have been tested on Linux kernels 2.0, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4. + +Version: 1.2.14 +Date: 11/01/2001 +Historical Author: Andrew Manison +Primary Author: Doug McNash +Support: support@computone.com +Fixes and Updates: Mike Warfield + +This file assumes that you are using the Computone drivers which are +integrated into the kernel sources. For updating the drivers or installing +drivers into kernels which do not already have Computone drivers, please +refer to the instructions in the README.computone file in the driver patch. + + +1. INTRODUCTION + +This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus controllers +with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers. It does not support +products previous to the Intelliport II. + +This driver was developed on the v2.0.x Linux tree and has been tested up +to v2.4.14; it will probably not work with earlier v1.X kernels,. + + +2. QUICK INSTALLATION + +Hardware - If you have an ISA card, find a free interrupt and io port. + List those in use with `cat /proc/interrupts` and + `cat /proc/ioports`. Set the card dip switches to a free + address. You may need to configure your BIOS to reserve an + irq for an ISA card. PCI and EISA parameters are set + automagically. Insert card into computer with the power off + before or after drivers installation. + + Note the hardware address from the Computone ISA cards installed into + the system. These are required for editing ip2.c or editing + /etc/modprobe.conf, or for specification on the modprobe + command line. + + Note that the /etc/modules.conf should be used for older (pre-2.6) + kernels. + +Software - + +Module installation: + +a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be) +b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig" + Select (m) module for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character + devices. CONFIG_PCI and CONFIG_MODULES also may need to be set. +c) Set address on ISA cards then: + edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c if needed + or + edit /etc/modprobe.conf if needed (module). + or both to match this setting. +d) Run "make modules" +e) Run "make modules_install" +f) Run "/sbin/depmod -a" +g) install driver using `modprobe ip2 ` (options listed below) +h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version) + + +Kernel installation: + +a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be) +b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig" + Select (y) kernel for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character + devices. CONFIG_PCI may need to be set if you have PCI bus. +c) Set address on ISA cards then: + edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c + (Optional - may be specified on kernel command line now) +d) Run "make zImage" or whatever target you prefer. +e) mv /usr/src/linux/arch/i386/boot/zImage to /boot. +f) Add new config for this kernel into /etc/lilo.conf, run "lilo" + or copy to a floppy disk and boot from that floppy disk. +g) Reboot using this kernel +h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version) + +Kernel command line options: + +When compiling the driver into the kernel, io and irq may be +compiled into the driver by editing ip2.c and setting the values for +io and irq in the appropriate array. An alternative is to specify +a command line parameter to the kernel at boot up. + + ip2=io0,irq0,io1,irq1,io2,irq2,io3,irq3 + +Note that this order is very different from the specifications for the +modload parameters which have separate IRQ and IO specifiers. + +The io port also selects PCI (1) and EISA (2) boards. + + io=0 No board + io=1 PCI board + io=2 EISA board + else ISA board io address + +You only need to specify the boards which are present. + + Examples: + + 2 PCI boards: + + ip2=1,0,1,0 + + 1 ISA board at 0x310 irq 5: + + ip2=0x310,5 + +This can be added to and "append" option in lilo.conf similar to this: + + append="ip2=1,0,1,0" + + +3. INSTALLATION + +Previously, the driver sources were packaged with a set of patch files +to update the character drivers' makefile and configuration file, and other +kernel source files. A build script (ip2build) was included which applies +the patches if needed, and build any utilities needed. +What you receive may be a single patch file in conventional kernel +patch format build script. That form can also be applied by +running patch -p1 < ThePatchFile. Otherwise run ip2build. + +The driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built into the +kernel. This is selected as for other drivers through the `make config` +command from the root of the Linux source tree. If the driver is built +into the kernel you will need to edit the file ip2.c to match the boards +you are installing. See that file for instructions. If the driver is +installed as a module the configuration can also be specified on the +modprobe command line as follows: + + modprobe ip2 irq=irq1,irq2,irq3,irq4 io=addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4 + +where irqnum is one of the valid Intelliport II interrupts (3,4,5,7,10,11, +12,15) and addr1-4 are the base addresses for up to four controllers. If +the irqs are not specified the driver uses the default in ip2.c (which +selects polled mode). If no base addresses are specified the defaults in +ip2.c are used. If you are autoloading the driver module with kerneld or +kmod the base addresses and interrupt number must also be set in ip2.c +and recompile or just insert and options line in /etc/modprobe.conf or both. +The options line is equivalent to the command line and takes precedence over +what is in ip2.c. + +/etc/modprobe.conf sample: + options ip2 io=1,0x328 irq=1,10 + alias char-major-71 ip2 + alias char-major-72 ip2 + alias char-major-73 ip2 + +The equivalent in ip2.c: + +static int io[IP2_MAX_BOARDS]= { 1, 0x328, 0, 0 }; +static int irq[IP2_MAX_BOARDS] = { 1, 10, -1, -1 }; + +The equivalent for the kernel command line (in lilo.conf): + + append="ip2=1,1,0x328,10" + + +Note: Both io and irq should be updated to reflect YOUR system. An "io" + address of 1 or 2 indicates a PCI or EISA card in the board table. + The PCI or EISA irq will be assigned automatically. + +Specifying an invalid or in-use irq will default the driver into +running in polled mode for that card. If all irq entries are 0 then +all cards will operate in polled mode. + +If you select the driver as part of the kernel run : + + make zlilo (or whatever you do to create a bootable kernel) + +If you selected a module run : + + make modules && make modules_install + +The utility ip2mkdev (see 5 and 7 below) creates all the device nodes +required by the driver. For a device to be created it must be configured +in the driver and the board must be installed. Only devices corresponding +to real IntelliPort II ports are created. With multiple boards and expansion +boxes this will leave gaps in the sequence of device names. ip2mkdev uses +Linux tty naming conventions: ttyF0 - ttyF255 for normal devices, and +cuf0 - cuf255 for callout devices. + + +4. USING THE DRIVERS + +As noted above, the driver implements the ports in accordance with Linux +conventions, and the devices should be interchangeable with the standard +serial devices. (This is a key point for problem reporting: please make +sure that what you are trying do works on the ttySx/cuax ports first; then +tell us what went wrong with the ip2 ports!) + +Higher speeds can be obtained using the setserial utility which remaps +38,400 bps (extb) to 57,600 bps, 115,200 bps, or a custom speed. +Intelliport II installations using the PowerPort expansion module can +use the custom speed setting to select the highest speeds: 153,600 bps, +230,400 bps, 307,200 bps, 460,800bps and 921,600 bps. The base for +custom baud rate configuration is fixed at 921,600 for cards/expansion +modules with ST654's and 115200 for those with Cirrus CD1400's. This +corresponds to the maximum bit rates those chips are capable. +For example if the baud base is 921600 and the baud divisor is 18 then +the custom rate is 921600/18 = 51200 bps. See the setserial man page for +complete details. Of course if stty accepts the higher rates now you can +use that as well as the standard ioctls(). + + +5. ip2mkdev and assorted utilities... + +Several utilities, including the source for a binary ip2mkdev utility are +available under .../drivers/char/ip2. These can be build by changing to +that directory and typing "make" after the kernel has be built. If you do +not wish to compile the binary utilities, the shell script below can be +cut out and run as "ip2mkdev" to create the necessary device files. To +use the ip2mkdev script, you must have procfs enabled and the proc file +system mounted on /proc. + + +6. NOTES + +This is a release version of the driver, but it is impossible to test it +in all configurations of Linux. If there is any anomalous behaviour that +does not match the standard serial port's behaviour please let us know. + + +7. ip2mkdev shell script + +Previously, this script was simply attached here. It is now attached as a +shar archive to make it easier to extract the script from the documentation. +To create the ip2mkdev shell script change to a convenient directory (/tmp +works just fine) and run the following command: + + unshar Documentation/serial/computone.txt + (This file) + +You should now have a file ip2mkdev in your current working directory with +permissions set to execute. Running that script with then create the +necessary devices for the Computone boards, interfaces, and ports which +are present on you system at the time it is run. + + +#!/bin/sh +# This is a shell archive (produced by GNU sharutils 4.2.1). +# To extract the files from this archive, save it to some FILE, remove +# everything before the `!/bin/sh' line above, then type `sh FILE'. +# +# Made on 2001-10-29 10:32 EST by . +# Source directory was `/home2/src/tmp'. +# +# Existing files will *not* be overwritten unless `-c' is specified. +# +# This shar contains: +# length mode name +# ------ ---------- ------------------------------------------ +# 4251 -rwxr-xr-x ip2mkdev +# +save_IFS="${IFS}" +IFS="${IFS}:" +gettext_dir=FAILED +locale_dir=FAILED +first_param="$1" +for dir in $PATH +do + if test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/gettext \ + && ($dir/gettext --version >/dev/null 2>&1) + then + set `$dir/gettext --version 2>&1` + if test "$3" = GNU + then + gettext_dir=$dir + fi + fi + if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/shar \ + && ($dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir >/dev/null 2>&1) + then + locale_dir=`$dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir` + fi +done +IFS="$save_IFS" +if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED || test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED +then + echo=echo +else + TEXTDOMAINDIR=$locale_dir + export TEXTDOMAINDIR + TEXTDOMAIN=sharutils + export TEXTDOMAIN + echo="$gettext_dir/gettext -s" +fi +if touch -am -t 200112312359.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 200112312359.59 -a -f $$.touch; then + shar_touch='touch -am -t $1$2$3$4$5$6.$7 "$8"' +elif touch -am 123123592001.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 123123592001.59 -a ! -f 123123592001.5 -a -f $$.touch; then + shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$1$2.$7 "$8"' +elif touch -am 1231235901 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 1231235901 -a -f $$.touch; then + shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$2 "$8"' +else + shar_touch=: + echo + $echo 'WARNING: not restoring timestamps. Consider getting and' + $echo "installing GNU \`touch', distributed in GNU File Utilities..." + echo +fi +rm -f 200112312359.59 123123592001.59 123123592001.5 1231235901 $$.touch +# +if mkdir _sh17581; then + $echo 'x -' 'creating lock directory' +else + $echo 'failed to create lock directory' + exit 1 +fi +# ============= ip2mkdev ============== +if test -f 'ip2mkdev' && test "$first_param" != -c; then + $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'ip2mkdev' '(file already exists)' +else + $echo 'x -' extracting 'ip2mkdev' '(text)' + sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'ip2mkdev' && +#!/bin/sh - +# +# ip2mkdev +# +# Make or remove devices as needed for Computone Intelliport drivers +# +# First rule! If the dev file exists and you need it, don't mess +# with it. That prevents us from screwing up open ttys, ownership +# and permissions on a running system! +# +# This script will NOT remove devices that no longer exist if their +# board or interface box has been removed. If you want to get rid +# of them, you can manually do an "rm -f /dev/ttyF* /dev/cuaf*" +# before running this script. Running this script will then recreate +# all the valid devices. +# +# Michael H. Warfield +# /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/ +# mhw@wittsend.com +# +# Updated 10/29/2000 for version 1.2.13 naming convention +# under devfs. /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/ +# +# Updated 03/09/2000 for devfs support in ip2 drivers. /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/ +# +X +if test -d /dev/ip2 ; then +# This is devfs mode... We don't do anything except create symlinks +# from the real devices to the old names! +X cd /dev +X echo "Creating symbolic links to devfs devices" +X for i in `ls ip2` ; do +X if test ! -L ip2$i ; then +X # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device) +X rm -f ip2$i +X ln -s ip2/$i ip2$i +X fi +X done +X for i in `( cd tts ; ls F* )` ; do +X if test ! -L tty$i ; then +X # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device) +X rm -f tty$i +X ln -s tts/$i tty$i +X fi +X done +X for i in `( cd cua ; ls F* )` ; do +X DEVNUMBER=`expr $i : 'F\(.*\)'` +X if test ! -L cuf$DEVNUMBER ; then +X # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device) +X rm -f cuf$DEVNUMBER +X ln -s cua/$i cuf$DEVNUMBER +X fi +X done +X exit 0 +fi +X +if test ! -f /proc/tty/drivers +then +X echo "\ +Unable to check driver status. +Make sure proc file system is mounted." +X +X exit 255 +fi +X +if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2 +then +X echo "\ +Unable to locate ip2 proc file. +Attempting to load driver" +X +X if /sbin/insmod ip2 +X then +X if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2 +X then +X echo "\ +Unable to locate ip2 proc file after loading driver. +Driver initialization failure or driver version error. +" +X exit 255 +X fi +X else +X echo "Unable to load ip2 driver." +X exit 255 +X fi +fi +X +# Ok... So we got the driver loaded and we can locate the procfs files. +# Next we need our major numbers. +X +TTYMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/tt/!d' -e 's/.*tt[^ ]*[ ]*\([0-9]*\)[ ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers` +CUAMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/cu/!d' -e 's/.*cu[^ ]*[ ]*\([0-9]*\)[ ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers` +BRDMAJOR=`sed -e '/^Driver: /!d' -e 's/.*IMajor=\([0-9]*\)[ ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/driver/ip2` +X +echo "\ +TTYMAJOR = $TTYMAJOR +CUAMAJOR = $CUAMAJOR +BRDMAJOR = $BRDMAJOR +" +X +# Ok... Now we should know our major numbers, if appropriate... +# Now we need our boards and start the device loops. +X +grep '^Board [0-9]:' /proc/tty/driver/ip2 | while read token number type alltherest +do +X # The test for blank "type" will catch the stats lead-in lines +X # if they exist in the file +X if test "$type" = "vacant" -o "$type" = "Vacant" -o "$type" = "" +X then +X continue +X fi +X +X BOARDNO=`expr "$number" : '\([0-9]\):'` +X PORTS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*ports=\([0-9]*\)' | tr ',' ' '` +X MINORS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*minors=\([0-9,]*\)' | tr ',' ' '` +X +X if test "$BOARDNO" = "" -o "$PORTS" = "" +X then +# This may be a bug. We should at least get this much information +X echo "Unable to process board line" +X continue +X fi +X +X if test "$MINORS" = "" +X then +# Silently skip this one. This board seems to have no boxes +X continue +X fi +X +X echo "board $BOARDNO: $type ports = $PORTS; port numbers = $MINORS" +X +X if test "$BRDMAJOR" != "" +X then +X BRDMINOR=`expr $BOARDNO \* 4` +X STSMINOR=`expr $BRDMINOR + 1` +X if test ! -c /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO ; then +X mknod /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $BRDMINOR +X fi +X if test ! -c /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO ; then +X mknod /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $STSMINOR +X fi +X fi +X +X if test "$TTYMAJOR" != "" +X then +X PORTNO=$BOARDBASE +X +X for PORTNO in $MINORS +X do +X if test ! -c /dev/ttyF$PORTNO ; then +X # We got the hardware but no device - make it +X mknod /dev/ttyF$PORTNO c $TTYMAJOR $PORTNO +X fi +X done +X fi +X +X if test "$CUAMAJOR" != "" +X then +X PORTNO=$BOARDBASE +X +X for PORTNO in $MINORS +X do +X if test ! -c /dev/cuf$PORTNO ; then +X # We got the hardware but no device - make it +X mknod /dev/cuf$PORTNO c $CUAMAJOR $PORTNO +X fi +X done +X fi +done +X +Xexit 0 +SHAR_EOF + (set 20 01 10 29 10 32 01 'ip2mkdev'; eval "$shar_touch") && + chmod 0755 'ip2mkdev' || + $echo 'restore of' 'ip2mkdev' 'failed' + if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then + md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + || $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'MD5 check failed' +cb5717134509f38bad9fde6b1f79b4a4 ip2mkdev +SHAR_EOF + else + shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'ip2mkdev'`" + test 4251 -eq "$shar_count" || + $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'original size' '4251,' 'current size' "$shar_count!" + fi +fi +rm -fr _sh17581 +exit 0 diff --git a/Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt b/Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2560e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +NOTE: This driver is obsolete. Digi provides a 2.6 driver (dgdm) at +http://www.digi.com for PCI cards. They no longer maintain this driver, +and have no 2.6 driver for ISA cards. + +This driver requires a number of user-space tools. They can be acquired from +http://www.digi.com, but only works with 2.4 kernels. + + +The Digi Intl. epca driver. +---------------------------- +The Digi Intl. epca driver for Linux supports the following boards: + +Digi PC/Xem, PC/Xr, PC/Xe, PC/Xi, PC/Xeve +Digi EISA/Xem, PCI/Xem, PCI/Xr + +Limitations: +------------ +Currently the driver only autoprobes for supported PCI boards. + +The Linux MAKEDEV command does not support generating the Digiboard +Devices. Users executing digiConfig to setup EISA and PC series cards +will have their device nodes automatically constructed (cud?? for ~CLOCAL, +and ttyD?? for CLOCAL). Users wishing to boot their board from the LILO +prompt, or those users booting PCI cards may use buildDIGI to construct +the necessary nodes. + +Notes: +------ +This driver may be configured via LILO. For users who have already configured +their driver using digiConfig, configuring from LILO will override previous +settings. Multiple boards may be configured by issuing multiple LILO command +lines. For examples see the bottom of this document. + +Device names start at 0 and continue up. Beware of this as previous Digi +drivers started device names with 1. + +PCI boards are auto-detected and configured by the driver. PCI boards will +be allocated device numbers (internally) beginning with the lowest PCI slot +first. In other words a PCI card in slot 3 will always have higher device +nodes than a PCI card in slot 1. + +LILO config examples: +--------------------- +Using LILO's APPEND command, a string of comma separated identifiers or +integers can be used to configure supported boards. The six values in order +are: + + Enable/Disable this card or Override, + Type of card: PC/Xe (AccelePort) (0), PC/Xeve (1), PC/Xem or PC/Xr (2), + EISA/Xem (3), PC/64Xe (4), PC/Xi (5), + Enable/Disable alternate pin arrangement, + Number of ports on this card, + I/O Port where card is configured (in HEX if using string identifiers), + Base of memory window (in HEX if using string identifiers), + +NOTE : PCI boards are auto-detected and configured. Do not attempt to +configure PCI boards with the LILO append command. If you wish to override +previous configuration data (As set by digiConfig), but you do not wish to +configure any specific card (Example if there are PCI cards in the system) +the following override command will accomplish this: +-> append="digi=2" + +Samples: + append="digiepca=E,PC/Xe,D,16,200,D0000" + or + append="digi=1,0,0,16,512,851968" + +Supporting Tools: +----------------- +Supporting tools include digiDload, digiConfig, buildPCI, and ditty. See +drivers/char/README.epca for more details. Note, +this driver REQUIRES that digiDload be executed prior to it being used. +Failure to do this will result in an ENODEV error. + +Documentation: +-------------- +Complete documentation for this product may be found in the tool package. + +Sources of information and support: +----------------------------------- +Digi Intl. support site for this product: + +-> http://www.digi.com + +Acknowledgments: +---------------- +Much of this work (And even text) was derived from a similar document +supporting the original public domain DigiBoard driver Copyright (C) +1994,1995 Troy De Jongh. Many thanks to Christoph Lameter +(christoph@lameter.com) and Mike McLagan (mike.mclagan@linux.org) who authored +and contributed to the original document. + +Changelog: +---------- +10-29-04: Update status of driver, remove dead links in document + James Nelson + +2000 (?) Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt b/Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09b5d58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +HAYES ESP DRIVER VERSION 2.1 + +A big thanks to the people at Hayes, especially Alan Adamson. Their support +has enabled me to provide enhancements to the driver. + +Please report your experiences with this driver to me (arobinso@nyx.net). I +am looking for both positive and negative feedback. + +*** IMPORTANT CHANGES FOR 2.1 *** +Support for PIO mode. Five situations will cause PIO mode to be used: +1) A multiport card is detected. PIO mode will always be used. (8 port cards +do not support DMA). +2) The DMA channel is set to an invalid value (anything other than 1 or 3). +3) The DMA buffer/channel could not be allocated. The port will revert to PIO +mode until it is reopened. +4) Less than a specified number of bytes need to be transferred to/from the +FIFOs. PIO mode will be used for that transfer only. +5) A port needs to do a DMA transfer and another port is already using the +DMA channel. PIO mode will be used for that transfer only. + +Since the Hayes ESP seems to conflict with other cards (notably sound cards) +when using DMA, DMA is turned off by default. To use DMA, it must be turned +on explicitly, either with the "dma=" option described below or with +setserial. A multiport card can be forced into DMA mode by using setserial; +however, most multiport cards don't support DMA. + +The latest version of setserial allows the enhanced configuration of the ESP +card to be viewed and modified. +*** + +This package contains the files needed to compile a module to support the Hayes +ESP card. The drivers are basically a modified version of the serial drivers. + +Features: + +- Uses the enhanced mode of the ESP card, allowing a wider range of + interrupts and features than compatibility mode +- Uses DMA and 16 bit PIO mode to transfer data to and from the ESP's FIFOs, + reducing CPU load +- Supports primary and secondary ports + + +If the driver is compiled as a module, the IRQs to use can be specified by +using the irq= option. The format is: + +irq=[0x100],[0x140],[0x180],[0x200],[0x240],[0x280],[0x300],[0x380] + +The address in brackets is the base address of the card. The IRQ of +nonexistent cards can be set to 0. If an IRQ of a card that does exist is set +to 0, the driver will attempt to guess at the correct IRQ. For example, to set +the IRQ of the card at address 0x300 to 12, the insmod command would be: + +insmod esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,12,0 + +The custom divisor can be set by using the divisor= option. The format is the +same as for the irq= option. Each divisor value is a series of hex digits, +with each digit representing the divisor to use for a corresponding port. The +divisor value is constructed RIGHT TO LEFT. Specifying a nonzero divisor value +will automatically set the spd_cust flag. To calculate the divisor to use for +a certain baud rate, divide the port's base baud (generally 921600) by the +desired rate. For example, to set the divisor of the primary port at 0x300 to +4 and the divisor of the secondary port at 0x308 to 8, the insmod command would +be: + +insmod esp divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x84,0 + +The dma= option can be used to set the DMA channel. The channel can be either +1 or 3. Specifying any other value will force the driver to use PIO mode. +For example, to set the DMA channel to 3, the insmod command would be: + +insmod esp dma=3 + +The rx_trigger= and tx_trigger= options can be used to set the FIFO trigger +levels. They specify when the ESP card should send an interrupt. Larger +values will decrease the number of interrupts; however, a value too high may +result in data loss. Valid values are 1 through 1023, with 768 being the +default. For example, to set the receive trigger level to 512 bytes and the +transmit trigger level to 700 bytes, the insmod command would be: + +insmod esp rx_trigger=512 tx_trigger=700 + +The flow_off= and flow_on= options can be used to set the hardware flow off/ +flow on levels. The flow on level must be lower than the flow off level, and +the flow off level should be higher than rx_trigger. Valid values are 1 +through 1023, with 1016 being the default flow off level and 944 being the +default flow on level. For example, to set the flow off level to 1000 bytes +and the flow on level to 935 bytes, the insmod command would be: + +insmod esp flow_off=1000 flow_on=935 + +The rx_timeout= option can be used to set the receive timeout value. This +value indicates how long after receiving the last character that the ESP card +should wait before signalling an interrupt. Valid values are 0 though 255, +with 128 being the default. A value too high will increase latency, and a +value too low will cause unnecessary interrupts. For example, to set the +receive timeout to 255, the insmod command would be: + +insmod esp rx_timeout=255 + +The pio_threshold= option sets the threshold (in number of characters) for +using PIO mode instead of DMA mode. For example, if this value is 32, +transfers of 32 bytes or less will always use PIO mode. + +insmod esp pio_threshold=32 + +Multiple options can be listed on the insmod command line by separating each +option with a space. For example: + +insmod esp dma=3 trigger=512 + +The esp module can be automatically loaded when needed. To cause this to +happen, add the following lines to /etc/modprobe.conf (replacing the last line +with options for your configuration): + +alias char-major-57 esp +alias char-major-58 esp +options esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,3,0 divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x4,0 + +You may also need to run 'depmod -a'. + +Devices must be created manually. To create the devices, note the output from +the module after it is inserted. The output will appear in the location where +kernel messages usually appear (usually /var/adm/messages). Create two devices +for each 'tty' mentioned, one with major of 57 and the other with major of 58. +The minor number should be the same as the tty number reported. The commands +would be (replace ? with the tty number): + +mknod /dev/ttyP? c 57 ? +mknod /dev/cup? c 58 ? + +For example, if the following line appears: + +Oct 24 18:17:23 techno kernel: ttyP8 at 0x0140 (irq = 3) is an ESP primary port + +...two devices should be created: + +mknod /dev/ttyP8 c 57 8 +mknod /dev/cup8 c 58 8 + +You may need to set the permissions on the devices: + +chmod 666 /dev/ttyP* +chmod 666 /dev/cup* + +The ESP module and the serial module should not conflict (they can be used at +the same time). After the ESP module has been loaded the ports on the ESP card +will no longer be accessible by the serial driver. + +If I/O errors are experienced when accessing the port, check for IRQ and DMA +conflicts ('cat /proc/interrupts' and 'cat /proc/dma' for a list of IRQs and +DMAs currently in use). + +Enjoy! +Andrew J. Robinson diff --git a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5337e80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ +============================================================================= + MOXA Smartio/Industio Family Device Driver Installation Guide + for Linux Kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x + Copyright (C) 2008, Moxa Inc. +============================================================================= +Date: 01/21/2008 + +Content + +1. Introduction +2. System Requirement +3. Installation + 3.1 Hardware installation + 3.2 Driver files + 3.3 Device naming convention + 3.4 Module driver configuration + 3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x. + 3.6 Custom configuration + 3.7 Verify driver installation +4. Utilities +5. Setserial +6. Troubleshooting + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +1. Introduction + + The Smartio/Industio/UPCI family Linux driver supports following multiport + boards. + + - 2 ports multiport board + CP-102U, CP-102UL, CP-102UF + CP-132U-I, CP-132UL, + CP-132, CP-132I, CP132S, CP-132IS, + CI-132, CI-132I, CI-132IS, + (C102H, C102HI, C102HIS, C102P, CP-102, CP-102S) + + - 4 ports multiport board + CP-104EL, + CP-104UL, CP-104JU, + CP-134U, CP-134U-I, + C104H/PCI, C104HS/PCI, + CP-114, CP-114I, CP-114S, CP-114IS, CP-114UL, + C104H, C104HS, + CI-104J, CI-104JS, + CI-134, CI-134I, CI-134IS, + (C114HI, CT-114I, C104P) + POS-104UL, + CB-114, + CB-134I + + - 8 ports multiport board + CP-118EL, CP-168EL, + CP-118U, CP-168U, + C168H/PCI, + C168H, C168HS, + (C168P), + CB-108 + + This driver and installation procedure have been developed upon Linux Kernel + 2.4.x and 2.6.x. This driver supports Intel x86 hardware platform. In order + to maintain compatibility, this version has also been properly tested with + RedHat, Mandrake, Fedora and S.u.S.E Linux. However, if compatibility problem + occurs, please contact Moxa at support@moxa.com.tw. + + In addition to device driver, useful utilities are also provided in this + version. They are + - msdiag Diagnostic program for displaying installed Moxa + Smartio/Industio boards. + - msmon Monitor program to observe data count and line status signals. + - msterm A simple terminal program which is useful in testing serial + ports. + - io-irq.exe Configuration program to setup ISA boards. Please note that + this program can only be executed under DOS. + + All the drivers and utilities are published in form of source code under + GNU General Public License in this version. Please refer to GNU General + Public License announcement in each source code file for more detail. + + In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://web.moxa.com. + + This version of driver can be installed as Loadable Module (Module driver) + or built-in into kernel (Static driver). You may refer to following + installation procedure for suitable one. Before you install the driver, + please refer to hardware installation procedure in the User's Manual. + + We assume the user should be familiar with following documents. + - Serial-HOWTO + - Kernel-HOWTO + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2. System Requirement + - Hardware platform: Intel x86 machine + - Kernel version: 2.4.x or 2.6.x + - gcc version 2.72 or later + - Maximum 4 boards can be installed in combination + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +3. Installation + + 3.1 Hardware installation + 3.2 Driver files + 3.3 Device naming convention + 3.4 Module driver configuration + 3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x. + 3.6 Custom configuration + 3.7 Verify driver installation + + + 3.1 Hardware installation + + There are two types of buses, ISA and PCI, for Smartio/Industio + family multiport board. + + ISA board + --------- + You'll have to configure CAP address, I/O address, Interrupt Vector + as well as IRQ before installing this driver. Please refer to hardware + installation procedure in User's Manual before proceed any further. + Please make sure the JP1 is open after the ISA board is set properly. + + PCI/UPCI board + -------------- + You may need to adjust IRQ usage in BIOS to avoid from IRQ conflict + with other ISA devices. Please refer to hardware installation + procedure in User's Manual in advance. + + PCI IRQ Sharing + ----------- + Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Up to + 4 Moxa Smartio/Industio PCI Family multiport boards can be installed + together on one system and they can share the same IRQ. + + + 3.2 Driver files + + The driver file may be obtained from ftp, CD-ROM or floppy disk. The + first step, anyway, is to copy driver file "mxser.tgz" into specified + directory. e.g. /moxa. The execute commands as below. + + # cd / + # mkdir moxa + # cd /moxa + # tar xvf /dev/fd0 + + or + + # cd / + # mkdir moxa + # cd /moxa + # cp /mnt/cdrom//mxser.tgz . + # tar xvfz mxser.tgz + + + 3.3 Device naming convention + + You may find all the driver and utilities files in /moxa/mxser. + Following installation procedure depends on the model you'd like to + run the driver. If you prefer module driver, please refer to 3.4. + If static driver is required, please refer to 3.5. + + Dialin and callout port + ----------------------- + This driver remains traditional serial device properties. There are + two special file name for each serial port. One is dial-in port + which is named "ttyMxx". For callout port, the naming convention + is "cumxx". + + Device naming when more than 2 boards installed + ----------------------------------------------- + Naming convention for each Smartio/Industio multiport board is + pre-defined as below. + + Board Num. Dial-in Port Callout port + 1st board ttyM0 - ttyM7 cum0 - cum7 + 2nd board ttyM8 - ttyM15 cum8 - cum15 + 3rd board ttyM16 - ttyM23 cum16 - cum23 + 4th board ttyM24 - ttym31 cum24 - cum31 + + + !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + Under Kernel 2.6 the cum Device is Obsolete. So use ttyM* + device instead. + !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + + Board sequence + -------------- + This driver will activate ISA boards according to the parameter set + in the driver. After all specified ISA board activated, PCI board + will be installed in the system automatically driven. + Therefore the board number is sorted by the CAP address of ISA boards. + For PCI boards, their sequence will be after ISA boards and C168H/PCI + has higher priority than C104H/PCI boards. + + 3.4 Module driver configuration + Module driver is easiest way to install. If you prefer static driver + installation, please skip this paragraph. + + + ------------- Prepare to use the MOXA driver-------------------- + 3.4.1 Create tty device with correct major number + Before using MOXA driver, your system must have the tty devices + which are created with driver's major number. We offer one shell + script "msmknod" to simplify the procedure. + This step is only needed to be executed once. But you still + need to do this procedure when: + a. You change the driver's major number. Please refer the "3.7" + section. + b. Your total installed MOXA boards number is changed. Maybe you + add/delete one MOXA board. + c. You want to change the tty name. This needs to modify the + shell script "msmknod" + + The procedure is: + # cd /moxa/mxser/driver + # ./msmknod + + This shell script will require the major number for dial-in + device and callout device to create tty device. You also need + to specify the total installed MOXA board number. Default major + numbers for dial-in device and callout device are 30, 35. If + you need to change to other number, please refer section "3.7" + for more detailed procedure. + Msmknod will delete any special files occupying the same device + naming. + + 3.4.2 Build the MOXA driver and utilities + Before using the MOXA driver and utilities, you need compile the + all the source code. This step is only need to be executed once. + But you still re-compile the source code if you modify the source + code. For example, if you change the driver's major number (see + "3.7" section), then you need to do this step again. + + Find "Makefile" in /moxa/mxser, then run + + # make clean; make install + + !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + For Red Hat 9, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS3/ES3/WS3 & Fedora Core1: + # make clean; make installsp1 + + For Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS4/ES4/WS4: + # make clean; make installsp2 + !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + + The driver files "mxser.o" and utilities will be properly compiled + and copied to system directories respectively. + + ------------- Load MOXA driver-------------------- + 3.4.3 Load the MOXA driver + + # modprobe mxser + + will activate the module driver. You may run "lsmod" to check + if "mxser" is activated. If the MOXA board is ISA board, the + is needed. Please refer to section "3.4.5" for more + information. + + + ------------- Load MOXA driver on boot -------------------- + 3.4.4 For the above description, you may manually execute + "modprobe mxser" to activate this driver and run + "rmmod mxser" to remove it. + However, it's better to have a boot time configuration to + eliminate manual operation. Boot time configuration can be + achieved by rc file. We offer one "rc.mxser" file to simplify + the procedure under "moxa/mxser/driver". + + But if you use ISA board, please modify the "modprobe ..." command + to add the argument (see "3.4.5" section). After modifying the + rc.mxser, please try to execute "/moxa/mxser/driver/rc.mxser" + manually to make sure the modification is ok. If any error + encountered, please try to modify again. If the modification is + completed, follow the below step. + + Run following command for setting rc files. + + # cd /moxa/mxser/driver + # cp ./rc.mxser /etc/rc.d + # cd /etc/rc.d + + Check "rc.serial" is existed or not. If "rc.serial" doesn't exist, + create it by vi, run "chmod 755 rc.serial" to change the permission. + Add "/etc/rc.d/rc.mxser" in last line, + + Reboot and check if moxa.o activated by "lsmod" command. + + 3.4.5. If you'd like to drive Smartio/Industio ISA boards in the system, + you'll have to add parameter to specify CAP address of given + board while activating "mxser.o". The format for parameters are + as follows. + + modprobe mxser ioaddr=0x???,0x???,0x???,0x??? + | | | | + | | | +- 4th ISA board + | | +------ 3rd ISA board + | +------------ 2nd ISA board + +------------------- 1st ISA board + + 3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x + + Note: To use static driver, you must install the linux kernel + source package. + + 3.5.1 Backup the built-in driver in the kernel. + # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char + # mv mxser.c mxser.c.old + + For Red Hat 7.x user, you need to create link: + # cd /usr/src + # ln -s linux-2.4 linux + + 3.5.2 Create link + # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char + # ln -s /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c mxser.c + + 3.5.3 Add CAP address list for ISA boards. For PCI boards user, + please skip this step. + + In module mode, the CAP address for ISA board is given by + parameter. In static driver configuration, you'll have to + assign it within driver's source code. If you will not + install any ISA boards, you may skip to next portion. + The instructions to modify driver source code are as + below. + a. # cd /moxa/mxser/driver + # vi mxser.c + b. Find the array mxserBoardCAP[] as below. + + static int mxserBoardCAP[] + = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; + + c. Change the address within this array using vi. For + example, to driver 2 ISA boards with CAP address + 0x280 and 0x180 as 1st and 2nd board. Just to change + the source code as follows. + + static int mxserBoardCAP[] + = {0x280, 0x180, 0x00, 0x00}; + + 3.5.4 Setup kernel configuration + + Configure the kernel: + + # cd /usr/src/linux + # make menuconfig + + You will go into a menu-driven system. Please select [Character + devices][Non-standard serial port support], enable the [Moxa + SmartIO support] driver with "[*]" for built-in (not "[M]"), then + select [Exit] to exit this program. + + 3.5.5 Rebuild kernel + The following are for Linux kernel rebuilding, for your + reference only. + For appropriate details, please refer to the Linux document. + + a. cd /usr/src/linux + b. make clean /* take a few minutes */ + c. make dep /* take a few minutes */ + d. make bzImage /* take probably 10-20 minutes */ + e. make install /* copy boot image to correct position */ + f. Please make sure the boot kernel (vmlinuz) is in the + correct position. + g. If you use 'lilo' utility, you should check /etc/lilo.conf + 'image' item specified the path which is the 'vmlinuz' path, + or you will load wrong (or old) boot kernel image (vmlinuz). + After checking /etc/lilo.conf, please run "lilo". + + Note that if the result of "make bzImage" is ERROR, then you have to + go back to Linux configuration Setup. Type "make menuconfig" in + directory /usr/src/linux. + + + 3.5.6 Make tty device and special file + # cd /moxa/mxser/driver + # ./msmknod + + 3.5.7 Make utility + # cd /moxa/mxser/utility + # make clean; make install + + 3.5.8 Reboot + + + + 3.6 Custom configuration + Although this driver already provides you default configuration, you + still can change the device name and major number. The instruction to + change these parameters are shown as below. + + Change Device name + ------------------ + If you'd like to use other device names instead of default naming + convention, all you have to do is to modify the internal code + within the shell script "msmknod". First, you have to open "msmknod" + by vi. Locate each line contains "ttyM" and "cum" and change them + to the device name you desired. "msmknod" creates the device names + you need next time executed. + + Change Major number + ------------------- + If major number 30 and 35 had been occupied, you may have to select + 2 free major numbers for this driver. There are 3 steps to change + major numbers. + + 3.6.1 Find free major numbers + In /proc/devices, you may find all the major numbers occupied + in the system. Please select 2 major numbers that are available. + e.g. 40, 45. + 3.6.2 Create special files + Run /moxa/mxser/driver/msmknod to create special files with + specified major numbers. + 3.6.3 Modify driver with new major number + Run vi to open /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c. Locate the line + contains "MXSERMAJOR". Change the content as below. + #define MXSERMAJOR 40 + #define MXSERCUMAJOR 45 + 3.6.4 Run "make clean; make install" in /moxa/mxser/driver. + + 3.7 Verify driver installation + You may refer to /var/log/messages to check the latest status + log reported by this driver whenever it's activated. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +4. Utilities + There are 3 utilities contained in this driver. They are msdiag, msmon and + msterm. These 3 utilities are released in form of source code. They should + be compiled into executable file and copied into /usr/bin. + + Before using these utilities, please load driver (refer 3.4 & 3.5) and + make sure you had run the "msmknod" utility. + + msdiag - Diagnostic + -------------------- + This utility provides the function to display what Moxa Smartio/Industio + board found by driver in the system. + + msmon - Port Monitoring + ----------------------- + This utility gives the user a quick view about all the MOXA ports' + activities. One can easily learn each port's total received/transmitted + (Rx/Tx) character count since the time when the monitoring is started. + Rx/Tx throughputs per second are also reported in interval basis (e.g. + the last 5 seconds) and in average basis (since the time the monitoring + is started). You can reset all ports' count by key. <+> <-> + (plus/minus) keys to change the displaying time interval. Press + on the port, that cursor stay, to view the port's communication + parameters, signal status, and input/output queue. + + msterm - Terminal Emulation + --------------------------- + This utility provides data sending and receiving ability of all tty ports, + especially for MOXA ports. It is quite useful for testing simple + application, for example, sending AT command to a modem connected to the + port or used as a terminal for login purpose. Note that this is only a + dumb terminal emulation without handling full screen operation. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +5. Setserial + + Supported Setserial parameters are listed as below. + + uart set UART type(16450-->disable FIFO, 16550A-->enable FIFO) + close_delay set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that DTR + should be kept low while being closed. + closing_wait set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that the + serial port should wait for data to be drained while + being closed, before the receiver is disable. + spd_hi Use 57.6kb when the application requests 38.4kb. + spd_vhi Use 115.2kb when the application requests 38.4kb. + spd_shi Use 230.4kb when the application requests 38.4kb. + spd_warp Use 460.8kb when the application requests 38.4kb. + spd_normal Use 38.4kb when the application requests 38.4kb. + spd_cust Use the custom divisor to set the speed when the + application requests 38.4kb. + divisor This option set the custom divison. + baud_base This option set the base baud rate. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +6. Troubleshooting + + The boot time error messages and solutions are stated as clearly as + possible. If all the possible solutions fail, please contact our technical + support team to get more help. + + + Error msg: More than 4 Moxa Smartio/Industio family boards found. Fifth board + and after are ignored. + Solution: + To avoid this problem, please unplug fifth and after board, because Moxa + driver supports up to 4 boards. + + Error msg: Request_irq fail, IRQ(?) may be conflict with another device. + Solution: + Other PCI or ISA devices occupy the assigned IRQ. If you are not sure + which device causes the situation, please check /proc/interrupts to find + free IRQ and simply change another free IRQ for Moxa board. + + Error msg: Board #: C1xx Series(CAP=xxx) interrupt number invalid. + Solution: + Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Please set + one IRQ (IRQ doesn't equal to zero) for one Moxa board. + + Error msg: No interrupt vector be set for Moxa ISA board(CAP=xxx). + Solution: + Moxa ISA board needs an interrupt vector.Please refer to user's manual + "Hardware Installation" chapter to set interrupt vector. + + Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family driver! + Solution: + Load Moxa driver fail, the major number may conflict with other devices. + Please refer to previous section 3.7 to change a free major number for + Moxa driver. + + Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family callout driver! + Solution: + Load Moxa callout driver fail, the callout device major number may + conflict with other devices. Please refer to previous section 3.7 to + change a free callout device major number for Moxa driver. + + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + diff --git a/Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt b/Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14f61fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* NOTE - this is an unmaintained driver. The original author cannot be located. + +SDL Communications is now SBS Technologies, and does not have any +information on these ancient ISA cards on their website. + +James Nelson - 12-12-2004 + + This is the README for RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver + (C) 1994-1996 D.Gorodchanin + See file LICENSE for terms and conditions. + +NOTE: English is not my native language. + I'm sorry for any mistakes in this text. + +Misc. notes for RISCom/8 serial driver, in no particular order :) + +1) This driver can support up to 4 boards at time. + Use string "riscom8=0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX" at LILO prompt, for + setting I/O base addresses for boards. If you compile driver + as module use modprobe options "iobase=0xXXX iobase1=0xXXX iobase2=..." + +2) The driver partially supports famous 'setserial' program, you can use almost + any of its options, excluding port & irq settings. + +3) There are some misc. defines at the beginning of riscom8.c, please read the + comments and try to change some of them in case of problems. + +4) I consider the current state of the driver as BETA. + +5) SDL Communications WWW page is http://www.sdlcomm.com. + +6) You can use the MAKEDEV program to create RISCom/8 /dev/ttyL* entries. + +7) Minor numbers for first board are 0-7, for second 8-15, etc. + +22 Apr 1996. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt b/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d85829 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +Comtrol(tm) RocketPort(R)/RocketModem(TM) Series +Device Driver for the Linux Operating System + +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + +PRODUCT OVERVIEW +---------------- + +This driver provides a loadable kernel driver for the Comtrol RocketPort +and RocketModem PCI boards. These boards provide, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 +high-speed serial ports or modems. This driver supports up to a combination +of four RocketPort or RocketModems boards in one machine simultaneously. +This file assumes that you are using the RocketPort driver which is +integrated into the kernel sources. + +The driver can also be installed as an external module using the usual +"make;make install" routine. This external module driver, obtainable +from the Comtrol website listed below, is useful for updating the driver +or installing it into kernels which do not have the driver configured +into them. Installations instructions for the external module +are in the included README and HW_INSTALL files. + +RocketPort ISA and RocketModem II PCI boards currently are only supported by +this driver in module form. + +The RocketPort ISA board requires I/O ports to be configured by the DIP +switches on the board. See the section "ISA Rocketport Boards" below for +information on how to set the DIP switches. + +You pass the I/O port to the driver using the following module parameters: + +board1 : I/O port for the first ISA board +board2 : I/O port for the second ISA board +board3 : I/O port for the third ISA board +board4 : I/O port for the fourth ISA board + +There is a set of utilities and scripts provided with the external driver +( downloadable from http://www.comtrol.com ) that ease the configuration and +setup of the ISA cards. + +The RocketModem II PCI boards require firmware to be loaded into the card +before it will function. The driver has only been tested as a module for this +board. + +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + +INSTALLATION PROCEDURES +----------------------- + +RocketPort/RocketModem PCI cards require no driver configuration, they are +automatically detected and configured. + +The RocketPort driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built +into the kernel. This is selected, as for other drivers, through the `make config` +command from the root of the Linux source tree during the kernel build process. + +The RocketPort/RocketModem serial ports installed by this driver are assigned +device major number 46, and will be named /dev/ttyRx, where x is the port number +starting at zero (ex. /dev/ttyR0, /devttyR1, ...). If you have multiple cards +installed in the system, the mapping of port names to serial ports is displayed +in the system log at /var/log/messages. + +If installed as a module, the module must be loaded. This can be done +manually by entering "modprobe rocket". To have the module loaded automatically +upon system boot, edit the /etc/modprobe.conf file and add the line +"alias char-major-46 rocket". + +In order to use the ports, their device names (nodes) must be created with mknod. +This is only required once, the system will retain the names once created. To +create the RocketPort/RocketModem device names, use the command +"mknod /dev/ttyRx c 46 x" where x is the port number starting at zero. For example: + +>mknod /dev/ttyR0 c 46 0 +>mknod /dev/ttyR1 c 46 1 +>mknod /dev/ttyR2 c 46 2 + +The Linux script MAKEDEV will create the first 16 ttyRx device names (nodes) +for you: + +>/dev/MAKEDEV ttyR + +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + +ISA Rocketport Boards +--------------------- + +You must assign and configure the I/O addresses used by the ISA Rocketport +card before installing and using it. This is done by setting a set of DIP +switches on the Rocketport board. + + +SETTING THE I/O ADDRESS +----------------------- + +Before installing RocketPort(R) or RocketPort RA boards, you must find +a range of I/O addresses for it to use. The first RocketPort card +requires a 68-byte contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one +of the following: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h, +0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h. This I/O address must be reflected in the DIP +switches of *all* of the Rocketport cards. + +The second, third, and fourth RocketPort cards require a 64-byte +contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one of the following +I/O addresses: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x1C0h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h, +0x2C0h, 0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h, 0x3C0h. The I/O address used by the +second, third, and fourth Rocketport cards (if present) are set via +software control. The DIP switch settings for the I/O address must be +set to the value of the first Rocketport cards. + +In order to distinguish each of the card from the others, each card +must have a unique board ID set on the dip switches. The first +Rocketport board must be set with the DIP switches corresponding to +the first board, the second board must be set with the DIP switches +corresponding to the second board, etc. IMPORTANT: The board ID is +the only place where the DIP switch settings should differ between the +various Rocketport boards in a system. + +The I/O address range used by any of the RocketPort cards must not +conflict with any other cards in the system, including other +RocketPort cards. Below, you will find a list of commonly used I/O +address ranges which may be in use by other devices in your system. +On a Linux system, "cat /proc/ioports" will also be helpful in +identifying what I/O addresses are being used by devices on your +system. + +Remember, the FIRST RocketPort uses 68 I/O addresses. So, if you set it +for 0x100, it will occupy 0x100 to 0x143. This would mean that you +CAN NOT set the second, third or fourth board for address 0x140 since +the first 4 bytes of that range are used by the first board. You would +need to set the second, third, or fourth board to one of the next available +blocks such as 0x180. + +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + +RocketPort and RocketPort RA SW1 Settings: + + +-------------------------------+ + | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | + +-------+-------+---------------+ + | Unused| Card | I/O Port Block| + +-------------------------------+ + +DIP Switches DIP Switches +7 8 6 5 +=================== =================== +On On UNUSED, MUST BE ON. On On First Card <==== Default + On Off Second Card + Off On Third Card + Off Off Fourth Card + +DIP Switches I/O Address Range +4 3 2 1 Used by the First Card +===================================== +On Off On Off 100-143 +On Off Off On 140-183 +On Off Off Off 180-1C3 <==== Default +Off On On Off 200-243 +Off On Off On 240-283 +Off On Off Off 280-2C3 +Off Off On Off 300-343 +Off Off Off On 340-383 +Off Off Off Off 380-3C3 + +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + +REPORTING BUGS +-------------- + +For technical support, please provide the following +information: Driver version, kernel release, distribution of +kernel, and type of board you are using. Error messages and log +printouts port configuration details are especially helpful. + +USA + Phone: (612) 494-4100 + FAX: (612) 494-4199 + email: support@comtrol.com + +Comtrol Europe + Phone: +44 (0) 1 869 323-220 + FAX: +44 (0) 1 869 323-211 + email: support@comtrol.co.uk + +Web: http://www.comtrol.com +FTP: ftp.comtrol.com + +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + + diff --git a/Documentation/serial/specialix.txt b/Documentation/serial/specialix.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6eb6f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/specialix.txt @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ + + specialix.txt -- specialix IO8+ multiport serial driver readme. + + + + Copyright (C) 1997 Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl) + + Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver. + Please DO contact io8-linux@specialix.co.uk if you require + support. + + This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device + driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your + product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote. + + This code is firmly based on the riscom/8 serial driver, + written by Dmitry Gorodchanin. The specialix IO8+ card + programming information was obtained from the CL-CD1865 Data + Book, and Specialix document number 6200059: IO8+ Hardware + Functional Specification, augmented by document number 6200088: + Merak Hardware Functional Specification. (IO8+/PCI is also + called Merak) + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + +Intro +===== + + +This file contains some random information, that I like to have online +instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux +kernel sources? And the manual of one of the boards in your computer? + + +Addresses and interrupts +======================== + +Address dip switch settings: +The dip switch sets bits 2-9 of the IO address. + + 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 + +-----------------+ + 0 | X X X X X X X | + | | = IoBase = 0x100 + 1 | X | + +-----------------+ ------ RS232 connectors ----> + + | | | + edge connector + | | | + V V V + +Base address 0x100 caused a conflict in one of my computers once. I +haven't the foggiest why. My Specialix card is now at 0x180. My +other computer runs just fine with the Specialix card at 0x100.... +The card occupies 4 addresses, but actually only two are really used. + +The PCI version doesn't have any dip switches. The BIOS assigns +an IO address. + +The driver now still autoprobes at 0x100, 0x180, 0x250 and 0x260. If +that causes trouble for you, please report that. I'll remove +autoprobing then. + +The driver will tell the card what IRQ to use, so you don't have to +change any jumpers to change the IRQ. Just use a command line +argument (irq=xx) to the insmod program to set the interrupt. + +The BIOS assigns the IRQ on the PCI version. You have no say in what +IRQ to use in that case. + +If your specialix cards are not at the default locations, you can use +the kernel command line argument "specialix=io0,irq0,io1,irq1...". +Here "io0" is the io address for the first card, and "irq0" is the +irq line that the first card should use. And so on. + +Examples. + +You use the driver as a module and have three cards at 0x100, 0x250 +and 0x180. And some way or another you want them detected in that +order. Moreover irq 12 is taken (e.g. by your PS/2 mouse). + + insmod specialix.o iobase=0x100,0x250,0x180 irq=9,11,15 + +The same three cards, but now in the kernel would require you to +add + + specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15 + +to the command line. This would become + + append="specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15" + +in your /etc/lilo.conf file if you use lilo. + +The Specialix driver is slightly odd: It allows you to have the second +or third card detected without having a first card. This has +advantages and disadvantages. A slot that isn't filled by an ISA card, +might be filled if a PCI card is detected. Thus if you have an ISA +card at 0x250 and a PCI card, you would get: + +sx0: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x100 not found. +sx1: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x180 not found. +sx2: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 12, CD1865 Rev. B. +sx3: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x260 not found. +sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B. + +This would happen if you don't give any probe hints to the driver. +If you would specify: + + specialix=0x250,11 + +you'd get the following messages: + +sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 11, CD1865 Rev. B. +sx1: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B. + +ISA probing is aborted after the IO address you gave is exhausted, and +the PCI card is now detected as the second card. The ISA card is now +also forced to IRQ11.... + + +Baud rates +========== + +The rev 1.2 and below boards use a CL-CD1864. These chips can only +do 64kbit. The rev 1.3 and newer boards use a CL-CD1865. These chips +are officially capable of 115k2. + +The Specialix card uses a 25MHz crystal (in times two mode, which in +fact is a divided by two mode). This is not enough to reach the rated +115k2 on all ports at the same time. With this clock rate you can only +do 37% of this rate. This means that at 115k2 on all ports you are +going to lose characters (The chip cannot handle that many incoming +bits at this clock rate.) (Yes, you read that correctly: there is a +limit to the number of -=bits=- per second that the chip can handle.) + +If you near the "limit" you will first start to see a graceful +degradation in that the chip cannot keep the transmitter busy at all +times. However with a central clock this slow, you can also get it to +miss incoming characters. The driver will print a warning message when +you are outside the official specs. The messages usually show up in +the file /var/log/messages . + +The specialix card cannot reliably do 115k2. If you use it, you have +to do "extensive testing" (*) to verify if it actually works. + +When "mgetty" communicates with my modem at 115k2 it reports: +got: +++[0d]ATQ0V1H0[0d][0d][8a]O[cb][0d][8a] + ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ + +The three characters that have the "^^^" under them have suffered a +bit error in the highest bit. In conclusion: I've tested it, and found +that it simply DOESN'T work for me. I also suspect that this is also +caused by the baud rate being just a little bit out of tune. + +I upgraded the crystal to 66Mhz on one of my Specialix cards. Works +great! Contact me for details. (Voids warranty, requires a steady hand +and more such restrictions....) + + +(*) Cirrus logic CD1864 databook, page 40. + + +Cables for the Specialix IO8+ +============================= + +The pinout of the connectors on the IO8+ is: + + pin short direction long name + name + Pin 1 DCD input Data Carrier Detect + Pin 2 RXD input Receive + Pin 3 DTR/RTS output Data Terminal Ready/Ready To Send + Pin 4 GND - Ground + Pin 5 TXD output Transmit + Pin 6 CTS input Clear To Send + + + -- 6 5 4 3 2 1 -- + | | + | | + | | + | | + +----- -----+ + |__________| + clip + + Front view of an RJ12 connector. Cable moves "into" the paper. + (the plug is ready to plug into your mouth this way...) + + + NULL cable. I don't know who is going to use these except for + testing purposes, but I tested the cards with this cable. (It + took quite a while to figure out, so I'm not going to delete + it. So there! :-) + + + This end goes This end needs + straight into the some twists in + RJ12 plug. the wiring. + IO8+ RJ12 IO8+ RJ12 + 1 DCD white - + - - 1 DCD + 2 RXD black 5 TXD + 3 DTR/RTS red 6 CTS + 4 GND green 4 GND + 5 TXD yellow 2 RXD + 6 CTS blue 3 DTR/RTS + + + Same NULL cable, but now sorted on the second column. + + 1 DCD white - + - - 1 DCD + 5 TXD yellow 2 RXD + 6 CTS blue 3 DTR/RTS + 4 GND green 4 GND + 2 RXD black 5 TXD + 3 DTR/RTS red 6 CTS + + + + This is a modem cable usable for hardware handshaking: + RJ12 DB25 DB9 + 1 DCD white 8 DCD 1 DCD + 2 RXD black 3 RXD 2 RXD + 3 DTR/RTS red 4 RTS 7 RTS + 4 GND green 7 GND 5 GND + 5 TXD yellow 2 TXD 3 TXD + 6 CTS blue 5 CTS 8 CTS + +---- 6 DSR 6 DSR + +---- 20 DTR 4 DTR + + This is a modem cable usable for software handshaking: + It allows you to reset the modem using the DTR ioctls. + I (REW) have never tested this, "but xxxxxxxxxxxxx + says that it works." If you test this, please + tell me and I'll fill in your name on the xxx's. + + RJ12 DB25 DB9 + 1 DCD white 8 DCD 1 DCD + 2 RXD black 3 RXD 2 RXD + 3 DTR/RTS red 20 DTR 4 DTR + 4 GND green 7 GND 5 GND + 5 TXD yellow 2 TXD 3 TXD + 6 CTS blue 5 CTS 8 CTS + +---- 6 DSR 6 DSR + +---- 4 RTS 7 RTS + + I bought a 6 wire flat cable. It was colored as indicated. + Check that yours is the same before you trust me on this. + + +Hardware handshaking issues. +============================ + +The driver can be told to operate in two different ways. The default +behaviour is specialix.sx_rtscts = 0 where the pin behaves as DTR when +hardware handshaking is off. It behaves as the RTS hardware +handshaking signal when hardware handshaking is selected. + +When you use this, you have to use the appropriate cable. The +cable will either be compatible with hardware handshaking or with +software handshaking. So switching on the fly is not really an +option. + +I actually prefer to use the "specialix.sx_rtscts=1" option. +This makes the DTR/RTS pin always an RTS pin, and ioctls to +change DTR are always ignored. I have a cable that is configured +for this. + + +Ports and devices +================= + +Port 0 is the one furthest from the card-edge connector. + +Devices: + +You should make the devices as follows: + +bash +cd /dev +for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 \ + 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 +do + echo -n "$i " + mknod /dev/ttyW$i c 75 $i + mknod /dev/cuw$i c 76 $i +done +echo "" + +If your system doesn't come with these devices preinstalled, bug your +linux-vendor about this. They have had ample time to get this +implemented by now. + +You cannot have more than 4 boards in one computer. The card only +supports 4 different interrupts. If you really want this, contact me +about this and I'll give you a few tips (requires soldering iron).... + +If you have enough PCI slots, you can probably use more than 4 PCI +versions of the card though.... + +The PCI version of the card cannot adhere to the mechanical part of +the PCI spec because the 8 serial connectors are simply too large. If +it doesn't fit in your computer, bring back the card. + + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + + Fixed bugs and restrictions: + - During initialization, interrupts are blindly turned on. + Having a shadow variable would cause an extra memory + access on every IO instruction. + - The interrupt (on the card) should be disabled when we + don't allocate the Linux end of the interrupt. This allows + a different driver/card to use it while all ports are not in + use..... (a la standard serial port) + == An extra _off variant of the sx_in and sx_out macros are + now available. They don't set the interrupt enable bit. + These are used during initialization. Normal operation uses + the old variant which enables the interrupt line. + - RTS/DTR issue needs to be implemented according to + specialix' spec. + I kind of like the "determinism" of the current + implementation. Compile time flag? + == Ok. Compile time flag! Default is how Specialix likes it. + == Now a config time flag! Gets saved in your config file. Neat! + - Can you set the IO address from the lilo command line? + If you need this, bug me about it, I'll make it. + == Hah! No bugging needed. Fixed! :-) + - Cirrus logic hasn't gotten back to me yet why the CD1865 can + and the CD1864 can't do 115k2. I suspect that this is + because the CD1864 is not rated for 33MHz operation. + Therefore the CD1864 versions of the card can't do 115k2 on + all ports just like the CD1865 versions. The driver does + not block 115k2 on CD1864 cards. + == I called the Cirrus Logic representative here in Holland. + The CD1864 databook is identical to the CD1865 databook, + except for an extra warning at the end. Similar Bit errors + have been observed in testing at 115k2 on both an 1865 and + a 1864 chip. I see no reason why I would prohibit 115k2 on + 1864 chips and not do it on 1865 chips. Actually there is + reason to prohibit it on BOTH chips. I print a warning. + If you use 115k2, you're on your own. + - A spiky CD may send spurious HUPs. Also in CLOCAL??? + -- A fix for this turned out to be counter productive. + Different fix? Current behaviour is acceptable? + -- Maybe the current implementation is correct. If anybody + gets bitten by this, please report, and it will get fixed. + + -- Testing revealed that when in CLOCAL, the problem doesn't + occur. As warned for in the CD1865 manual, the chip may + send modem intr's on a spike. We could filter those out, + but that would be a cludge anyway (You'd still risk getting + a spurious HUP when two spikes occur.)..... + + + + Bugs & restrictions: + - This is a difficult card to autoprobe. + You have to WRITE to the address register to even + read-probe a CD186x register. Disable autodetection? + -- Specialix: any suggestions? + + diff --git a/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt b/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c4902d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt @@ -0,0 +1,392 @@ +* NOTE - This is an unmaintained driver. Lantronix, which bought Stallion +technologies, is not active in driver maintenance, and they have no information +on when or if they will have a 2.6 driver. + +James Nelson - 12-12-2004 + +Stallion Multiport Serial Driver Readme +--------------------------------------- + +Copyright (C) 1994-1999, Stallion Technologies. + +Version: 5.5.1 +Date: 28MAR99 + + + +1. INTRODUCTION + +There are two drivers that work with the different families of Stallion +multiport serial boards. One is for the Stallion smart boards - that is +EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 and EasyConnection 8/64-PCI, the other for +the true Stallion intelligent multiport boards - EasyConnection 8/64 +(ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard and Brumby. + +If you are using any of the Stallion intelligent multiport boards (Brumby, +ONboard, EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI) with +Linux you will need to get the driver utility package. This contains a +firmware loader and the firmware images necessary to make the devices operate. + +The Stallion Technologies ftp site, ftp.stallion.com, will always have +the latest version of the driver utility package. + +ftp://ftp.stallion.com/drivers/ata5/Linux/ata-linux-550.tar.gz + +As of the printing of this document the latest version of the driver +utility package is 5.5.0. If a later version is now available then you +should use the latest version. + +If you are using the EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 or EasyConnection 8/64-PCI +boards then you don't need this package, although it does have a serial stats +display program. + +If you require DIP switch settings, EISA or MCA configuration files, or any +other information related to Stallion boards then have a look at Stallion's +web pages at http://www.stallion.com. + + + +2. INSTALLATION + +The drivers can be used as loadable modules or compiled into the kernel. +You can choose which when doing a "config" on the kernel. + +All ISA, EISA and MCA boards that you want to use need to be configured into +the driver(s). All PCI boards will be automatically detected when you load +the driver - so they do not need to be entered into the driver(s) +configuration structure. Note that kernel PCI support is required to use PCI +boards. + +There are two methods of configuring ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the drivers. +If using the driver as a loadable module then the simplest method is to pass +the driver configuration as module arguments. The other method is to modify +the driver source to add configuration lines for each board in use. + +If you have pre-built Stallion driver modules then the module argument +configuration method should be used. A lot of Linux distributions come with +pre-built driver modules in /lib/modules/X.Y.Z/misc for the kernel in use. +That makes things pretty simple to get going. + + +2.1 MODULE DRIVER CONFIGURATION: + +The simplest configuration for modules is to use the module load arguments +to configure any ISA, EISA or MCA boards. PCI boards are automatically +detected, so do not need any additional configuration at all. + +If using EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA, or EasyConnection 8/63-PCI +boards then use the "stallion" driver module, Otherwise if you are using +an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA, EISA or MCA, EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard, +Brumby or original Stallion board then use the "istallion" driver module. + +Typically to load up the smart board driver use: + + modprobe stallion + +This will load the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 driver. It will output a +message to say that it loaded and print the driver version number. It will +also print out whether it found the configured boards or not. These messages +may not appear on the console, but typically are always logged to +/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog files - depending on how the klogd and +syslogd daemons are setup on your system. + +To load the intelligent board driver use: + + modprobe istallion + +It will output similar messages to the smart board driver. + +If not using an auto-detectable board type (that is a PCI board) then you +will also need to supply command line arguments to the modprobe command +when loading the driver. The general form of the configuration argument is + + board?=[,[,][,]] + +where: + + board? -- specifies the arbitrary board number of this board, + can be in the range 0 to 3. + + name -- textual name of this board. The board name is the common + board name, or any "shortened" version of that. The board + type number may also be used here. + + ioaddr -- specifies the I/O address of this board. This argument is + optional, but should generally be specified. + + addr -- optional second address argument. Some board types require + a second I/O address, some require a memory address. The + exact meaning of this argument depends on the board type. + + irq -- optional IRQ line used by this board. + +Up to 4 board configuration arguments can be specified on the load line. +Here is some examples: + + modprobe stallion board0=easyio,0x2a0,5 + +This configures an EasyIO board as board 0 at I/O address 0x2a0 and IRQ 5. + + modprobe istallion board3=ec8/64,0x2c0,0xcc000 + +This configures an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA as board 3 at I/O address 0x2c0 at +memory address 0xcc000. + + modprobe stallion board1=ec8/32-at,0x2a0,0x280,10 + +This configures an EasyConnection 8/32 ISA board at primary I/O address 0x2a0, +secondary address 0x280 and IRQ 10. + +You will probably want to enter this module load and configuration information +into your system startup scripts so that the drivers are loaded and configured +on each system boot. Typically the start up script would be something like +/etc/modprobe.conf. + + +2.2 STATIC DRIVER CONFIGURATION: + +For static driver configuration you need to modify the driver source code. +Entering ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the driver(s) configuration structure +involves editing the driver(s) source file. It's pretty easy if you follow +the instructions below. Both drivers can support up to 4 boards. The smart +card driver (the stallion.c driver) supports any combination of EasyIO and +EasyConnection 8/32 boards (up to a total of 4). The intelligent driver +supports any combination of ONboards, Brumbys, Stallions and EasyConnection +8/64 (ISA and EISA) boards (up to a total of 4). + +To set up the driver(s) for the boards that you want to use you need to +edit the appropriate driver file and add configuration entries. + +If using EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA boards, + In drivers/char/stallion.c: + - find the definition of the stl_brdconf array (of structures) + near the top of the file + - modify this to match the boards you are going to install + (the comments before this structure should help) + - save and exit + +If using ONboard, Brumby, Stallion or EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA or EISA) +boards, + In drivers/char/istallion.c: + - find the definition of the stli_brdconf array (of structures) + near the top of the file + - modify this to match the boards you are going to install + (the comments before this structure should help) + - save and exit + +Once you have set up the board configurations then you are ready to build +the kernel or modules. + +When the new kernel is booted, or the loadable module loaded then the +driver will emit some kernel trace messages about whether the configured +boards were detected or not. Depending on how your system logger is set +up these may come out on the console, or just be logged to +/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog. You should check the messages to +confirm that all is well. + + +2.3 SHARING INTERRUPTS + +It is possible to share interrupts between multiple EasyIO and +EasyConnection 8/32 boards in an EISA system. To do this you must be using +static driver configuration, modifying the driver source code to add driver +configuration. Then a couple of extra things are required: + +1. When entering the board resources into the stallion.c file you need to + mark the boards as using level triggered interrupts. Do this by replacing + the "0" entry at field position 6 (the last field) in the board + configuration structure with a "1". (This is the structure that defines + the board type, I/O locations, etc. for each board). All boards that are + sharing an interrupt must be set this way, and each board should have the + same interrupt number specified here as well. Now build the module or + kernel as you would normally. + +2. When physically installing the boards into the system you must enter + the system EISA configuration utility. You will need to install the EISA + configuration files for *all* the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards + that are sharing interrupts. The Stallion EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 + EISA configuration files required are supplied by Stallion Technologies + on the EASY Utilities floppy diskette (usually supplied in the box with + the board when purchased. If not, you can pick it up from Stallion's FTP + site, ftp.stallion.com). You will need to edit the board resources to + choose level triggered interrupts, and make sure to set each board's + interrupt to the same IRQ number. + +You must complete both the above steps for this to work. When you reboot +or load the driver your EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards will be +sharing interrupts. + + +2.4 USING HIGH SHARED MEMORY + +The EasyConnection 8/64-EI, ONboard and Stallion boards are capable of +using shared memory addresses above the usual 640K - 1Mb range. The ONboard +ISA and the Stallion boards can be programmed to use memory addresses up to +16Mb (the ISA bus addressing limit), and the EasyConnection 8/64-EI and +ONboard/E can be programmed for memory addresses up to 4Gb (the EISA bus +addressing limit). + +The higher than 1Mb memory addresses are fully supported by this driver. +Just enter the address as you normally would for a lower than 1Mb address +(in the driver's board configuration structure). + + + +2.5 TROUBLE SHOOTING + +If a board is not found by the driver but is actually in the system then the +most likely problem is that the I/O address is wrong. Change the module load +argument for the loadable module form. Or change it in the driver stallion.c +or istallion.c configuration structure and rebuild the kernel or modules, or +change it on the board. + +On EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards the IRQ is software programmable, so +if there is a conflict you may need to change the IRQ used for a board. There +are no interrupts to worry about for ONboard, Brumby or EasyConnection 8/64 +(ISA, EISA and MCA) boards. The memory region on EasyConnection 8/64 and +ONboard boards is software programmable, but not on the Brumby boards. + + + +3. USING THE DRIVERS + +3.1 INTELLIGENT DRIVER OPERATION + +The intelligent boards also need to have their "firmware" code downloaded +to them. This is done via a user level application supplied in the driver +utility package called "stlload". Compile this program wherever you dropped +the package files, by typing "make". In its simplest form you can then type + + ./stlload -i cdk.sys + +in this directory and that will download board 0 (assuming board 0 is an +EasyConnection 8/64 or EasyConnection/RA board). To download to an +ONboard, Brumby or Stallion do: + + ./stlload -i 2681.sys + +Normally you would want all boards to be downloaded as part of the standard +system startup. To achieve this, add one of the lines above into the +/etc/rc.d/rc.S or /etc/rc.d/rc.serial file. To download each board just add +the "-b " option to the line. You will need to download code for +every board. You should probably move the stlload program into a system +directory, such as /usr/sbin. Also, the default location of the cdk.sys image +file in the stlload down-loader is /usr/lib/stallion. Create that directory +and put the cdk.sys and 2681.sys files in it. (It's a convenient place to put +them anyway). As an example your /etc/rc.d/rc.S file might have the +following lines added to it (if you had 3 boards): + + /usr/sbin/stlload -b 0 -i /usr/lib/stallion/cdk.sys + /usr/sbin/stlload -b 1 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys + /usr/sbin/stlload -b 2 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys + +The image files cdk.sys and 2681.sys are specific to the board types. The +cdk.sys will only function correctly on an EasyConnection 8/64 board. Similarly +the 2681.sys image fill only operate on ONboard, Brumby and Stallion boards. +If you load the wrong image file into a board it will fail to start up, and +of course the ports will not be operational! + +If you are using the modularized version of the driver you might want to put +the modprobe calls in the startup script as well (before the download lines +obviously). + + +3.2 USING THE SERIAL PORTS + +Once the driver is installed you will need to setup some device nodes to +access the serial ports. The simplest method is to use the /dev/MAKEDEV program. +It will automatically create device entries for Stallion boards. This will +create the normal serial port devices as /dev/ttyE# where# is the port number +starting from 0. A bank of 64 minor device numbers is allocated to each board, +so the first port on the second board is port 64,etc. A set of callout type +devices may also be created. They are created as the devices /dev/cue# where # +is the same as for the ttyE devices. + +For the most part the Stallion driver tries to emulate the standard PC system +COM ports and the standard Linux serial driver. The idea is that you should +be able to use Stallion board ports and COM ports interchangeably without +modifying anything but the device name. Anything that doesn't work like that +should be considered a bug in this driver! + +If you look at the driver code you will notice that it is fairly closely +based on the Linux serial driver (linux/drivers/char/serial.c). This is +intentional, obviously this is the easiest way to emulate its behavior! + +Since this driver tries to emulate the standard serial ports as much as +possible, most system utilities should work as they do for the standard +COM ports. Most importantly "stty" works as expected and "setserial" can +also be used (excepting the ability to auto-configure the I/O and IRQ +addresses of boards). Higher baud rates are supported in the usual fashion +through setserial or using the CBAUDEX extensions. Note that the EasyIO and +EasyConnection (all types) support at least 57600 and 115200 baud. The newer +EasyConnection XP modules and new EasyIO boards support 230400 and 460800 +baud as well. The older boards including ONboard and Brumby support a +maximum baud rate of 38400. + +If you are unfamiliar with how to use serial ports, then get the Serial-HOWTO +by Greg Hankins. It will explain everything you need to know! + + + +4. NOTES + +You can use both drivers at once if you have a mix of board types installed +in a system. However to do this you will need to change the major numbers +used by one of the drivers. Currently both drivers use major numbers 24, 25 +and 28 for their devices. Change one driver to use some other major numbers, +and then modify the mkdevnods script to make device nodes based on those new +major numbers. For example, you could change the istallion.c driver to use +major numbers 60, 61 and 62. You will also need to create device nodes with +different names for the ports, for example ttyF# and cuf#. + +The original Stallion board is no longer supported by Stallion Technologies. +Although it is known to work with the istallion driver. + +Finding a free physical memory address range can be a problem. The older +boards like the Stallion and ONboard need large areas (64K or even 128K), so +they can be very difficult to get into a system. If you have 16 Mb of RAM +then you have no choice but to put them somewhere in the 640K -> 1Mb range. +ONboards require 64K, so typically 0xd0000 is good, or 0xe0000 on some +systems. If you have an original Stallion board, "V4.0" or Rev.O, then you +need a 64K memory address space, so again 0xd0000 and 0xe0000 are good. +Older Stallion boards are a much bigger problem. They need 128K of address +space and must be on a 128K boundary. If you don't have a VGA card then +0xc0000 might be usable - there is really no other place you can put them +below 1Mb. + +Both the ONboard and old Stallion boards can use higher memory addresses as +well, but you must have less than 16Mb of RAM to be able to use them. Usual +high memory addresses used include 0xec0000 and 0xf00000. + +The Brumby boards only require 16Kb of address space, so you can usually +squeeze them in somewhere. Common addresses are 0xc8000, 0xcc000, or in +the 0xd0000 range. EasyConnection 8/64 boards are even better, they only +require 4Kb of address space, again usually 0xc8000, 0xcc000 or 0xd0000 +are good. + +If you are using an EasyConnection 8/64-EI or ONboard/E then usually the +0xd0000 or 0xe0000 ranges are the best options below 1Mb. If neither of +them can be used then the high memory support to use the really high address +ranges is the best option. Typically the 2Gb range is convenient for them, +and gets them well out of the way. + +The ports of the EasyIO-8M board do not have DCD or DTR signals. So these +ports cannot be used as real modem devices. Generally, when using these +ports you should only use the cueX devices. + +The driver utility package contains a couple of very useful programs. One +is a serial port statistics collection and display program - very handy +for solving serial port problems. The other is an extended option setting +program that works with the intelligent boards. + + + +5. DISCLAIMER + +The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate and +reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Stallion Technologies +Pty. Ltd. for its use, nor any infringements of patents or other rights +of third parties resulting from its use. Stallion Technologies reserves +the right to modify the design of its products and will endeavour to change +the information in manuals and accompanying documentation accordingly. + diff --git a/Documentation/serial/sx.txt b/Documentation/serial/sx.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb4efa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/sx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ + + sx.txt -- specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver readme. + + + + Copyright (C) 1997 Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl) + + Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver. + Please DO contact support@specialix.co.uk if you require + support. + + This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device + driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your + product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote. + + (History) + There used to be an SI driver by Simon Allan. This is a complete + rewrite from scratch. Just a few lines-of-code have been snatched. + + (Sources) + Specialix document number 6210028: SX Host Card and Download Code + Software Functional Specification. + + (Copying) + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + (Addendum) + I'd appreciate it that if you have fixes, that you send them + to me first. + + +Introduction +============ + +This file contains some random information, that I like to have online +instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux +kernel sources? And the manual of one of the boards in your computer? + + +Theory of operation +=================== + +An important thing to know is that the driver itself doesn't have the +firmware for the card. This means that you need the separate package +"sx_firmware". For now you can get the source at + + ftp://ftp.bitwizard.nl/specialix/sx_firmware_.tgz + +The firmware load needs a "misc" device, so you'll need to enable the +"Support for user misc device modules" in your kernel configuration. +The misc device needs to be called "/dev/specialix_sxctl". It needs +misc major 10, and minor number 167 (assigned by HPA). The section +on creating device files below also creates this device. + +After loading the sx.o module into your kernel, the driver will report +the number of cards detected, but because it doesn't have any +firmware, it will not be able to determine the number of ports. Only +when you then run "sx_firmware" will the firmware be downloaded and +the rest of the driver initialized. At that time the sx_firmware +program will report the number of ports installed. + +In contrast with many other multi port serial cards, some of the data +structures are only allocated when the card knows the number of ports +that are connected. This means we won't waste memory for 120 port +descriptor structures when you only have 8 ports. If you experience +problems due to this, please report them: I haven't seen any. + + +Interrupts +========== + +A multi port serial card, would generate a horrendous amount of +interrupts if it would interrupt the CPU for every received +character. Even more than 10 years ago, the trick not to use +interrupts but to poll the serial cards was invented. + +The SX card allow us to do this two ways. First the card limits its +own interrupt rate to a rate that won't overwhelm the CPU. Secondly, +we could forget about the cards interrupt completely and use the +internal timer for this purpose. + +Polling the card can take up to a few percent of your CPU. Using the +interrupts would be better if you have most of the ports idle. Using +timer-based polling is better if your card almost always has work to +do. You save the separate interrupt in that case. + +In any case, it doesn't really matter all that much. + +The most common problem with interrupts is that for ISA cards in a PCI +system the BIOS has to be told to configure that interrupt as "legacy +ISA". Otherwise the card can pull on the interrupt line all it wants +but the CPU won't see this. + +If you can't get the interrupt to work, remember that polling mode is +more efficient (provided you actually use the card intensively). + + +Allowed Configurations +====================== + +Some configurations are disallowed. Even though at a glance they might +seem to work, they are known to lockup the bus between the host card +and the device concentrators. You should respect the drivers decision +not to support certain configurations. It's there for a reason. + +Warning: Seriously technical stuff ahead. Executive summary: Don't use +SX cards except configured at a 64k boundary. Skip the next paragraph. + +The SX cards can theoretically be placed at a 32k boundary. So for +instance you can put an SX card at 0xc8000-0xd7fff. This is not a +"recommended configuration". ISA cards have to tell the bus controller +how they like their timing. Due to timing issues they have to do this +based on which 64k window the address falls into. This means that the +32k window below and above the SX card have to use exactly the same +timing as the SX card. That reportedly works for other SX cards. But +you're still left with two useless 32k windows that should not be used +by anybody else. + + +Configuring the driver +====================== + +PCI cards are always detected. The driver auto-probes for ISA cards at +some sensible addresses. Please report if the auto-probe causes trouble +in your system, or when a card isn't detected. + +I'm afraid I haven't implemented "kernel command line parameters" yet. +This means that if the default doesn't work for you, you shouldn't use +the compiled-into-the-kernel version of the driver. Use a module +instead. If you convince me that you need this, I'll make it for +you. Deal? + +I'm afraid that the module parameters are a bit clumsy. If you have a +better idea, please tell me. + +You can specify several parameters: + + sx_poll: number of jiffies between timer-based polls. + + Set this to "0" to disable timer based polls. + Initialization of cards without a working interrupt + will fail. + + Set this to "1" if you want a polling driver. + (on Intel: 100 polls per second). If you don't use + fast baud rates, you might consider a value like "5". + (If you don't know how to do the math, use 1). + + sx_slowpoll: Number of jiffies between timer-based polls. + Set this to "100" to poll once a second. + This should get the card out of a stall if the driver + ever misses an interrupt. I've never seen this happen, + and if it does, that's a bug. Tell me. + + sx_maxints: Number of interrupts to request from the card. + The card normally limits interrupts to about 100 per + second to offload the host CPU. You can increase this + number to reduce latency on the card a little. + Note that if you give a very high number you can overload + your CPU as well as the CPU on the host card. This setting + is inaccurate and not recommended for SI cards (But it + works). + + sx_irqmask: The mask of allowable IRQs to use. I suggest you set + this to 0 (disable IRQs all together) and use polling if + the assignment of IRQs becomes problematic. This is defined + as the sum of (1 << irq) 's that you want to allow. So + sx_irqmask of 8 (1 << 3) specifies that only irq 3 may + be used by the SX driver. If you want to specify to the + driver: "Either irq 11 or 12 is ok for you to use", then + specify (1 << 11) | (1 << 12) = 0x1800 . + + sx_debug: You can enable different sorts of debug traces with this. + At "-1" all debugging traces are active. You'll get several + times more debugging output than you'll get characters + transmitted. + + +Baud rates +========== + +Theoretically new SXDCs should be capable of more than 460k +baud. However the line drivers usually give up before that. Also the +CPU on the card may not be able to handle 8 channels going at full +blast at that speed. Moreover, the buffers are not large enough to +allow operation with 100 interrupts per second. You'll have to realize +that the card has a 256 byte buffer, so you'll have to increase the +number of interrupts per second if you have more than 256*100 bytes +per second to transmit. If you do any performance testing in this +area, I'd be glad to hear from you... + +(Psst Linux users..... I think the Linux driver is more efficient than +the driver for other OSes. If you can and want to benchmark them +against each other, be my guest, and report your findings...... :-) + + +Ports and devices +================= + +Port 0 is the top connector on the module closest to the host +card. Oh, the ports on the SXDCs and TAs are labelled from 1 to 8 +instead of from 0 to 7, as they are numbered by linux. I'm stubborn in +this: I know for sure that I wouldn't be able to calculate which port +is which anymore if I would change that.... + + +Devices: + +You should make the device files as follows: + +#!/bin/sh +# (I recommend that you cut-and-paste this into a file and run that) +cd /dev +t=0 +mknod specialix_sxctl c 10 167 +while [ $t -lt 64 ] + do + echo -n "$t " + mknod ttyX$t c 32 $t + mknod cux$t c 33 $t + t=`expr $t + 1` +done +echo "" +rm /etc/psdevtab +ps > /dev/null + + +This creates 64 devices. If you have more, increase the constant on +the line with "while". The devices start at 0, as is customary on +Linux. Specialix seems to like starting the numbering at 1. + +If your system doesn't come with these devices pre-installed, bug your +linux-vendor about this. They should have these devices +"pre-installed" before the new millennium. The "ps" stuff at the end +is to "tell" ps that the new devices exist. + +Officially the maximum number of cards per computer is 4. This driver +however supports as many cards in one machine as you want. You'll run +out of interrupts after a few, but you can switch to polled operation +then. At about 256 ports (More than 8 cards), we run out of minor +device numbers. Sorry. I suggest you buy a second computer.... (Or +switch to RIO). + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + + Fixed bugs and restrictions: + - Hangup processing. + -- Done. + + - the write path in generic_serial (lockup / oops). + -- Done (Ugly: not the way I want it. Copied from serial.c). + + - write buffer isn't flushed at close. + -- Done. I still seem to lose a few chars at close. + Sorry. I think that this is a firmware issue. (-> Specialix) + + - drain hardware before changing termios + - Change debug on the fly. + - ISA free irq -1. (no firmware loaded). + - adding c8000 as a probe address. Added warning. + - Add a RAMtest for the RAM on the card.c + - Crash when opening a port "way" of the number of allowed ports. + (for example opening port 60 when there are only 24 ports attached) + - Sometimes the use-count strays a bit. After a few hours of + testing the use count is sometimes "3". If you are not like + me and can remember what you did to get it that way, I'd + appreciate an Email. Possibly fixed. Tell me if anyone still + sees this. + - TAs don't work right if you don't connect all the modem control + signals. SXDCs do. T225 firmware problem -> Specialix. + (Mostly fixed now, I think. Tell me if you encounter this!) + + Bugs & restrictions: + + - Arbitrary baud rates. Requires firmware update. (-> Specialix) + + - Low latency (mostly firmware, -> Specialix) + + + diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e65c44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ + + The Lockronomicon + +Your guide to the ancient and twisted locking policies of the tty layer and +the warped logic behind them. Beware all ye who read on. + +FIXME: still need to work out the full set of BKL assumptions and document +them so they can eventually be killed off. + + +Line Discipline +--------------- + +Line disciplines are registered with tty_register_ldisc() passing the +discipline number and the ldisc structure. At the point of registration the +discipline must be ready to use and it is possible it will get used before +the call returns success. If the call returns an error then it won't get +called. Do not re-use ldisc numbers as they are part of the userspace ABI +and writing over an existing ldisc will cause demons to eat your computer. +After the return the ldisc data has been copied so you may free your own +copy of the structure. You must not re-register over the top of the line +discipline even with the same data or your computer again will be eaten by +demons. + +In order to remove a line discipline call tty_unregister_ldisc(). +In ancient times this always worked. In modern times the function will +return -EBUSY if the ldisc is currently in use. Since the ldisc referencing +code manages the module counts this should not usually be a concern. + +Heed this warning: the reference count field of the registered copies of the +tty_ldisc structure in the ldisc table counts the number of lines using this +discipline. The reference count of the tty_ldisc structure within a tty +counts the number of active users of the ldisc at this instant. In effect it +counts the number of threads of execution within an ldisc method (plus those +about to enter and exit although this detail matters not). + +Line Discipline Methods +----------------------- + +TTY side interfaces: + +open() - Called when the line discipline is attached to + the terminal. No other call into the line + discipline for this tty will occur until it + completes successfully. Can sleep. + +close() - This is called on a terminal when the line + discipline is being unplugged. At the point of + execution no further users will enter the + ldisc code for this tty. Can sleep. + +hangup() - Called when the tty line is hung up. + The line discipline should cease I/O to the tty. + No further calls into the ldisc code will occur. + Can sleep. + +write() - A process is writing data through the line + discipline. Multiple write calls are serialized + by the tty layer for the ldisc. May sleep. + +flush_buffer() - (optional) May be called at any point between + open and close, and instructs the line discipline + to empty its input buffer. + +chars_in_buffer() - (optional) Report the number of bytes in the input + buffer. + +set_termios() - (optional) Called on termios structure changes. + The caller passes the old termios data and the + current data is in the tty. Called under the + termios semaphore so allowed to sleep. Serialized + against itself only. + +read() - Move data from the line discipline to the user. + Multiple read calls may occur in parallel and the + ldisc must deal with serialization issues. May + sleep. + +poll() - Check the status for the poll/select calls. Multiple + poll calls may occur in parallel. May sleep. + +ioctl() - Called when an ioctl is handed to the tty layer + that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls + may occur in parallel. May sleep. + +Driver Side Interfaces: + +receive_buf() - Hand buffers of bytes from the driver to the ldisc + for processing. Semantics currently rather + mysterious 8( + +write_wakeup() - May be called at any point between open and close. + The TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP flag indicates if a call + is needed but always races versus calls. Thus the + ldisc must be careful about setting order and to + handle unexpected calls. Must not sleep. + + The driver is forbidden from calling this directly + from the ->write call from the ldisc as the ldisc + is permitted to call the driver write method from + this function. In such a situation defer it. + + +Driver Access + +Line discipline methods can call the following methods of the underlying +hardware driver through the function pointers within the tty->driver +structure: + +write() Write a block of characters to the tty device. + Returns the number of characters accepted. The + character buffer passed to this method is already + in kernel space. + +put_char() Queues a character for writing to the tty device. + If there is no room in the queue, the character is + ignored. + +flush_chars() (Optional) If defined, must be called after + queueing characters with put_char() in order to + start transmission. + +write_room() Returns the numbers of characters the tty driver + will accept for queueing to be written. + +ioctl() Invoke device specific ioctl. + Expects data pointers to refer to userspace. + Returns ENOIOCTLCMD for unrecognized ioctl numbers. + +set_termios() Notify the tty driver that the device's termios + settings have changed. New settings are in + tty->termios. Previous settings should be passed in + the "old" argument. + + The API is defined such that the driver should return + the actual modes selected. This means that the + driver function is responsible for modifying any + bits in the request it cannot fulfill to indicate + the actual modes being used. A device with no + hardware capability for change (eg a USB dongle or + virtual port) can provide NULL for this method. + +throttle() Notify the tty driver that input buffers for the + line discipline are close to full, and it should + somehow signal that no more characters should be + sent to the tty. + +unthrottle() Notify the tty driver that characters can now be + sent to the tty without fear of overrunning the + input buffers of the line disciplines. + +stop() Ask the tty driver to stop outputting characters + to the tty device. + +start() Ask the tty driver to resume sending characters + to the tty device. + +hangup() Ask the tty driver to hang up the tty device. + +break_ctl() (Optional) Ask the tty driver to turn on or off + BREAK status on the RS-232 port. If state is -1, + then the BREAK status should be turned on; if + state is 0, then BREAK should be turned off. + If this routine is not implemented, use ioctls + TIOCSBRK / TIOCCBRK instead. + +wait_until_sent() Waits until the device has written out all of the + characters in its transmitter FIFO. + +send_xchar() Send a high-priority XON/XOFF character to the device. + + +Flags + +Line discipline methods have access to tty->flags field containing the +following interesting flags: + +TTY_THROTTLED Driver input is throttled. The ldisc should call + tty->driver->unthrottle() in order to resume + reception when it is ready to process more data. + +TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP If set, causes the driver to call the ldisc's + write_wakeup() method in order to resume + transmission when it can accept more data + to transmit. + +TTY_IO_ERROR If set, causes all subsequent userspace read/write + calls on the tty to fail, returning -EIO. + +TTY_OTHER_CLOSED Device is a pty and the other side has closed. + +TTY_NO_WRITE_SPLIT Prevent driver from splitting up writes into + smaller chunks. + + +Locking + +Callers to the line discipline functions from the tty layer are required to +take line discipline locks. The same is true of calls from the driver side +but not yet enforced. + +Three calls are now provided + + ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref(tty); + +takes a handle to the line discipline in the tty and returns it. If no ldisc +is currently attached or the ldisc is being closed and re-opened at this +point then NULL is returned. While this handle is held the ldisc will not +change or go away. + + tty_ldisc_deref(ldisc) + +Returns the ldisc reference and allows the ldisc to be closed. Returning the +reference takes away your right to call the ldisc functions until you take +a new reference. + + ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref_wait(tty); + +Performs the same function as tty_ldisc_ref except that it will wait for an +ldisc change to complete and then return a reference to the new ldisc. + +While these functions are slightly slower than the old code they should have +minimal impact as most receive logic uses the flip buffers and they only +need to take a reference when they push bits up through the driver. + +A caution: The ldisc->open(), ldisc->close() and driver->set_ldisc +functions are called with the ldisc unavailable. Thus tty_ldisc_ref will +fail in this situation if used within these functions. Ldisc and driver +code calling its own functions must be careful in this case. + + +Driver Interface +---------------- + +open() - Called when a device is opened. May sleep + +close() - Called when a device is closed. At the point of + return from this call the driver must make no + further ldisc calls of any kind. May sleep + +write() - Called to write bytes to the device. May not + sleep. May occur in parallel in special cases. + Because this includes panic paths drivers generally + shouldn't try and do clever locking here. + +put_char() - Stuff a single character onto the queue. The + driver is guaranteed following up calls to + flush_chars. + +flush_chars() - Ask the kernel to write put_char queue + +write_room() - Return the number of characters tht can be stuffed + into the port buffers without overflow (or less). + The ldisc is responsible for being intelligent + about multi-threading of write_room/write calls + +ioctl() - Called when an ioctl may be for the driver + +set_termios() - Called on termios change, serialized against + itself by a semaphore. May sleep. + +set_ldisc() - Notifier for discipline change. At the point this + is done the discipline is not yet usable. Can now + sleep (I think) + +throttle() - Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to do flow + control. Serialization including with unthrottle + is the job of the ldisc layer. + +unthrottle() - Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to stop flow + control. + +stop() - Ldisc notifier to the driver to stop output. As with + throttle the serializations with start() are down + to the ldisc layer. + +start() - Ldisc notifier to the driver to start output. + +hangup() - Ask the tty driver to cause a hangup initiated + from the host side. [Can sleep ??] + +break_ctl() - Send RS232 break. Can sleep. Can get called in + parallel, driver must serialize (for now), and + with write calls. + +wait_until_sent() - Wait for characters to exit the hardware queue + of the driver. Can sleep + +send_xchar() - Send XON/XOFF and if possible jump the queue with + it in order to get fast flow control responses. + Cannot sleep ?? + diff --git a/Documentation/specialix.txt b/Documentation/specialix.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6eb6f3a..0000000 --- a/Documentation/specialix.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,383 +0,0 @@ - - specialix.txt -- specialix IO8+ multiport serial driver readme. - - - - Copyright (C) 1997 Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl) - - Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver. - Please DO contact io8-linux@specialix.co.uk if you require - support. - - This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device - driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your - product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote. - - This code is firmly based on the riscom/8 serial driver, - written by Dmitry Gorodchanin. The specialix IO8+ card - programming information was obtained from the CL-CD1865 Data - Book, and Specialix document number 6200059: IO8+ Hardware - Functional Specification, augmented by document number 6200088: - Merak Hardware Functional Specification. (IO8+/PCI is also - called Merak) - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - -Intro -===== - - -This file contains some random information, that I like to have online -instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux -kernel sources? And the manual of one of the boards in your computer? - - -Addresses and interrupts -======================== - -Address dip switch settings: -The dip switch sets bits 2-9 of the IO address. - - 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 - +-----------------+ - 0 | X X X X X X X | - | | = IoBase = 0x100 - 1 | X | - +-----------------+ ------ RS232 connectors ----> - - | | | - edge connector - | | | - V V V - -Base address 0x100 caused a conflict in one of my computers once. I -haven't the foggiest why. My Specialix card is now at 0x180. My -other computer runs just fine with the Specialix card at 0x100.... -The card occupies 4 addresses, but actually only two are really used. - -The PCI version doesn't have any dip switches. The BIOS assigns -an IO address. - -The driver now still autoprobes at 0x100, 0x180, 0x250 and 0x260. If -that causes trouble for you, please report that. I'll remove -autoprobing then. - -The driver will tell the card what IRQ to use, so you don't have to -change any jumpers to change the IRQ. Just use a command line -argument (irq=xx) to the insmod program to set the interrupt. - -The BIOS assigns the IRQ on the PCI version. You have no say in what -IRQ to use in that case. - -If your specialix cards are not at the default locations, you can use -the kernel command line argument "specialix=io0,irq0,io1,irq1...". -Here "io0" is the io address for the first card, and "irq0" is the -irq line that the first card should use. And so on. - -Examples. - -You use the driver as a module and have three cards at 0x100, 0x250 -and 0x180. And some way or another you want them detected in that -order. Moreover irq 12 is taken (e.g. by your PS/2 mouse). - - insmod specialix.o iobase=0x100,0x250,0x180 irq=9,11,15 - -The same three cards, but now in the kernel would require you to -add - - specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15 - -to the command line. This would become - - append="specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15" - -in your /etc/lilo.conf file if you use lilo. - -The Specialix driver is slightly odd: It allows you to have the second -or third card detected without having a first card. This has -advantages and disadvantages. A slot that isn't filled by an ISA card, -might be filled if a PCI card is detected. Thus if you have an ISA -card at 0x250 and a PCI card, you would get: - -sx0: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x100 not found. -sx1: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x180 not found. -sx2: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 12, CD1865 Rev. B. -sx3: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x260 not found. -sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B. - -This would happen if you don't give any probe hints to the driver. -If you would specify: - - specialix=0x250,11 - -you'd get the following messages: - -sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 11, CD1865 Rev. B. -sx1: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B. - -ISA probing is aborted after the IO address you gave is exhausted, and -the PCI card is now detected as the second card. The ISA card is now -also forced to IRQ11.... - - -Baud rates -========== - -The rev 1.2 and below boards use a CL-CD1864. These chips can only -do 64kbit. The rev 1.3 and newer boards use a CL-CD1865. These chips -are officially capable of 115k2. - -The Specialix card uses a 25MHz crystal (in times two mode, which in -fact is a divided by two mode). This is not enough to reach the rated -115k2 on all ports at the same time. With this clock rate you can only -do 37% of this rate. This means that at 115k2 on all ports you are -going to lose characters (The chip cannot handle that many incoming -bits at this clock rate.) (Yes, you read that correctly: there is a -limit to the number of -=bits=- per second that the chip can handle.) - -If you near the "limit" you will first start to see a graceful -degradation in that the chip cannot keep the transmitter busy at all -times. However with a central clock this slow, you can also get it to -miss incoming characters. The driver will print a warning message when -you are outside the official specs. The messages usually show up in -the file /var/log/messages . - -The specialix card cannot reliably do 115k2. If you use it, you have -to do "extensive testing" (*) to verify if it actually works. - -When "mgetty" communicates with my modem at 115k2 it reports: -got: +++[0d]ATQ0V1H0[0d][0d][8a]O[cb][0d][8a] - ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ - -The three characters that have the "^^^" under them have suffered a -bit error in the highest bit. In conclusion: I've tested it, and found -that it simply DOESN'T work for me. I also suspect that this is also -caused by the baud rate being just a little bit out of tune. - -I upgraded the crystal to 66Mhz on one of my Specialix cards. Works -great! Contact me for details. (Voids warranty, requires a steady hand -and more such restrictions....) - - -(*) Cirrus logic CD1864 databook, page 40. - - -Cables for the Specialix IO8+ -============================= - -The pinout of the connectors on the IO8+ is: - - pin short direction long name - name - Pin 1 DCD input Data Carrier Detect - Pin 2 RXD input Receive - Pin 3 DTR/RTS output Data Terminal Ready/Ready To Send - Pin 4 GND - Ground - Pin 5 TXD output Transmit - Pin 6 CTS input Clear To Send - - - -- 6 5 4 3 2 1 -- - | | - | | - | | - | | - +----- -----+ - |__________| - clip - - Front view of an RJ12 connector. Cable moves "into" the paper. - (the plug is ready to plug into your mouth this way...) - - - NULL cable. I don't know who is going to use these except for - testing purposes, but I tested the cards with this cable. (It - took quite a while to figure out, so I'm not going to delete - it. So there! :-) - - - This end goes This end needs - straight into the some twists in - RJ12 plug. the wiring. - IO8+ RJ12 IO8+ RJ12 - 1 DCD white - - - - 1 DCD - 2 RXD black 5 TXD - 3 DTR/RTS red 6 CTS - 4 GND green 4 GND - 5 TXD yellow 2 RXD - 6 CTS blue 3 DTR/RTS - - - Same NULL cable, but now sorted on the second column. - - 1 DCD white - - - - 1 DCD - 5 TXD yellow 2 RXD - 6 CTS blue 3 DTR/RTS - 4 GND green 4 GND - 2 RXD black 5 TXD - 3 DTR/RTS red 6 CTS - - - - This is a modem cable usable for hardware handshaking: - RJ12 DB25 DB9 - 1 DCD white 8 DCD 1 DCD - 2 RXD black 3 RXD 2 RXD - 3 DTR/RTS red 4 RTS 7 RTS - 4 GND green 7 GND 5 GND - 5 TXD yellow 2 TXD 3 TXD - 6 CTS blue 5 CTS 8 CTS - +---- 6 DSR 6 DSR - +---- 20 DTR 4 DTR - - This is a modem cable usable for software handshaking: - It allows you to reset the modem using the DTR ioctls. - I (REW) have never tested this, "but xxxxxxxxxxxxx - says that it works." If you test this, please - tell me and I'll fill in your name on the xxx's. - - RJ12 DB25 DB9 - 1 DCD white 8 DCD 1 DCD - 2 RXD black 3 RXD 2 RXD - 3 DTR/RTS red 20 DTR 4 DTR - 4 GND green 7 GND 5 GND - 5 TXD yellow 2 TXD 3 TXD - 6 CTS blue 5 CTS 8 CTS - +---- 6 DSR 6 DSR - +---- 4 RTS 7 RTS - - I bought a 6 wire flat cable. It was colored as indicated. - Check that yours is the same before you trust me on this. - - -Hardware handshaking issues. -============================ - -The driver can be told to operate in two different ways. The default -behaviour is specialix.sx_rtscts = 0 where the pin behaves as DTR when -hardware handshaking is off. It behaves as the RTS hardware -handshaking signal when hardware handshaking is selected. - -When you use this, you have to use the appropriate cable. The -cable will either be compatible with hardware handshaking or with -software handshaking. So switching on the fly is not really an -option. - -I actually prefer to use the "specialix.sx_rtscts=1" option. -This makes the DTR/RTS pin always an RTS pin, and ioctls to -change DTR are always ignored. I have a cable that is configured -for this. - - -Ports and devices -================= - -Port 0 is the one furthest from the card-edge connector. - -Devices: - -You should make the devices as follows: - -bash -cd /dev -for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 \ - 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 -do - echo -n "$i " - mknod /dev/ttyW$i c 75 $i - mknod /dev/cuw$i c 76 $i -done -echo "" - -If your system doesn't come with these devices preinstalled, bug your -linux-vendor about this. They have had ample time to get this -implemented by now. - -You cannot have more than 4 boards in one computer. The card only -supports 4 different interrupts. If you really want this, contact me -about this and I'll give you a few tips (requires soldering iron).... - -If you have enough PCI slots, you can probably use more than 4 PCI -versions of the card though.... - -The PCI version of the card cannot adhere to the mechanical part of -the PCI spec because the 8 serial connectors are simply too large. If -it doesn't fit in your computer, bring back the card. - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - Fixed bugs and restrictions: - - During initialization, interrupts are blindly turned on. - Having a shadow variable would cause an extra memory - access on every IO instruction. - - The interrupt (on the card) should be disabled when we - don't allocate the Linux end of the interrupt. This allows - a different driver/card to use it while all ports are not in - use..... (a la standard serial port) - == An extra _off variant of the sx_in and sx_out macros are - now available. They don't set the interrupt enable bit. - These are used during initialization. Normal operation uses - the old variant which enables the interrupt line. - - RTS/DTR issue needs to be implemented according to - specialix' spec. - I kind of like the "determinism" of the current - implementation. Compile time flag? - == Ok. Compile time flag! Default is how Specialix likes it. - == Now a config time flag! Gets saved in your config file. Neat! - - Can you set the IO address from the lilo command line? - If you need this, bug me about it, I'll make it. - == Hah! No bugging needed. Fixed! :-) - - Cirrus logic hasn't gotten back to me yet why the CD1865 can - and the CD1864 can't do 115k2. I suspect that this is - because the CD1864 is not rated for 33MHz operation. - Therefore the CD1864 versions of the card can't do 115k2 on - all ports just like the CD1865 versions. The driver does - not block 115k2 on CD1864 cards. - == I called the Cirrus Logic representative here in Holland. - The CD1864 databook is identical to the CD1865 databook, - except for an extra warning at the end. Similar Bit errors - have been observed in testing at 115k2 on both an 1865 and - a 1864 chip. I see no reason why I would prohibit 115k2 on - 1864 chips and not do it on 1865 chips. Actually there is - reason to prohibit it on BOTH chips. I print a warning. - If you use 115k2, you're on your own. - - A spiky CD may send spurious HUPs. Also in CLOCAL??? - -- A fix for this turned out to be counter productive. - Different fix? Current behaviour is acceptable? - -- Maybe the current implementation is correct. If anybody - gets bitten by this, please report, and it will get fixed. - - -- Testing revealed that when in CLOCAL, the problem doesn't - occur. As warned for in the CD1865 manual, the chip may - send modem intr's on a spike. We could filter those out, - but that would be a cludge anyway (You'd still risk getting - a spurious HUP when two spikes occur.)..... - - - - Bugs & restrictions: - - This is a difficult card to autoprobe. - You have to WRITE to the address register to even - read-probe a CD186x register. Disable autodetection? - -- Specialix: any suggestions? - - diff --git a/Documentation/stallion.txt b/Documentation/stallion.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5c4902d..0000000 --- a/Documentation/stallion.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,392 +0,0 @@ -* NOTE - This is an unmaintained driver. Lantronix, which bought Stallion -technologies, is not active in driver maintenance, and they have no information -on when or if they will have a 2.6 driver. - -James Nelson - 12-12-2004 - -Stallion Multiport Serial Driver Readme ---------------------------------------- - -Copyright (C) 1994-1999, Stallion Technologies. - -Version: 5.5.1 -Date: 28MAR99 - - - -1. INTRODUCTION - -There are two drivers that work with the different families of Stallion -multiport serial boards. One is for the Stallion smart boards - that is -EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 and EasyConnection 8/64-PCI, the other for -the true Stallion intelligent multiport boards - EasyConnection 8/64 -(ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard and Brumby. - -If you are using any of the Stallion intelligent multiport boards (Brumby, -ONboard, EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI) with -Linux you will need to get the driver utility package. This contains a -firmware loader and the firmware images necessary to make the devices operate. - -The Stallion Technologies ftp site, ftp.stallion.com, will always have -the latest version of the driver utility package. - -ftp://ftp.stallion.com/drivers/ata5/Linux/ata-linux-550.tar.gz - -As of the printing of this document the latest version of the driver -utility package is 5.5.0. If a later version is now available then you -should use the latest version. - -If you are using the EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 or EasyConnection 8/64-PCI -boards then you don't need this package, although it does have a serial stats -display program. - -If you require DIP switch settings, EISA or MCA configuration files, or any -other information related to Stallion boards then have a look at Stallion's -web pages at http://www.stallion.com. - - - -2. INSTALLATION - -The drivers can be used as loadable modules or compiled into the kernel. -You can choose which when doing a "config" on the kernel. - -All ISA, EISA and MCA boards that you want to use need to be configured into -the driver(s). All PCI boards will be automatically detected when you load -the driver - so they do not need to be entered into the driver(s) -configuration structure. Note that kernel PCI support is required to use PCI -boards. - -There are two methods of configuring ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the drivers. -If using the driver as a loadable module then the simplest method is to pass -the driver configuration as module arguments. The other method is to modify -the driver source to add configuration lines for each board in use. - -If you have pre-built Stallion driver modules then the module argument -configuration method should be used. A lot of Linux distributions come with -pre-built driver modules in /lib/modules/X.Y.Z/misc for the kernel in use. -That makes things pretty simple to get going. - - -2.1 MODULE DRIVER CONFIGURATION: - -The simplest configuration for modules is to use the module load arguments -to configure any ISA, EISA or MCA boards. PCI boards are automatically -detected, so do not need any additional configuration at all. - -If using EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA, or EasyConnection 8/63-PCI -boards then use the "stallion" driver module, Otherwise if you are using -an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA, EISA or MCA, EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard, -Brumby or original Stallion board then use the "istallion" driver module. - -Typically to load up the smart board driver use: - - modprobe stallion - -This will load the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 driver. It will output a -message to say that it loaded and print the driver version number. It will -also print out whether it found the configured boards or not. These messages -may not appear on the console, but typically are always logged to -/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog files - depending on how the klogd and -syslogd daemons are setup on your system. - -To load the intelligent board driver use: - - modprobe istallion - -It will output similar messages to the smart board driver. - -If not using an auto-detectable board type (that is a PCI board) then you -will also need to supply command line arguments to the modprobe command -when loading the driver. The general form of the configuration argument is - - board?=[,[,][,]] - -where: - - board? -- specifies the arbitrary board number of this board, - can be in the range 0 to 3. - - name -- textual name of this board. The board name is the common - board name, or any "shortened" version of that. The board - type number may also be used here. - - ioaddr -- specifies the I/O address of this board. This argument is - optional, but should generally be specified. - - addr -- optional second address argument. Some board types require - a second I/O address, some require a memory address. The - exact meaning of this argument depends on the board type. - - irq -- optional IRQ line used by this board. - -Up to 4 board configuration arguments can be specified on the load line. -Here is some examples: - - modprobe stallion board0=easyio,0x2a0,5 - -This configures an EasyIO board as board 0 at I/O address 0x2a0 and IRQ 5. - - modprobe istallion board3=ec8/64,0x2c0,0xcc000 - -This configures an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA as board 3 at I/O address 0x2c0 at -memory address 0xcc000. - - modprobe stallion board1=ec8/32-at,0x2a0,0x280,10 - -This configures an EasyConnection 8/32 ISA board at primary I/O address 0x2a0, -secondary address 0x280 and IRQ 10. - -You will probably want to enter this module load and configuration information -into your system startup scripts so that the drivers are loaded and configured -on each system boot. Typically the start up script would be something like -/etc/modprobe.conf. - - -2.2 STATIC DRIVER CONFIGURATION: - -For static driver configuration you need to modify the driver source code. -Entering ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the driver(s) configuration structure -involves editing the driver(s) source file. It's pretty easy if you follow -the instructions below. Both drivers can support up to 4 boards. The smart -card driver (the stallion.c driver) supports any combination of EasyIO and -EasyConnection 8/32 boards (up to a total of 4). The intelligent driver -supports any combination of ONboards, Brumbys, Stallions and EasyConnection -8/64 (ISA and EISA) boards (up to a total of 4). - -To set up the driver(s) for the boards that you want to use you need to -edit the appropriate driver file and add configuration entries. - -If using EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA boards, - In drivers/char/stallion.c: - - find the definition of the stl_brdconf array (of structures) - near the top of the file - - modify this to match the boards you are going to install - (the comments before this structure should help) - - save and exit - -If using ONboard, Brumby, Stallion or EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA or EISA) -boards, - In drivers/char/istallion.c: - - find the definition of the stli_brdconf array (of structures) - near the top of the file - - modify this to match the boards you are going to install - (the comments before this structure should help) - - save and exit - -Once you have set up the board configurations then you are ready to build -the kernel or modules. - -When the new kernel is booted, or the loadable module loaded then the -driver will emit some kernel trace messages about whether the configured -boards were detected or not. Depending on how your system logger is set -up these may come out on the console, or just be logged to -/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog. You should check the messages to -confirm that all is well. - - -2.3 SHARING INTERRUPTS - -It is possible to share interrupts between multiple EasyIO and -EasyConnection 8/32 boards in an EISA system. To do this you must be using -static driver configuration, modifying the driver source code to add driver -configuration. Then a couple of extra things are required: - -1. When entering the board resources into the stallion.c file you need to - mark the boards as using level triggered interrupts. Do this by replacing - the "0" entry at field position 6 (the last field) in the board - configuration structure with a "1". (This is the structure that defines - the board type, I/O locations, etc. for each board). All boards that are - sharing an interrupt must be set this way, and each board should have the - same interrupt number specified here as well. Now build the module or - kernel as you would normally. - -2. When physically installing the boards into the system you must enter - the system EISA configuration utility. You will need to install the EISA - configuration files for *all* the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards - that are sharing interrupts. The Stallion EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 - EISA configuration files required are supplied by Stallion Technologies - on the EASY Utilities floppy diskette (usually supplied in the box with - the board when purchased. If not, you can pick it up from Stallion's FTP - site, ftp.stallion.com). You will need to edit the board resources to - choose level triggered interrupts, and make sure to set each board's - interrupt to the same IRQ number. - -You must complete both the above steps for this to work. When you reboot -or load the driver your EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards will be -sharing interrupts. - - -2.4 USING HIGH SHARED MEMORY - -The EasyConnection 8/64-EI, ONboard and Stallion boards are capable of -using shared memory addresses above the usual 640K - 1Mb range. The ONboard -ISA and the Stallion boards can be programmed to use memory addresses up to -16Mb (the ISA bus addressing limit), and the EasyConnection 8/64-EI and -ONboard/E can be programmed for memory addresses up to 4Gb (the EISA bus -addressing limit). - -The higher than 1Mb memory addresses are fully supported by this driver. -Just enter the address as you normally would for a lower than 1Mb address -(in the driver's board configuration structure). - - - -2.5 TROUBLE SHOOTING - -If a board is not found by the driver but is actually in the system then the -most likely problem is that the I/O address is wrong. Change the module load -argument for the loadable module form. Or change it in the driver stallion.c -or istallion.c configuration structure and rebuild the kernel or modules, or -change it on the board. - -On EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards the IRQ is software programmable, so -if there is a conflict you may need to change the IRQ used for a board. There -are no interrupts to worry about for ONboard, Brumby or EasyConnection 8/64 -(ISA, EISA and MCA) boards. The memory region on EasyConnection 8/64 and -ONboard boards is software programmable, but not on the Brumby boards. - - - -3. USING THE DRIVERS - -3.1 INTELLIGENT DRIVER OPERATION - -The intelligent boards also need to have their "firmware" code downloaded -to them. This is done via a user level application supplied in the driver -utility package called "stlload". Compile this program wherever you dropped -the package files, by typing "make". In its simplest form you can then type - - ./stlload -i cdk.sys - -in this directory and that will download board 0 (assuming board 0 is an -EasyConnection 8/64 or EasyConnection/RA board). To download to an -ONboard, Brumby or Stallion do: - - ./stlload -i 2681.sys - -Normally you would want all boards to be downloaded as part of the standard -system startup. To achieve this, add one of the lines above into the -/etc/rc.d/rc.S or /etc/rc.d/rc.serial file. To download each board just add -the "-b " option to the line. You will need to download code for -every board. You should probably move the stlload program into a system -directory, such as /usr/sbin. Also, the default location of the cdk.sys image -file in the stlload down-loader is /usr/lib/stallion. Create that directory -and put the cdk.sys and 2681.sys files in it. (It's a convenient place to put -them anyway). As an example your /etc/rc.d/rc.S file might have the -following lines added to it (if you had 3 boards): - - /usr/sbin/stlload -b 0 -i /usr/lib/stallion/cdk.sys - /usr/sbin/stlload -b 1 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys - /usr/sbin/stlload -b 2 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys - -The image files cdk.sys and 2681.sys are specific to the board types. The -cdk.sys will only function correctly on an EasyConnection 8/64 board. Similarly -the 2681.sys image fill only operate on ONboard, Brumby and Stallion boards. -If you load the wrong image file into a board it will fail to start up, and -of course the ports will not be operational! - -If you are using the modularized version of the driver you might want to put -the modprobe calls in the startup script as well (before the download lines -obviously). - - -3.2 USING THE SERIAL PORTS - -Once the driver is installed you will need to setup some device nodes to -access the serial ports. The simplest method is to use the /dev/MAKEDEV program. -It will automatically create device entries for Stallion boards. This will -create the normal serial port devices as /dev/ttyE# where# is the port number -starting from 0. A bank of 64 minor device numbers is allocated to each board, -so the first port on the second board is port 64,etc. A set of callout type -devices may also be created. They are created as the devices /dev/cue# where # -is the same as for the ttyE devices. - -For the most part the Stallion driver tries to emulate the standard PC system -COM ports and the standard Linux serial driver. The idea is that you should -be able to use Stallion board ports and COM ports interchangeably without -modifying anything but the device name. Anything that doesn't work like that -should be considered a bug in this driver! - -If you look at the driver code you will notice that it is fairly closely -based on the Linux serial driver (linux/drivers/char/serial.c). This is -intentional, obviously this is the easiest way to emulate its behavior! - -Since this driver tries to emulate the standard serial ports as much as -possible, most system utilities should work as they do for the standard -COM ports. Most importantly "stty" works as expected and "setserial" can -also be used (excepting the ability to auto-configure the I/O and IRQ -addresses of boards). Higher baud rates are supported in the usual fashion -through setserial or using the CBAUDEX extensions. Note that the EasyIO and -EasyConnection (all types) support at least 57600 and 115200 baud. The newer -EasyConnection XP modules and new EasyIO boards support 230400 and 460800 -baud as well. The older boards including ONboard and Brumby support a -maximum baud rate of 38400. - -If you are unfamiliar with how to use serial ports, then get the Serial-HOWTO -by Greg Hankins. It will explain everything you need to know! - - - -4. NOTES - -You can use both drivers at once if you have a mix of board types installed -in a system. However to do this you will need to change the major numbers -used by one of the drivers. Currently both drivers use major numbers 24, 25 -and 28 for their devices. Change one driver to use some other major numbers, -and then modify the mkdevnods script to make device nodes based on those new -major numbers. For example, you could change the istallion.c driver to use -major numbers 60, 61 and 62. You will also need to create device nodes with -different names for the ports, for example ttyF# and cuf#. - -The original Stallion board is no longer supported by Stallion Technologies. -Although it is known to work with the istallion driver. - -Finding a free physical memory address range can be a problem. The older -boards like the Stallion and ONboard need large areas (64K or even 128K), so -they can be very difficult to get into a system. If you have 16 Mb of RAM -then you have no choice but to put them somewhere in the 640K -> 1Mb range. -ONboards require 64K, so typically 0xd0000 is good, or 0xe0000 on some -systems. If you have an original Stallion board, "V4.0" or Rev.O, then you -need a 64K memory address space, so again 0xd0000 and 0xe0000 are good. -Older Stallion boards are a much bigger problem. They need 128K of address -space and must be on a 128K boundary. If you don't have a VGA card then -0xc0000 might be usable - there is really no other place you can put them -below 1Mb. - -Both the ONboard and old Stallion boards can use higher memory addresses as -well, but you must have less than 16Mb of RAM to be able to use them. Usual -high memory addresses used include 0xec0000 and 0xf00000. - -The Brumby boards only require 16Kb of address space, so you can usually -squeeze them in somewhere. Common addresses are 0xc8000, 0xcc000, or in -the 0xd0000 range. EasyConnection 8/64 boards are even better, they only -require 4Kb of address space, again usually 0xc8000, 0xcc000 or 0xd0000 -are good. - -If you are using an EasyConnection 8/64-EI or ONboard/E then usually the -0xd0000 or 0xe0000 ranges are the best options below 1Mb. If neither of -them can be used then the high memory support to use the really high address -ranges is the best option. Typically the 2Gb range is convenient for them, -and gets them well out of the way. - -The ports of the EasyIO-8M board do not have DCD or DTR signals. So these -ports cannot be used as real modem devices. Generally, when using these -ports you should only use the cueX devices. - -The driver utility package contains a couple of very useful programs. One -is a serial port statistics collection and display program - very handy -for solving serial port problems. The other is an extended option setting -program that works with the intelligent boards. - - - -5. DISCLAIMER - -The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate and -reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Stallion Technologies -Pty. Ltd. for its use, nor any infringements of patents or other rights -of third parties resulting from its use. Stallion Technologies reserves -the right to modify the design of its products and will endeavour to change -the information in manuals and accompanying documentation accordingly. - diff --git a/Documentation/sx.txt b/Documentation/sx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cb4efa0..0000000 --- a/Documentation/sx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ - - sx.txt -- specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver readme. - - - - Copyright (C) 1997 Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl) - - Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver. - Please DO contact support@specialix.co.uk if you require - support. - - This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device - driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your - product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote. - - (History) - There used to be an SI driver by Simon Allan. This is a complete - rewrite from scratch. Just a few lines-of-code have been snatched. - - (Sources) - Specialix document number 6210028: SX Host Card and Download Code - Software Functional Specification. - - (Copying) - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - (Addendum) - I'd appreciate it that if you have fixes, that you send them - to me first. - - -Introduction -============ - -This file contains some random information, that I like to have online -instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux -kernel sources? And the manual of one of the boards in your computer? - - -Theory of operation -=================== - -An important thing to know is that the driver itself doesn't have the -firmware for the card. This means that you need the separate package -"sx_firmware". For now you can get the source at - - ftp://ftp.bitwizard.nl/specialix/sx_firmware_.tgz - -The firmware load needs a "misc" device, so you'll need to enable the -"Support for user misc device modules" in your kernel configuration. -The misc device needs to be called "/dev/specialix_sxctl". It needs -misc major 10, and minor number 167 (assigned by HPA). The section -on creating device files below also creates this device. - -After loading the sx.o module into your kernel, the driver will report -the number of cards detected, but because it doesn't have any -firmware, it will not be able to determine the number of ports. Only -when you then run "sx_firmware" will the firmware be downloaded and -the rest of the driver initialized. At that time the sx_firmware -program will report the number of ports installed. - -In contrast with many other multi port serial cards, some of the data -structures are only allocated when the card knows the number of ports -that are connected. This means we won't waste memory for 120 port -descriptor structures when you only have 8 ports. If you experience -problems due to this, please report them: I haven't seen any. - - -Interrupts -========== - -A multi port serial card, would generate a horrendous amount of -interrupts if it would interrupt the CPU for every received -character. Even more than 10 years ago, the trick not to use -interrupts but to poll the serial cards was invented. - -The SX card allow us to do this two ways. First the card limits its -own interrupt rate to a rate that won't overwhelm the CPU. Secondly, -we could forget about the cards interrupt completely and use the -internal timer for this purpose. - -Polling the card can take up to a few percent of your CPU. Using the -interrupts would be better if you have most of the ports idle. Using -timer-based polling is better if your card almost always has work to -do. You save the separate interrupt in that case. - -In any case, it doesn't really matter all that much. - -The most common problem with interrupts is that for ISA cards in a PCI -system the BIOS has to be told to configure that interrupt as "legacy -ISA". Otherwise the card can pull on the interrupt line all it wants -but the CPU won't see this. - -If you can't get the interrupt to work, remember that polling mode is -more efficient (provided you actually use the card intensively). - - -Allowed Configurations -====================== - -Some configurations are disallowed. Even though at a glance they might -seem to work, they are known to lockup the bus between the host card -and the device concentrators. You should respect the drivers decision -not to support certain configurations. It's there for a reason. - -Warning: Seriously technical stuff ahead. Executive summary: Don't use -SX cards except configured at a 64k boundary. Skip the next paragraph. - -The SX cards can theoretically be placed at a 32k boundary. So for -instance you can put an SX card at 0xc8000-0xd7fff. This is not a -"recommended configuration". ISA cards have to tell the bus controller -how they like their timing. Due to timing issues they have to do this -based on which 64k window the address falls into. This means that the -32k window below and above the SX card have to use exactly the same -timing as the SX card. That reportedly works for other SX cards. But -you're still left with two useless 32k windows that should not be used -by anybody else. - - -Configuring the driver -====================== - -PCI cards are always detected. The driver auto-probes for ISA cards at -some sensible addresses. Please report if the auto-probe causes trouble -in your system, or when a card isn't detected. - -I'm afraid I haven't implemented "kernel command line parameters" yet. -This means that if the default doesn't work for you, you shouldn't use -the compiled-into-the-kernel version of the driver. Use a module -instead. If you convince me that you need this, I'll make it for -you. Deal? - -I'm afraid that the module parameters are a bit clumsy. If you have a -better idea, please tell me. - -You can specify several parameters: - - sx_poll: number of jiffies between timer-based polls. - - Set this to "0" to disable timer based polls. - Initialization of cards without a working interrupt - will fail. - - Set this to "1" if you want a polling driver. - (on Intel: 100 polls per second). If you don't use - fast baud rates, you might consider a value like "5". - (If you don't know how to do the math, use 1). - - sx_slowpoll: Number of jiffies between timer-based polls. - Set this to "100" to poll once a second. - This should get the card out of a stall if the driver - ever misses an interrupt. I've never seen this happen, - and if it does, that's a bug. Tell me. - - sx_maxints: Number of interrupts to request from the card. - The card normally limits interrupts to about 100 per - second to offload the host CPU. You can increase this - number to reduce latency on the card a little. - Note that if you give a very high number you can overload - your CPU as well as the CPU on the host card. This setting - is inaccurate and not recommended for SI cards (But it - works). - - sx_irqmask: The mask of allowable IRQs to use. I suggest you set - this to 0 (disable IRQs all together) and use polling if - the assignment of IRQs becomes problematic. This is defined - as the sum of (1 << irq) 's that you want to allow. So - sx_irqmask of 8 (1 << 3) specifies that only irq 3 may - be used by the SX driver. If you want to specify to the - driver: "Either irq 11 or 12 is ok for you to use", then - specify (1 << 11) | (1 << 12) = 0x1800 . - - sx_debug: You can enable different sorts of debug traces with this. - At "-1" all debugging traces are active. You'll get several - times more debugging output than you'll get characters - transmitted. - - -Baud rates -========== - -Theoretically new SXDCs should be capable of more than 460k -baud. However the line drivers usually give up before that. Also the -CPU on the card may not be able to handle 8 channels going at full -blast at that speed. Moreover, the buffers are not large enough to -allow operation with 100 interrupts per second. You'll have to realize -that the card has a 256 byte buffer, so you'll have to increase the -number of interrupts per second if you have more than 256*100 bytes -per second to transmit. If you do any performance testing in this -area, I'd be glad to hear from you... - -(Psst Linux users..... I think the Linux driver is more efficient than -the driver for other OSes. If you can and want to benchmark them -against each other, be my guest, and report your findings...... :-) - - -Ports and devices -================= - -Port 0 is the top connector on the module closest to the host -card. Oh, the ports on the SXDCs and TAs are labelled from 1 to 8 -instead of from 0 to 7, as they are numbered by linux. I'm stubborn in -this: I know for sure that I wouldn't be able to calculate which port -is which anymore if I would change that.... - - -Devices: - -You should make the device files as follows: - -#!/bin/sh -# (I recommend that you cut-and-paste this into a file and run that) -cd /dev -t=0 -mknod specialix_sxctl c 10 167 -while [ $t -lt 64 ] - do - echo -n "$t " - mknod ttyX$t c 32 $t - mknod cux$t c 33 $t - t=`expr $t + 1` -done -echo "" -rm /etc/psdevtab -ps > /dev/null - - -This creates 64 devices. If you have more, increase the constant on -the line with "while". The devices start at 0, as is customary on -Linux. Specialix seems to like starting the numbering at 1. - -If your system doesn't come with these devices pre-installed, bug your -linux-vendor about this. They should have these devices -"pre-installed" before the new millennium. The "ps" stuff at the end -is to "tell" ps that the new devices exist. - -Officially the maximum number of cards per computer is 4. This driver -however supports as many cards in one machine as you want. You'll run -out of interrupts after a few, but you can switch to polled operation -then. At about 256 ports (More than 8 cards), we run out of minor -device numbers. Sorry. I suggest you buy a second computer.... (Or -switch to RIO). - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - Fixed bugs and restrictions: - - Hangup processing. - -- Done. - - - the write path in generic_serial (lockup / oops). - -- Done (Ugly: not the way I want it. Copied from serial.c). - - - write buffer isn't flushed at close. - -- Done. I still seem to lose a few chars at close. - Sorry. I think that this is a firmware issue. (-> Specialix) - - - drain hardware before changing termios - - Change debug on the fly. - - ISA free irq -1. (no firmware loaded). - - adding c8000 as a probe address. Added warning. - - Add a RAMtest for the RAM on the card.c - - Crash when opening a port "way" of the number of allowed ports. - (for example opening port 60 when there are only 24 ports attached) - - Sometimes the use-count strays a bit. After a few hours of - testing the use count is sometimes "3". If you are not like - me and can remember what you did to get it that way, I'd - appreciate an Email. Possibly fixed. Tell me if anyone still - sees this. - - TAs don't work right if you don't connect all the modem control - signals. SXDCs do. T225 firmware problem -> Specialix. - (Mostly fixed now, I think. Tell me if you encounter this!) - - Bugs & restrictions: - - - Arbitrary baud rates. Requires firmware update. (-> Specialix) - - - Low latency (mostly firmware, -> Specialix) - - - diff --git a/Documentation/tty.txt b/Documentation/tty.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8e65c44..0000000 --- a/Documentation/tty.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,292 +0,0 @@ - - The Lockronomicon - -Your guide to the ancient and twisted locking policies of the tty layer and -the warped logic behind them. Beware all ye who read on. - -FIXME: still need to work out the full set of BKL assumptions and document -them so they can eventually be killed off. - - -Line Discipline ---------------- - -Line disciplines are registered with tty_register_ldisc() passing the -discipline number and the ldisc structure. At the point of registration the -discipline must be ready to use and it is possible it will get used before -the call returns success. If the call returns an error then it won't get -called. Do not re-use ldisc numbers as they are part of the userspace ABI -and writing over an existing ldisc will cause demons to eat your computer. -After the return the ldisc data has been copied so you may free your own -copy of the structure. You must not re-register over the top of the line -discipline even with the same data or your computer again will be eaten by -demons. - -In order to remove a line discipline call tty_unregister_ldisc(). -In ancient times this always worked. In modern times the function will -return -EBUSY if the ldisc is currently in use. Since the ldisc referencing -code manages the module counts this should not usually be a concern. - -Heed this warning: the reference count field of the registered copies of the -tty_ldisc structure in the ldisc table counts the number of lines using this -discipline. The reference count of the tty_ldisc structure within a tty -counts the number of active users of the ldisc at this instant. In effect it -counts the number of threads of execution within an ldisc method (plus those -about to enter and exit although this detail matters not). - -Line Discipline Methods ------------------------ - -TTY side interfaces: - -open() - Called when the line discipline is attached to - the terminal. No other call into the line - discipline for this tty will occur until it - completes successfully. Can sleep. - -close() - This is called on a terminal when the line - discipline is being unplugged. At the point of - execution no further users will enter the - ldisc code for this tty. Can sleep. - -hangup() - Called when the tty line is hung up. - The line discipline should cease I/O to the tty. - No further calls into the ldisc code will occur. - Can sleep. - -write() - A process is writing data through the line - discipline. Multiple write calls are serialized - by the tty layer for the ldisc. May sleep. - -flush_buffer() - (optional) May be called at any point between - open and close, and instructs the line discipline - to empty its input buffer. - -chars_in_buffer() - (optional) Report the number of bytes in the input - buffer. - -set_termios() - (optional) Called on termios structure changes. - The caller passes the old termios data and the - current data is in the tty. Called under the - termios semaphore so allowed to sleep. Serialized - against itself only. - -read() - Move data from the line discipline to the user. - Multiple read calls may occur in parallel and the - ldisc must deal with serialization issues. May - sleep. - -poll() - Check the status for the poll/select calls. Multiple - poll calls may occur in parallel. May sleep. - -ioctl() - Called when an ioctl is handed to the tty layer - that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls - may occur in parallel. May sleep. - -Driver Side Interfaces: - -receive_buf() - Hand buffers of bytes from the driver to the ldisc - for processing. Semantics currently rather - mysterious 8( - -write_wakeup() - May be called at any point between open and close. - The TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP flag indicates if a call - is needed but always races versus calls. Thus the - ldisc must be careful about setting order and to - handle unexpected calls. Must not sleep. - - The driver is forbidden from calling this directly - from the ->write call from the ldisc as the ldisc - is permitted to call the driver write method from - this function. In such a situation defer it. - - -Driver Access - -Line discipline methods can call the following methods of the underlying -hardware driver through the function pointers within the tty->driver -structure: - -write() Write a block of characters to the tty device. - Returns the number of characters accepted. The - character buffer passed to this method is already - in kernel space. - -put_char() Queues a character for writing to the tty device. - If there is no room in the queue, the character is - ignored. - -flush_chars() (Optional) If defined, must be called after - queueing characters with put_char() in order to - start transmission. - -write_room() Returns the numbers of characters the tty driver - will accept for queueing to be written. - -ioctl() Invoke device specific ioctl. - Expects data pointers to refer to userspace. - Returns ENOIOCTLCMD for unrecognized ioctl numbers. - -set_termios() Notify the tty driver that the device's termios - settings have changed. New settings are in - tty->termios. Previous settings should be passed in - the "old" argument. - - The API is defined such that the driver should return - the actual modes selected. This means that the - driver function is responsible for modifying any - bits in the request it cannot fulfill to indicate - the actual modes being used. A device with no - hardware capability for change (eg a USB dongle or - virtual port) can provide NULL for this method. - -throttle() Notify the tty driver that input buffers for the - line discipline are close to full, and it should - somehow signal that no more characters should be - sent to the tty. - -unthrottle() Notify the tty driver that characters can now be - sent to the tty without fear of overrunning the - input buffers of the line disciplines. - -stop() Ask the tty driver to stop outputting characters - to the tty device. - -start() Ask the tty driver to resume sending characters - to the tty device. - -hangup() Ask the tty driver to hang up the tty device. - -break_ctl() (Optional) Ask the tty driver to turn on or off - BREAK status on the RS-232 port. If state is -1, - then the BREAK status should be turned on; if - state is 0, then BREAK should be turned off. - If this routine is not implemented, use ioctls - TIOCSBRK / TIOCCBRK instead. - -wait_until_sent() Waits until the device has written out all of the - characters in its transmitter FIFO. - -send_xchar() Send a high-priority XON/XOFF character to the device. - - -Flags - -Line discipline methods have access to tty->flags field containing the -following interesting flags: - -TTY_THROTTLED Driver input is throttled. The ldisc should call - tty->driver->unthrottle() in order to resume - reception when it is ready to process more data. - -TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP If set, causes the driver to call the ldisc's - write_wakeup() method in order to resume - transmission when it can accept more data - to transmit. - -TTY_IO_ERROR If set, causes all subsequent userspace read/write - calls on the tty to fail, returning -EIO. - -TTY_OTHER_CLOSED Device is a pty and the other side has closed. - -TTY_NO_WRITE_SPLIT Prevent driver from splitting up writes into - smaller chunks. - - -Locking - -Callers to the line discipline functions from the tty layer are required to -take line discipline locks. The same is true of calls from the driver side -but not yet enforced. - -Three calls are now provided - - ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref(tty); - -takes a handle to the line discipline in the tty and returns it. If no ldisc -is currently attached or the ldisc is being closed and re-opened at this -point then NULL is returned. While this handle is held the ldisc will not -change or go away. - - tty_ldisc_deref(ldisc) - -Returns the ldisc reference and allows the ldisc to be closed. Returning the -reference takes away your right to call the ldisc functions until you take -a new reference. - - ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref_wait(tty); - -Performs the same function as tty_ldisc_ref except that it will wait for an -ldisc change to complete and then return a reference to the new ldisc. - -While these functions are slightly slower than the old code they should have -minimal impact as most receive logic uses the flip buffers and they only -need to take a reference when they push bits up through the driver. - -A caution: The ldisc->open(), ldisc->close() and driver->set_ldisc -functions are called with the ldisc unavailable. Thus tty_ldisc_ref will -fail in this situation if used within these functions. Ldisc and driver -code calling its own functions must be careful in this case. - - -Driver Interface ----------------- - -open() - Called when a device is opened. May sleep - -close() - Called when a device is closed. At the point of - return from this call the driver must make no - further ldisc calls of any kind. May sleep - -write() - Called to write bytes to the device. May not - sleep. May occur in parallel in special cases. - Because this includes panic paths drivers generally - shouldn't try and do clever locking here. - -put_char() - Stuff a single character onto the queue. The - driver is guaranteed following up calls to - flush_chars. - -flush_chars() - Ask the kernel to write put_char queue - -write_room() - Return the number of characters tht can be stuffed - into the port buffers without overflow (or less). - The ldisc is responsible for being intelligent - about multi-threading of write_room/write calls - -ioctl() - Called when an ioctl may be for the driver - -set_termios() - Called on termios change, serialized against - itself by a semaphore. May sleep. - -set_ldisc() - Notifier for discipline change. At the point this - is done the discipline is not yet usable. Can now - sleep (I think) - -throttle() - Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to do flow - control. Serialization including with unthrottle - is the job of the ldisc layer. - -unthrottle() - Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to stop flow - control. - -stop() - Ldisc notifier to the driver to stop output. As with - throttle the serializations with start() are down - to the ldisc layer. - -start() - Ldisc notifier to the driver to start output. - -hangup() - Ask the tty driver to cause a hangup initiated - from the host side. [Can sleep ??] - -break_ctl() - Send RS232 break. Can sleep. Can get called in - parallel, driver must serialize (for now), and - with write calls. - -wait_until_sent() - Wait for characters to exit the hardware queue - of the driver. Can sleep - -send_xchar() - Send XON/XOFF and if possible jump the queue with - it in order to get fast flow control responses. - Cannot sleep ?? - -- cgit v1.1 From e5e1f606ecbf67e52ebe2df5d14f8b94ec6544d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joerg Roedel Date: Mon, 17 Nov 2008 15:07:17 +0100 Subject: AMD IOMMU: add parameter to disable device isolation Impact: add a new AMD IOMMU kernel command line parameter Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel --- Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 9fa6508..b56ee02 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -295,6 +295,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file isolate - enable device isolation (each device, as far as possible, will get its own protection domain) + share - put every device behind one IOMMU into the + same protection domain fullflush - enable flushing of IO/TLB entries when they are unmapped. Otherwise they are flushed before they will be reused, which -- cgit v1.1 From 3ce1f93c6d53c3f91c3846cf66b018276c8ac2e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joerg Roedel Date: Mon, 17 Nov 2008 15:09:20 +0100 Subject: AMD IOMMU: enable device isolation per default Impact: makes device isolation the default for AMD IOMMU Some device drivers showed double-free bugs of DMA memory while testing them with AMD IOMMU. If all devices share the same protection domain this can lead to data corruption and data loss. Prevent this by putting each device into its own protection domain per default. Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel --- Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index b56ee02..f2e1e7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file Possible values are: isolate - enable device isolation (each device, as far as possible, will get its own protection - domain) + domain) [default] share - put every device behind one IOMMU into the same protection domain fullflush - enable flushing of IO/TLB entries when -- cgit v1.1 From 9d6ada9f4141fb8ab3c5d7dffe382f6a68b8e961 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paulius Zaleckas Date: Wed, 19 Nov 2008 15:38:24 -0800 Subject: phylib: fix phy name example in documentation All MDIO bus drivers currently name bus with "%x" format. There is one exception where mv643xx_eth driver is using "%d". Phy address on the bus uses format "%02x". Fixing phy name example to match all real life MDIO drivers. Signed-off-by: Paulius Zaleckas Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- Documentation/networking/phy.txt | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt index 8df6a7b..88bb71b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Letting the PHY Abstraction Layer do Everything static void adjust_link(struct net_device *dev); Next, you need to know the device name of the PHY connected to this device. - The name will look something like, "phy0:0", where the first number is the + The name will look something like, "0:00", where the first number is the bus id, and the second is the PHY's address on that bus. Typically, the bus is responsible for making its ID unique. -- cgit v1.1 From 1c207f952a3a39f9d07a3e9de0cf6b9a9464eeaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Wed, 19 Nov 2008 15:36:16 -0800 Subject: Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt: add min_addr, fix max_addr Add "min_addr" documentation. For "max_addr", add nn before [KMG] since a number is needed and this is consistent with other uses of [KMG]. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 9fa6508..899650c 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -1193,8 +1193,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file it is equivalent to "nosmp", which also disables the IO APIC. - max_addr=[KMG] [KNL,BOOT,ia64] All physical memory greater than or - equal to this physical address is ignored. + max_addr=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT,ia64] All physical memory greater than + or equal to this physical address is ignored. max_luns= [SCSI] Maximum number of LUNs to probe. Should be between 1 and 2^32-1. @@ -1294,6 +1294,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file mga= [HW,DRM] + min_addr=nn[KMG] [KNL,BOOT,ia64] All physical memory below this + physical address is ignored. + mminit_loglevel= [KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is set, this parameter allows control of the logging verbosity for -- cgit v1.1 From 3a7abfd2ba26479615b81ac5e90d0122ef7f9fe0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matthew Ranostay Date: Thu, 20 Nov 2008 21:21:43 -0500 Subject: ALSA: hda: Add STAC_DELL_M4_3 quirk Added STAC_DELL_M4_3 quirk for Dell systems, also reorganized the board config switch to assign number of digital muxes, microphones, and SPDIF muxes via the PCI quirk defined. Signed-off-by: Matthew Ranostay Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai --- Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index e0e54a2..147f176 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt @@ -1072,6 +1072,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. ref Reference board dell-m4-1 Dell desktops dell-m4-2 Dell desktops + dell-m4-3 Dell desktops STAC92HD73* ref Reference board -- cgit v1.1 From fb91ee6cf5b8be5360acec577458e29ec7e97e5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pekka Paalanen Date: Sun, 23 Nov 2008 21:24:59 +0200 Subject: tracing, doc: update mmiotrace documentation Impact: update documentation Update to reflect the current state of the tracing framework: - "none" tracer has been replaced by "nop" tracer - tracing_enabled must be toggled when changing buffer size Signed-off-by: Pekka Paalanen Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt b/Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt index 5bbbe20..cde23b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/tracers/mmiotrace.txt @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ $ echo mmiotrace > /debug/tracing/current_tracer $ cat /debug/tracing/trace_pipe > mydump.txt & Start X or whatever. $ echo "X is up" > /debug/tracing/trace_marker -$ echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer +$ echo nop > /debug/tracing/current_tracer Check for lost events. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ which action. It is recommended to place descriptive markers about what you do. Shut down mmiotrace (requires root privileges): -$ echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer +$ echo nop > /debug/tracing/current_tracer The 'cat' process exits. If it does not, kill it by issuing 'fg' command and pressing ctrl+c. @@ -81,7 +81,9 @@ are: $ cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries gives you a number. Approximately double this number and write it back, for instance: +$ echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled $ echo 128000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries +$ echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled Then start again from the top. If you are doing a trace for a driver project, e.g. Nouveau, you should also -- cgit v1.1 From 661cd8fb5210af78f0763071642e0764a10389a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Takashi Iwai Date: Tue, 25 Nov 2008 15:18:29 +0100 Subject: ALSA: hda - Check model for Dell 92HD73xx laptops Check the model type instead of PCI SSID for detection of the mic types on Dell laptops with IDT 92HD73xx codecs. In this way, a new laptop can be tested via model module option. Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai --- Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 147f176..3cd2ad9 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt @@ -1076,7 +1076,9 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. STAC92HD73* ref Reference board - dell-m6 Dell desktops + dell-m6-amic Dell desktops/laptops with analog mics + dell-m6-dmic Dell desktops/laptops with digital mics + dell-m6 Dell desktops/laptops with both type of mics STAC9872 vaio Setup for VAIO FE550G/SZ110 -- cgit v1.1 From 121fe86bdf062af3fed1e998c08c3c272ae6dc99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Robin Getz Date: Fri, 17 Oct 2008 01:36:43 +0800 Subject: [CPUFREQ] Documentation: Add Blackfin to list of supported processors Signed-off-by: Robin Getz Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu Signed-off-by: Dave Jones --- Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt index 6c442d8..4f3f384 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Contents: 1.3 sparc64 1.4 ppc 1.5 SuperH +1.6 Blackfin 2. "Policy" / "Governor"? 2.1 Policy @@ -97,6 +98,17 @@ The following SuperH processors are supported by cpufreq: SH-3 SH-4 +1.6 Blackfin +------------ + +The following Blackfin processors are supported by cpufreq: + +BF522, BF523, BF524, BF525, BF526, BF527, Rev 0.1 or higher +BF531, BF532, BF533, Rev 0.3 or higher +BF534, BF536, BF537, Rev 0.2 or higher +BF561, Rev 0.3 or higher +BF542, BF544, BF547, BF548, BF549, Rev 0.1 or higher + 2. "Policy" / "Governor" ? ========================== -- cgit v1.1 From 1838e39214ee3e390f9c8150ea7454103b72ef83 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: frans Date: Sat, 22 Nov 2008 15:39:06 +0100 Subject: Trivial Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt fix A very minor patch on ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt: update the location where CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE lives in menuconfig Signed-off-by: Frans Meulenbroeks Acked-by: Rob Landley Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt index 62fe9b1..a8273d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@ The 2.6 kernel build process always creates a gzipped cpio format initramfs archive and links it into the resulting kernel binary. By default, this archive is empty (consuming 134 bytes on x86). -The config option CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE (for some reason buried under -devices->block devices in menuconfig, and living in usr/Kconfig) can be used -to specify a source for the initramfs archive, which will automatically be -incorporated into the resulting binary. This option can point to an existing -gzipped cpio archive, a directory containing files to be archived, or a text -file specification such as the following example: +The config option CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE (in General Setup in menuconfig, +and living in usr/Kconfig) can be used to specify a source for the +initramfs archive, which will automatically be incorporated into the +resulting binary. This option can point to an existing gzipped cpio +archive, a directory containing files to be archived, or a text file +specification such as the following example: dir /dev 755 0 0 nod /dev/console 644 0 0 c 5 1 -- cgit v1.1 From 02d43b1d13a0a55a75bb5c5f98d2b13dbe71ecf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mathieu Desnoyers Date: Mon, 1 Dec 2008 05:46:38 -0500 Subject: documentation: local_ops fix on_each_cpu Impact: update code example in documentation * Dr. David Alan Gilbert (dave@treblig.org) wrote: [...] > I noticed while looking at something else that the example in > local_ops.txt still has the 4 operand on_each_cpu in the latest git; > I don't know the rest of the code around there very well so I thought > it best to mention it rather than post a patch. Reported-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- Documentation/local_ops.txt | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/local_ops.txt b/Documentation/local_ops.txt index f4f8b1c..23045b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/local_ops.txt +++ b/Documentation/local_ops.txt @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ static void do_test_timer(unsigned long data) int cpu; /* Increment the counters */ - on_each_cpu(test_each, NULL, 0, 1); + on_each_cpu(test_each, NULL, 1); /* Read all the counters */ printk("Counters read from CPU %d\n", smp_processor_id()); for_each_online_cpu(cpu) { -- cgit v1.1 From a2eee69b814854095ed835a6eb64b8efc220cd6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mark Fasheh Date: Tue, 18 Nov 2008 15:08:42 -0800 Subject: ocfs2: Small documentation update Remove some features from the "not-supported" list that are actually supported now. Signed-off-by: Mark Fasheh --- Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt index 4340cc8..67310fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt @@ -28,10 +28,7 @@ Manish Singh Caveats ======= Features which OCFS2 does not support yet: - - extended attributes - quotas - - cluster aware flock - - cluster aware lockf - Directory change notification (F_NOTIFY) - Distributed Caching (F_SETLEASE/F_GETLEASE/break_lease) - POSIX ACLs -- cgit v1.1 From dc8c214a9c37eb288b1c4782632649e55d251c68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: roel kluin Date: Mon, 1 Dec 2008 13:13:51 -0800 Subject: spi documentation: use __initdata on struct Use __initdata for data, not __init. Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin Signed-off-by: David Brownell Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/spi/spi-summary | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary index 8bae2f0..0f5122e 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary +++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ So for example arch/.../mach-*/board-*.c files might have code like: /* if your mach-* infrastructure doesn't support kernels that can * run on multiple boards, pdata wouldn't benefit from "__init". */ - static struct mysoc_spi_data __init pdata = { ... }; + static struct mysoc_spi_data __initdata pdata = { ... }; static __init board_init(void) { -- cgit v1.1 From 7ef9964e6d1b911b78709f144000aacadd0ebc21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Davide Libenzi Date: Mon, 1 Dec 2008 13:13:55 -0800 Subject: epoll: introduce resource usage limits It has been thought that the per-user file descriptors limit would also limit the resources that a normal user can request via the epoll interface. Vegard Nossum reported a very simple program (a modified version attached) that can make a normal user to request a pretty large amount of kernel memory, well within the its maximum number of fds. To solve such problem, default limits are now imposed, and /proc based configuration has been introduced. A new directory has been created, named /proc/sys/fs/epoll/ and inside there, there are two configuration points: max_user_instances = Maximum number of devices - per user max_user_watches = Maximum number of "watched" fds - per user The current default for "max_user_watches" limits the memory used by epoll to store "watches", to 1/32 of the amount of the low RAM. As example, a 256MB 32bit machine, will have "max_user_watches" set to roughly 90000. That should be enough to not break existing heavy epoll users. The default value for "max_user_instances" is set to 128, that should be enough too. This also changes the userspace, because a new error code can now come out from EPOLL_CTL_ADD (-ENOSPC). The EMFILE from epoll_create() was already listed, so that should be ok. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: use get_current_user()] Signed-off-by: Davide Libenzi Cc: Michael Kerrisk Cc: Cc: Cyrill Gorcunov Reported-by: Vegard Nossum Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 27 insertions(+) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index bcceb99..bb1b0dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ Table of Contents 2.14 /proc//io - Display the IO accounting fields 2.15 /proc//coredump_filter - Core dump filtering settings 2.16 /proc//mountinfo - Information about mounts + 2.17 /proc/sys/fs/epoll - Configuration options for the epoll interface ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Preface @@ -2483,4 +2484,30 @@ For more information on mount propagation see: Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt +2.17 /proc/sys/fs/epoll - Configuration options for the epoll interface +-------------------------------------------------------- + +This directory contains configuration options for the epoll(7) interface. + +max_user_instances +------------------ + +This is the maximum number of epoll file descriptors that a single user can +have open at a given time. The default value is 128, and should be enough +for normal users. + +max_user_watches +---------------- + +Every epoll file descriptor can store a number of files to be monitored +for event readiness. Each one of these monitored files constitutes a "watch". +This configuration option sets the maximum number of "watches" that are +allowed for each user. +Each "watch" costs roughly 90 bytes on a 32bit kernel, and roughly 160 bytes +on a 64bit one. +The current default value for max_user_watches is the 1/32 of the available +low memory, divided for the "watch" cost in bytes. + + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + -- cgit v1.1 From 1d678f365dae28420fa7329a2a35390b3582678d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: FUJITA Tomonori Date: Mon, 1 Dec 2008 13:14:01 -0800 Subject: DMA-API.txt: fix description of pci_map_sg/dma_map_sg scatterlists handling - pci_map_sg/dma_map_sg are used with a scatter gather list that doesn't come from the block layer (e.g. some network drivers do). - how IOMMUs merge adjacent elements of the scatter/gather list is independent of how the block layer determines sees elements. Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori Cc: James Bottomley Cc: Tejun Heo Cc: Jens Axboe Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- Documentation/DMA-API.txt | 8 +++----- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt index b8e8646..b462bb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt @@ -316,12 +316,10 @@ reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later). pci_map_sg(struct pci_dev *hwdev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents, int direction) -Maps a scatter gather list from the block layer. - Returns: the number of physical segments mapped (this may be shorter -than passed in if the block layer determines that some -elements of the scatter/gather list are physically adjacent and thus -may be mapped with a single entry). +than passed in if some elements of the scatter/gather list are +physically or virtually adjacent and an IOMMU maps them with a single +entry). Please note that the sg cannot be mapped again if it has been mapped once. The mapping process is allowed to destroy information in the sg. -- cgit v1.1